Agenda — Montebello City Council, April 13, 2022 (part 11 of 39)

M.S. Environmental Science, U.C. Berkeley, 1995. Thesis on organic waste economics.

B.A. Environmental Studies, U.C. Santa Barbara, 1991. Thesis on wastewater treatment.

Professional Experience
Dr. Rosenfeld has over 25 years’ experience conducting environmental investigations and risk assessments for evaluating impacts to human health, property, and ecological receptors. His expertise focuses on the fate and transport of environmental contaminants, human health risk, exposure assessment, and ecological restoration. Dr.

Rosenfeld has evaluated and modeled emissions from oil spills, landfills, boilers and incinerators, process stacks, storage tanks, confined animal feeding operations, industrial, military and agricultural sources, unconventional oil drilling operations, and locomotive and construction engines. His project experience ranges from monitoring and modeling of pollution sources to evaluating impacts of pollution on workers at industrial facilities and residents in surrounding communities. Dr. Rosenfeld has also successfully modeled exposure to contaminants distributed by water systems and via vapor intrusion.

Dr. Rosenfeld has investigated and designed remediation programs and risk assessments for contaminated sites containing lead, heavy metals, mold, bacteria, particulate matter, petroleum hydrocarbons, chlorinated solvents, pesticides, radioactive waste, dioxins and furans, semi- and volatile organic compounds, PCBs, PAHs, creosote, perchlorate, asbestos, per- and poly-fluoroalkyl substances (PFOA/PFOS), unusual polymers, fuel oxygenates (MTBE), among other pollutants. Dr. Rosenfeld also has experience evaluating greenhouse gas emissions from various projects and is an expert on the assessment of odors from industrial and agricultural sites, as well as the evaluation of odor nuisance impacts and technologies for abatement of odorous emissions. As a principal scientist at SWAPE, Dr. Rosenfeld directs air dispersion modeling and exposure assessments. He has served as an expert witness and testified about pollution sources causing nuisance and/or personal injury at sites and has testified as an expert witness on numerous cases involving exposure to soil, water and air contaminants from industrial, railroad, agricultural, and military sources.

Attachment E

Paul E. Rosenfeld, Ph.D. Page 2 of 10 October 2021
Professional History:

Soil Water Air Protection Enterprise (SWAPE); 2003 to present; Principal and Founding Partner UCLA School of Public Health; 2007 to 2011; Lecturer (Assistant Researcher) UCLA School of Public Health; 2003 to 2006; Adjunct Professor UCLA Environmental Science and Engineering Program; 2002-2004; Doctoral Intern Coordinator UCLA Institute of the Environment, 2001-2002; Research Associate Komex H2O Science, 2001 to 2003; Senior Remediation Scientist National Groundwater Association, 2002-2004; Lecturer
San Diego State University, 1999-2001; Adjunct Professor Anteon Corp., San Diego, 2000-2001; Remediation Project Manager Ogden (now Amec), San Diego, 2000-2000; Remediation Project Manager Bechtel, San Diego, California, 1999 – 2000; Risk Assessor King County, Seattle, 1996 – 1999; Scientist
James River Corp., Washington, 1995-96; Scientist
Big Creek Lumber, Davenport, California, 1995; Scientist Plumas Corp., California and USFS, Tahoe 1993-1995; Scientist Peace Corps and World Wildlife Fund, St. Kitts, West Indies, 1991-1993; Scientist Publications:

Remy, L.L., Clay T., Byers, V., Rosenfeld P. E. (2019) Hospital, Health, and Community Burden After Oil Refinery Fires, Richmond, California 2007 and 2012. Environmental Health. 18:48 Simons, R.A., Seo, Y. Rosenfeld, P., (2015) Modeling the Effect of Refinery Emission On Residential Property Value. Journal of Real Estate Research. 27(3):321-342
Chen, J. A, Zapata A. R., Sutherland A. J., Molmen, D.R., Chow, B. S., Wu, L. E., Rosenfeld, P. E., Hesse, R. C., (2012) Sulfur Dioxide and Volatile Organic Compound Exposure To A Community In Texas City Texas Evaluated Using Aermod and Empirical Data. American Journal of Environmental Science, 8(6), 622-632.

Rosenfeld, P.E. & Feng, L. (2011). The Risks of Hazardous Waste. Amsterdam: Elsevier Publishing.

Cheremisinoff, N.P., & Rosenfeld, P.E. (2011). Handbook of Pollution Prevention and Cleaner Production: Best Practices in the Agrochemical Industry, Amsterdam: Elsevier Publishing.

Gonzalez, J., Feng, L., Sutherland, A., Waller, C., Sok, H., Hesse, R., Rosenfeld, P. (2010). PCBs and Dioxins/Furans in Attic Dust Collected Near Former PCB Production and Secondary Copper Facilities in Sauget, IL.

Procedia Environmental Sciences. 113–125.

Feng, L., Wu, C., Tam, L., Sutherland, A.J., Clark, J.J., Rosenfeld, P.E. (2010). Dioxin and Furan Blood Lipid and Attic Dust Concentrations in Populations Living Near Four Wood Treatment Facilities in the United States. Journal of Environmental Health. 73(6), 34-46.

Cheremisinoff, N.P., & Rosenfeld, P.E. (2010). Handbook of Pollution Prevention and Cleaner Production: Best Practices in the Wood and Paper Industries. Amsterdam: Elsevier Publishing.

Cheremisinoff, N.P., & Rosenfeld, P.E. (2009). Handbook of Pollution Prevention and Cleaner Production: Best Practices in the Petroleum Industry. Amsterdam: Elsevier Publishing.

Wu, C., Tam, L., Clark, J., Rosenfeld, P. (2009). Dioxin and furan blood lipid concentrations in populations living near four wood treatment facilities in the United States. WIT Transactions on Ecology and the Environment, Air Pollution, 123 (17), 319-327.

Paul E. Rosenfeld, Ph.D. Page 3 of 10 October 2021
Tam L. K.., Wu C. D., Clark J. J. and Rosenfeld, P.E. (2008). A Statistical Analysis Of Attic Dust And Blood Lipid Concentrations Of Tetrachloro-p-Dibenzodioxin (TCDD) Toxicity Equivalency Quotients (TEQ) In Two Populations Near Wood Treatment Facilities. Organohalogen Compounds, 70, 002252-002255.

Tam L. K.., Wu C. D., Clark J. J. and Rosenfeld, P.E. (2008). Methods For Collect Samples For Assessing Dioxins And Other Environmental Contaminants In Attic Dust: A Review. Organohalogen Compounds, 70, 000527- 000530.

Hensley, A.R. A. Scott, J. J. J. Clark, Rosenfeld, P.E. (2007). Attic Dust and Human Blood Samples Collected near a Former Wood Treatment Facility. Environmental Research. 105, 194-197.

Rosenfeld, P.E., J. J. J. Clark, A. R. Hensley, M. Suffet. (2007). The Use of an Odor Wheel Classification for Evaluation of Human Health Risk Criteria for Compost Facilities. Water Science & Technology 55(5), 345-357.

Rosenfeld, P. E., M. Suffet. (2007). The Anatomy Of Odour Wheels For Odours Of Drinking Water, Wastewater, Compost And The Urban Environment. Water Science & Technology 55(5), 335-344.

Sullivan, P. J. Clark, J.J.J., Agardy, F. J., Rosenfeld, P.E. (2007). Toxic Legacy, Synthetic Toxins in the Food, Water, and Air in American Cities. Boston Massachusetts: Elsevier Publishing Rosenfeld, P.E., and Suffet I.H. (2004). Control of Compost Odor Using High Carbon Wood Ash. Water Science and Technology. 49(9),171-178.

Rosenfeld P. E., J.J. Clark, I.H. (Mel) Suffet (2004). The Value of An Odor-Quality-Wheel Classification Scheme For The Urban Environment. Water Environment Federation’s Technical Exhibition and Conference (WEFTEC) 2004. New Orleans, October 2-6, 2004.

Rosenfeld, P.E., and Suffet, I.H. (2004). Understanding Odorants Associated With Compost, Biomass Facilities, and the Land Application of Biosolids. Water Science and Technology. 49(9), 193-199.

Rosenfeld, P.E., and Suffet I.H. (2004). Control of Compost Odor Using High Carbon Wood Ash, Water Science and Technology, 49( 9), 171-178.

Rosenfeld, P. E., Grey, M. A., Sellew, P. (2004). Measurement of Biosolids Odor and Odorant Emissions from Windrows, Static Pile and Biofilter. Water Environment Research. 76(4), 310-315.

Rosenfeld, P.E., Grey, M and Suffet, M. (2002). Compost Demonstration Project, Sacramento California Using High-Carbon Wood Ash to Control Odor at a Green Materials Composting Facility. Integrated Waste Management Board Public Affairs Office, Publications Clearinghouse (MS–6), Sacramento, CA Publication #442-02-008.

Rosenfeld, P.E., and C.L. Henry. (2001). Characterization of odor emissions from three different biosolids. Water Soil and Air Pollution. 127(1-4), 173-191.

Rosenfeld, P.E., and Henry C. L., (2000). Wood ash control of odor emissions from biosolids application. Journal of Environmental Quality. 29, 1662-1668.

Rosenfeld, P.E., C.L. Henry and D. Bennett. (2001). Wastewater dewatering polymer affect on biosolids odor emissions and microbial activity. Water Environment Research. 73(4), 363-367.

Rosenfeld, P.E., and C.L. Henry. (2001). Activated Carbon and Wood Ash Sorption of Wastewater, Compost, and Biosolids Odorants. Water Environment Research, 73, 388-393.

Rosenfeld, P.E., and Henry C. L., (2001). High carbon wood ash effect on biosolids microbial activity and odor.

Water Environment Research. 131(1-4), 247-262.

Paul E. Rosenfeld, Ph.D. Page 4 of 10 October 2021
Chollack, T. and P. Rosenfeld. (1998). Compost Amendment Handbook For Landscaping. Prepared for and distributed by the City of Redmond, Washington State.

Rosenfeld, P. E. (1992). The Mount Liamuiga Crater Trail. Heritage Magazine of St. Kitts, 3(2).

Rosenfeld, P. E. (1993). High School Biogas Project to Prevent Deforestation On St. Kitts. Biomass Users Network, 7(1).

Rosenfeld, P. E. (1998). Characterization, Quantification, and Control of Odor Emissions From Biosolids Application To Forest Soil. Doctoral Thesis. University of Washington College of Forest Resources.

Rosenfeld, P. E. (1994). Potential Utilization of Small Diameter Trees on Sierra County Public Land. Masters thesis reprinted by the Sierra County Economic Council. Sierra County, California.

Rosenfeld, P. E. (1991). How to Build a Small Rural Anaerobic Digester & Uses Of Biogas In The First And Third World. Bachelors Thesis. University of California.

Presentations:

Rosenfeld, P.E., "The science for Perfluorinated Chemicals (PFAS): What makes remediation so hard?" Law Seminars International, (May 9-10, 2018) 800 Fifth Avenue, Suite 101 Seattle, WA.

Rosenfeld, P.E., Sutherland, A; Hesse, R.; Zapata, A. (October 3-6, 2013). Air dispersion modeling of volatile organic emissions from multiple natural gas wells in Decatur, TX. 44th Western Regional Meeting, American Chemical Society. Lecture conducted from Santa Clara, CA.

Sok, H.L.; Waller, C.C.; Feng, L.; Gonzalez, J.; Sutherland, A.J.; Wisdom-Stack, T.; Sahai, R.K.; Hesse, R.C.; Rosenfeld, P.E. (June 20-23, 2010). Atrazine: A Persistent Pesticide in Urban Drinking Water.

Urban Environmental Pollution. Lecture conducted from Boston, MA.

Feng, L.; Gonzalez, J.; Sok, H.L.; Sutherland, A.J.; Waller, C.C.; Wisdom-Stack, T.; Sahai, R.K.; La, M.; Hesse, R.C.; Rosenfeld, P.E. (June 20-23, 2010). Bringing Environmental Justice to East St. Louis, Illinois. Urban Environmental Pollution. Lecture conducted from Boston, MA.

Rosenfeld, P.E. (April 19-23, 2009). Perfluoroctanoic Acid (PFOA) and Perfluoroactane Sulfonate (PFOS) Contamination in Drinking Water From the Use of Aqueous Film Forming Foams (AFFF) at Airports in the United States. 2009 Ground Water Summit and 2009 Ground Water Protection Council Spring Meeting, Lecture conducted from Tuscon, AZ.

Rosenfeld, P.E. (April 19-23, 2009). Cost to Filter Atrazine Contamination from Drinking Water in the United States” Contamination in Drinking Water From the Use of Aqueous Film Forming Foams (AFFF) at Airports in the United States. 2009 Ground Water Summit and 2009 Ground Water Protection Council Spring Meeting. Lecture conducted from Tuscon, AZ.

Wu, C., Tam, L., Clark, J., Rosenfeld, P. (20-22 July, 2009). Dioxin and furan blood lipid concentrations in populations living near four wood treatment facilities in the United States. Brebbia, C.A. and Popov, V., eds., Air Pollution XVII: Proceedings of the Seventeenth International Conference on Modeling, Monitoring and Management of Air Pollution. Lecture conducted from Tallinn, Estonia.

Rosenfeld, P. E. (October 15-18, 2007). Moss Point Community Exposure To Contaminants From A Releasing Facility. The 23rd Annual International Conferences on Soils Sediment and Water. Platform lecture conducted from University of Massachusetts, Amherst MA.

Rosenfeld, P. E. (October 15-18, 2007). The Repeated Trespass of Tritium-Contaminated Water Into A Surrounding Community Form Repeated Waste Spills From A Nuclear Power Plant. The 23rd Annual International

Paul E. Rosenfeld, Ph.D. Page 5 of 10 October 2021
Conferences on Soils Sediment and Water. Platform lecture conducted from University of Massachusetts, Amherst MA.

Rosenfeld, P. E. (October 15-18, 2007). Somerville Community Exposure To Contaminants From Wood Treatment Facility Emissions. The 23rd Annual International Conferences on Soils Sediment and Water. Lecture conducted from University of Massachusetts, Amherst MA.

Rosenfeld P. E. (March 2007). Production, Chemical Properties, Toxicology, & Treatment Case Studies of 1,2,3- Trichloropropane (TCP). The Association for Environmental Health and Sciences (AEHS) Annual Meeting. Lecture conducted from San Diego, CA.

Rosenfeld P. E. (March 2007). Blood and Attic Sampling for Dioxin/Furan, PAH, and Metal Exposure in Florala, Alabama. The AEHS Annual Meeting. Lecture conducted from San Diego, CA.

Hensley A.R., Scott, A., Rosenfeld P.E., Clark, J.J.J. (August 21 – 25, 2006). Dioxin Containing Attic Dust And Human Blood Samples Collected Near A Former Wood Treatment Facility. The 26th International Symposium on Halogenated Persistent Organic Pollutants – DIOXIN2006. Lecture conducted from Radisson SAS Scandinavia Hotel in Oslo Norway.

Hensley A.R., Scott, A., Rosenfeld P.E., Clark, J.J.J. (November 4-8, 2006). Dioxin Containing Attic Dust And Human Blood Samples Collected Near A Former Wood Treatment Facility. APHA 134 Annual Meeting & Exposition. Lecture conducted from Boston Massachusetts.

Paul Rosenfeld Ph.D. (October 24-25, 2005). Fate, Transport and Persistence of PFOA and Related Chemicals.

Mealey’s C8/PFOA. Science, Risk & Litigation Conference. Lecture conducted from The Rittenhouse Hotel, Philadelphia, PA.

Paul Rosenfeld Ph.D. (September 19, 2005). Brominated Flame Retardants in Groundwater: Pathways to Human Ingestion, Toxicology and Remediation PEMA Emerging Contaminant Conference. Lecture conducted from Hilton Hotel, Irvine California.

Paul Rosenfeld Ph.D. (September 19, 2005). Fate, Transport, Toxicity, And Persistence of 1,2,3-TCP. PEMA Emerging Contaminant Conference. Lecture conducted from Hilton Hotel in Irvine, California.

Paul Rosenfeld Ph.D. (September 26-27, 2005). Fate, Transport and Persistence of PDBEs. Mealey’s Groundwater Conference. Lecture conducted from Ritz Carlton Hotel, Marina Del Ray, California.

Paul Rosenfeld Ph.D. (June 7-8, 2005). Fate, Transport and Persistence of PFOA and Related Chemicals.

International Society of Environmental Forensics: Focus On Emerging Contaminants. Lecture conducted from Sheraton Oceanfront Hotel, Virginia Beach, Virginia.

Paul Rosenfeld Ph.D. (July 21-22, 2005). Fate Transport, Persistence and Toxicology of PFOA and Related Perfluorochemicals. 2005 National Groundwater Association Ground Water And Environmental Law Conference.

Lecture conducted from Wyndham Baltimore Inner Harbor, Baltimore Maryland.

Paul Rosenfeld Ph.D. (July 21-22, 2005). Brominated Flame Retardants in Groundwater: Pathways to Human Ingestion, Toxicology and Remediation. 2005 National Groundwater Association Ground Water and Environmental Law Conference. Lecture conducted from Wyndham Baltimore Inner Harbor, Baltimore Maryland.

Paul Rosenfeld, Ph.D. and James Clark Ph.D. and Rob Hesse R.G. (May 5-6, 2004). Tert-butyl Alcohol Liability and Toxicology, A National Problem and Unquantified Liability. National Groundwater Association. Environmental Law Conference. Lecture conducted from Congress Plaza Hotel, Chicago Illinois.

Paul Rosenfeld, Ph.D. (March 2004). Perchlorate Toxicology. Meeting of the American Groundwater Trust.

Lecture conducted from Phoenix Arizona.

Paul E. Rosenfeld, Ph.D. Page 6 of 10 October 2021
Hagemann, M.F., Paul Rosenfeld, Ph.D. and Rob Hesse (2004). Perchlorate Contamination of the Colorado River.

Meeting of tribal representatives. Lecture conducted from Parker, AZ.

Paul Rosenfeld, Ph.D. (April 7, 2004). A National Damage Assessment Model For PCE and Dry Cleaners.

Drycleaner Symposium. California Ground Water Association. Lecture conducted from Radison Hotel, Sacramento, California.

Rosenfeld, P. E., Grey, M., (June 2003) Two stage biofilter for biosolids composting odor control. Seventh International In Situ And On Site Bioremediation Symposium Battelle Conference Orlando, FL.

Paul Rosenfeld, Ph.D. and James Clark Ph.D. (February 20-21, 2003) Understanding Historical Use, Chemical Properties, Toxicity and Regulatory Guidance of 1,4 Dioxane. National Groundwater Association. Southwest Focus Conference. Water Supply and Emerging Contaminants.. Lecture conducted from Hyatt Regency Phoenix Arizona.

Paul Rosenfeld, Ph.D. (February 6-7, 2003). Underground Storage Tank Litigation and Remediation. California CUPA Forum. Lecture conducted from Marriott Hotel, Anaheim California.

Paul Rosenfeld, Ph.D. (October 23, 2002) Underground Storage Tank Litigation and Remediation. EPA Underground Storage Tank Roundtable. Lecture conducted from Sacramento California.

Rosenfeld, P.E. and Suffet, M. (October 7- 10, 2002). Understanding Odor from Compost, Wastewater and Industrial Processes. Sixth Annual Symposium On Off Flavors in the Aquatic Environment. International Water Association. Lecture conducted from Barcelona Spain.

Rosenfeld, P.E. and Suffet, M. (October 7- 10, 2002). Using High Carbon Wood Ash to Control Compost Odor.

Sixth Annual Symposium On Off Flavors in the Aquatic Environment. International Water Association. Lecture conducted from Barcelona Spain.

Rosenfeld, P.E. and Grey, M. A. (September 22-24, 2002). Biocycle Composting For Coastal Sage Restoration.

Northwest Biosolids Management Association. Lecture conducted from Vancouver Washington..

Rosenfeld, P.E. and Grey, M. A. (November 11-14, 2002). Using High-Carbon Wood Ash to Control Odor at a Green Materials Composting Facility. Soil Science Society Annual Conference. Lecture conducted from Indianapolis, Maryland.

Rosenfeld. P.E. (September 16, 2000). Two stage biofilter for biosolids composting odor control. Water Environment Federation. Lecture conducted from Anaheim California.

Rosenfeld. P.E. (October 16, 2000). Wood ash and biofilter control of compost odor. Biofest. Lecture conducted from Ocean Shores, California.

Rosenfeld, P.E. (2000). Bioremediation Using Organic Soil Amendments. California Resource Recovery Association. Lecture conducted from Sacramento California.

Rosenfeld, P.E., C.L. Henry, R. Harrison. (1998). Oat and Grass Seed Germination and Nitrogen and Sulfur Emissions Following Biosolids Incorporation With High-Carbon Wood-Ash. Water Environment Federation 12th Annual Residuals and Biosolids Management Conference Proceedings. Lecture conducted from Bellevue Washington.

Rosenfeld, P.E., and C.L. Henry. (1999). An evaluation of ash incorporation with biosolids for odor reduction. Soil Science Society of America. Lecture conducted from Salt Lake City Utah.

Rosenfeld, P.E., C.L. Henry, R. Harrison. (1998). Comparison of Microbial Activity and Odor Emissions from Three Different Biosolids Applied to Forest Soil. Brown and Caldwell. Lecture conducted from Seattle Washington.

Paul E. Rosenfeld, Ph.D. Page 7 of 10 October 2021
Rosenfeld, P.E., C.L. Henry. (1998). Characterization, Quantification, and Control of Odor Emissions from Biosolids Application To Forest Soil. Biofest. Lecture conducted from Lake Chelan, Washington.

Rosenfeld, P.E, C.L. Henry, R. Harrison. (1998). Oat and Grass Seed Germination and Nitrogen and Sulfur Emissions Following Biosolids Incorporation With High-Carbon Wood-Ash. Water Environment Federation 12th Annual Residuals and Biosolids Management Conference Proceedings. Lecture conducted from Bellevue Washington.

Rosenfeld, P.E., C.L. Henry, R. B. Harrison, and R. Dills. (1997). Comparison of Odor Emissions From Three Different Biosolids Applied to Forest Soil. Soil Science Society of America. Lecture conducted from Anaheim California.

Teaching Experience:

UCLA Department of Environmental Health (Summer 2003 through 20010) Taught Environmental Health Science 100 to students, including undergrad, medical doctors, public health professionals and nurses. Course focused on the health effects of environmental contaminants.

National Ground Water Association, Successful Remediation Technologies. Custom Course in Sante Fe, New Mexico. May 21, 2002. Focused on fate and transport of fuel contaminants associated with underground storage tanks.

National Ground Water Association; Successful Remediation Technologies Course in Chicago Illinois. April 1, 2002. Focused on fate and transport of contaminants associated with Superfund and RCRA sites.

California Integrated Waste Management Board, April and May, 2001. Alternative Landfill Caps Seminar in San Diego, Ventura, and San Francisco. Focused on both prescriptive and innovative landfill cover design.

UCLA Department of Environmental Engineering, February 5, 2002. Seminar on Successful Remediation Technologies focusing on Groundwater Remediation.

University Of Washington, Soil Science Program, Teaching Assistant for several courses including: Soil Chemistry, Organic Soil Amendments, and Soil Stability.

U.C. Berkeley, Environmental Science Program Teaching Assistant for Environmental Science 10.

Academic Grants Awarded:

California Integrated Waste Management Board. $41,000 grant awarded to UCLA Institute of the Environment.

Goal: To investigate effect of high carbon wood ash on volatile organic emissions from compost. 2001.

Synagro Technologies, Corona California: $10,000 grant awarded to San Diego State University.

Goal: investigate effect of biosolids for restoration and remediation of degraded coastal sage soils. 2000.

King County, Department of Research and Technology, Washington State. $100,000 grant awarded to University of Washington: Goal: To investigate odor emissions from biosolids application and the effect of polymers and ash on VOC emissions. 1998.

Northwest Biosolids Management Association, Washington State. $20,000 grant awarded to investigate effect of polymers and ash on VOC emissions from biosolids. 1997.

James River Corporation, Oregon: $10,000 grant was awarded to investigate the success of genetically engineered Poplar trees with resistance to round-up. 1996.

Paul E. Rosenfeld, Ph.D. Page 8 of 10 October 2021
United State Forest Service, Tahoe National Forest: $15,000 grant was awarded to investigating fire ecology of the Tahoe National Forest. 1995.

Kellogg Foundation, Washington D.C. $500 grant was awarded to construct a large anaerobic digester on St. Kitts in West Indies. 1993
Deposition and/or Trial Testimony:

In the Circuit Court Of The Twentieth Judicial Circuit, St Clair County, Illinois Martha Custer et al., Plaintiff vs. Cerro Flow Products, Inc., Defendants Case No.: No. 0i9-L-2295
Rosenfeld Deposition, 5-14-2021
Trial, October 8-4-2021
In the Circuit Court of Cook County Illinois
Joseph Rafferty, Plaintiff vs. Consolidated Rail Corporation and National Railroad Passenger Corporation d/b/a AMTRAK,
Case No.: No. 18-L-6845
Rosenfeld Deposition, 6-28-2021
In the United States District Court For the Northern District of Illinois Theresa Romcoe, Plaintiff vs. Northeast Illinois Regional Commuter Railroad Corporation d/b/a METRA Rail, Defendants
Case No.: No. 17-cv-8517
Rosenfeld Deposition, 5-25-2021
In the Superior Court of the State of Arizona In and For the Cunty of Maricopa Mary Tryon et al., Plaintiff vs. The City of Pheonix v. Cox Cactus Farm, L.L.C., Utah Shelter Systems, Inc.

Case Number CV20127-094749
Rosenfeld Deposition: 5-7-2021
In the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas Beaumont Division Robinson, Jeremy et al Plaintiffs, vs. CNA Insurance Company et al.

Case Number 1:17-cv-000508
Rosenfeld Deposition: 3-25-2021
In the Superior Court of the State of California, County of San Bernardino Gary Garner, Personal Representative for the Estate of Melvin Garner vs. BNSF Railway Company.

Case No. 1720288
Rosenfeld Deposition 2-23-2021
In the Superior Court of the State of California, County of Los Angeles, Spring Street Courthouse Benny M Rodriguez vs. Union Pacific Railroad, A Corporation, et al.

Case No. 18STCV01162
Rosenfeld Deposition 12-23-2020
In the Circuit Court of Jackson County, Missouri
Karen Cornwell, Plaintiff, vs. Marathon Petroleum, LP, Defendant.

Case No.: 1716-CV10006
Rosenfeld Deposition. 8-30-2019
In the United States District Court For The District of New Jersey Duarte et al, Plaintiffs, vs. United States Metals Refining Company et. al. Defendant.

Case No.: 2:17-cv-01624-ES-SCM
Rosenfeld Deposition. 6-7-2019

Paul E. Rosenfeld, Ph.D. Page 9 of 10 October 2021
In the United States District Court of Southern District of Texas Galveston Division M/T Carla Maersk, Plaintiffs, vs. Conti 168., Schiffahrts-GMBH & Co. Bulker KG MS “Conti Perdido” Defendant.

Case No.: 3:15-CV-00106 consolidated with 3:15-CV-00237 Rosenfeld Deposition. 5-9-2019
In The Superior Court of the State of California In And For The County Of Los Angeles – Santa Monica Carole-Taddeo-Bates et al., vs. Ifran Khan et al., Defendants Case No.: No. BC615636
Rosenfeld Deposition, 1-26-2019
In The Superior Court of the State of California In And For The County Of Los Angeles – Santa Monica The San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments et al. vs El Adobe Apts. Inc. et al., Defendants Case No.: No. BC646857
Rosenfeld Deposition, 10-6-2018; Trial 3-7-19

In United States District Court For The District of Colorado Bells et al. Plaintiff vs. The 3M Company et al., Defendants Case No.: 1:16-cv-02531-RBJ
Rosenfeld Deposition, 3-15-2018 and 4-3-2018
In The District Court Of Regan County, Texas, 112th Judicial District Phillip Bales et al., Plaintiff vs. Dow Agrosciences, LLC, et al., Defendants Cause No.: 1923
Rosenfeld Deposition, 11-17-2017
In The Superior Court of the State of California In And For The County Of Contra Costa Simons et al., Plaintiffs vs. Chevron Corporation, et al., Defendants Cause No C12-01481
Rosenfeld Deposition, 11-20-2017
In The Circuit Court Of The Twentieth Judicial Circuit, St Clair County, Illinois Martha Custer et al., Plaintiff vs. Cerro Flow Products, Inc., Defendants Case No.: No. 0i9-L-2295
Rosenfeld Deposition, 8-23-2017
In United States District Court For The Southern District of Mississippi Guy Manuel vs. The BP Exploration et al., Defendants
Case: No 1:19-cv-00315-RHW
Rosenfeld Deposition, 4-22-2020
In The Superior Court of the State of California, For The County of Los Angeles Warrn Gilbert and Penny Gilber, Plaintiff vs. BMW of North America LLC Case No.: LC102019 (c/w BC582154)
Rosenfeld Deposition, 8-16-2017, Trail 8-28-2018
In the Northern District Court of Mississippi, Greenville Division Brenda J. Cooper, et al., Plaintiffs, vs. Meritor Inc., et al., Defendants Case Number: 4:16-cv-52-DMB-JVM
Rosenfeld Deposition: July 2017

Paul E. Rosenfeld, Ph.D. Page 10 of 10 October 2021
In The Superior Court of the State of Washington, County of Snohomish Michael Davis and Julie Davis et al., Plaintiff vs. Cedar Grove Composting Inc., Defendants Case No.: No. 13-2-03987-5
Rosenfeld Deposition, February 2017
Trial, March 2017
In The Superior Court of the State of California, County of Alameda Charles Spain., Plaintiff vs. Thermo Fisher Scientific, et al., Defendants Case No.: RG14711115
Rosenfeld Deposition, September 2015
In The Iowa District Court In And For Poweshiek County
Russell D. Winburn, et al., Plaintiffs vs. Doug Hoksbergen, et al., Defendants Case No.: LALA002187
Rosenfeld Deposition, August 2015
In The Circuit Court of Ohio County, West Virginia
Robert Andrews, et al. v. Antero, et al.

Civil Action N0. 14-C-30000
Rosenfeld Deposition, June 2015
In The Iowa District Court For Muscatine County
Laurie Freeman et. al. Plaintiffs vs. Grain Processing Corporation, Defendant Case No 4980
Rosenfeld Deposition: May 2015
In the Circuit Court of the 17th Judicial Circuit, in and For Broward County, Florida Walter Hinton, et. al. Plaintiff, vs. City of Fort Lauderdale, Florida, a Municipality, Defendant.

Case Number CACE07030358 (26)
Rosenfeld Deposition: December 2014
In the County Court of Dallas County Texas
Lisa Parr et al, Plaintiff, vs. Aruba et al, Defendant.

Case Number cc-11-01650-E
Rosenfeld Deposition: March and September 2013
Rosenfeld Trial: April 2014
In the Court of Common Pleas of Tuscarawas County Ohio
John Michael Abicht, et al., Plaintiffs, vs. Republic Services, Inc., et al., Defendants Case Number: 2008 CT 10 0741 (Cons. w/ 2009 CV 10 0987) Rosenfeld Deposition: October 2012
In the United States District Court for the Middle District of Alabama, Northern Division James K. Benefield, et al., Plaintiffs, vs. International Paper Company, Defendant.

Civil Action Number 2:09-cv-232-WHA-TFM
Rosenfeld Deposition: July 2010, June 2011
In the Circuit Court of Jefferson County Alabama
Jaeanette Moss Anthony, et al., Plaintiffs, vs. Drummond Company Inc., et al., Defendants Civil Action No. CV 2008-2076
Rosenfeld Deposition: September 2010
In the United States District Court, Western District Lafayette Division Ackle et al., Plaintiffs, vs. Citgo Petroleum Corporation, et al., Defendants.

Case Number 2:07CV1052
Rosenfeld Deposition: July 2009
Via e-mail
March 15, 2022
Alexandra Briseno, Chairperson
Marlene Ramirez, Vice Chairperson
Berj Aliksanian, Commissioner
Victor Cuevas, Commissioner
Natalia Lomeli, Commissioner
c/o Samantha Nevarez, Administrative Secretary
City of Montebello
Planning and Community Development
1600 W. Beverly Blvd.

Montebello, CA 90640
[email protected]
[email protected]
Michael Donovan, Assistant Planner
City of Montebello
Planning Division
1600 W. Beverly Blvd.

Montebello, CA 90640
[email protected]
Re: Poplar Avenue Residential Project; a/k/a TWIN PALMS PROJECT (CASE NO.

PC-2021-0008-PD-PMP-SPR); PROJECT SITE A
(116, 128, AND 136 N. POPLAR AVE) AND PROJECT SITE B (129-133 N.

POPLAR AVE)
Dear Chairperson Briseno and Honorable Members of the Planning Commission:

I am writing on behalf of the Supporters Alliance for Environmental Responsibility (“SAFER”), a California nonprofit benefit corporation, regarding the proposed development of apartment units on Poplar Avenue, located in the City of Montebello and known as the Poplar Avenue Residential Project. TWIN PALMS PROJECT (CASE NO. PC-2021-0008-PD-PMP-SPR); PROJECT SITE A (116, 128, AND 136 N. POPLAR AVE) AND PROJECT SITE B (129-133 N.

POPLAR AVE) (“Project”). The agenda for the Planning Commission hearing on March 15, 2022, states that “no further action by the Commission is necessary” for the Project. We believe that this is an erroneous statement and request that the Planning Commission correct this statement and continue its consideration of the Project, as the Commission indicated they would at the conclusion of the March 1, 2022 Planning Commission hearing.

I. Background
On March 1, 2022, the Planning Commission considered this Project. The City of Montebello Planning and Community Development department determined that the project is categorically exempt from the requirement for preparation of environmental documents pursuant to Section 21155.1 of the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”). SAFER submitted comments to the Planning Commission on the matter, disagreeing with the use of the exemption. (SAFER letter, March 1, 2022). The comment included expert reports from Certified Industrial Hygienist Francis “Bud” Offermann and environmental consulting firm Soil/Water/Air Protection Enterprise, which demonstrated substantial evidence of the Project’s potential impacts from indoor air quality and diesel particulate matter. Based on that evidence, SAFER determined that Twin Palms Project
March 15, 2022

Page 2 of 2 ends

the Section 21155.1 exemption did not apply, and requested that the City prepare appropriate CEQA documents for the Project.

At the hearing on March 1, the Commission discussed the Project, and eventually a Commissioner made a motion to approve the Project. The motion concluded in two ayes, one no, and one abstention. This was determined to be a deadlock, so a second motion was presented to continue the item to the next Planning Commission meeting on March 15, 2022. That motion passed 4-0.

The agenda item for the Project in the March 15 Planning Commission hearing agenda states as follows:

Staff will provide clarity on the action taken by the Planning Commission to approve the resolution recommending approval of the project by a vote of 2-1-1 and explain that no further action by the Commission is necessary.
(City of Montebello Planning Commission Agenda, March 15, 2022, p.4). This statement is contrary to what was stated at the March 1, 2022 hearing, and is erroneous as demonstrated below.

II. Discussion
In the case of Vedanta Society of Southern California v. California Quartet, Ltd. (2000) 84 Cal. App. 4th 517, a city council deadlocked 2-2-1 on a vote to certify a CEQA document. The Court of Appeal held that this vote was no sufficient to approve the project because CEQA requires an “affirmative” vote to issue findings and to certify the CEQA document. The court held that a 2-2-2 vote is not an affirmative vote of a majority of the city council and therefore the project could not be approved. Also, Gov’t Code Section 25005 provides that No act of the Board shall be valid or binding unless a majority of all the members concur therein By the same reasoning, the planning commission’s vote of 2-1-1 is not an affirmative vote of a majority of the planning commission. A majority of the planning commission did not vote to approve or disapprove of the CEQA document or the project. Therefore, the project may not proceed unless it receives an affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the planning commission.

Thank you for considering our comments.

Sincerely,
Richard Drury
Counsel for SAFER
ITEM #____

CITY OF MONTEBELLO

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA STAFF REPORT
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM: René Bobadilla, P.E., City Manager
BY: Arnold Alvarez-Glasman, City Attorney
SUBJECT: Adopt Resolution No. 22-21 Rescinding Resolution Nos. 20-21, 20-22, 20-23, 20-33, and 20-61 Which Declared a Local Emergency as a Result of the Coronavirus (COVID-19) and Rescinding Resolution No. 21-85 Which Authorized Teleconferenced Open Meetings Pursuant to AB 361
DATE: April 13, 2022
RECOMMENDATIONS:

It is recommended that the City Council:
1) Adopt Resolution No. 22-21 rescinding Resolution Nos. 20-21, 20-22, 20-23, 20- 33, and 20-61, which declared a local emergency as a result of the Coronavirus (COVID-19) and rescinding Resolution No. 21-85 which authorized teleconferenced open meetings pursuant to AB 361; and
2) Take such additional, related, action that may be desirable.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact to the City.

BACKGROUND
On March 11, 2020 the World Health Organization declared a COVID-19 Pandemic. On March 4, 2020, California Governor Newsom declared a State of Emergency as a result of COVID-19. Following the State of Emergency the City Council adopted Resolution No. 20-22 on March 16, 2020, declaring a local emergency as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. This Declaration provided for increased efficiency and ability to pivot as needed in order to respond to the pandemic. The Declaration promoted various forms of social distancing to protect the most vulnerable from COVID-19, as well as to contain the spread.
7 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022 Adopt Resolution No. 22-21 Rescinding Resolution Nos. 20-21, 20-22, 20-23, 20-33, and 20-61 Which Declared a Local Emergency as a Result of the Coronavirus (COVID-19) and Rescinding Resolution No. 21-85 Which Authorized Teleconferenced Open Meetings Pursuant to AB 361

Page 2 of 2 ends

On September 20, 2021, Governor Gavin Newson signed Executive Order N-15-21 clarifying that cities may continue to meet remotely in accordance with the procedures outlined by previous executive orders issued. Recently adopted legislation, Assembly Bill (AB) 361, allowed cities to continue to meet remotely and to have the public participate remotely during gubernatorial states of emergency under modified Brown Act provisions.

On October 13, 2021, City Council adopted Resolution No. 21-85 which authorized the City to continue teleconferencing of open meetings pursuant to AB 361.

The COVID-19 pandemic is not over; however, the number of weekly cases have dropped significantly since the beginning of the current year and continue to maintain a downward trend. At this time, Staff no longer finds that conditions of extreme peril exists to the safety of persons and property within the City of Montebello and is recommending the adoption of Resolution No. 22-21 to rescind the Declaration of the Local Emergency (Resolution No. 0-21, 20-22, 20-23, 20-33, and 20-61) and rescind the continuation of teleconferencing open meetings pursuant to AB 361 (Resolution No. 21-85).

Staff is proposing that City Hall facilities open at 100%, subject to operating under proper safety conditions or as recommended by Occupational Safety and Health Administration and Los Angeles County Department of Public Health. Upon approval of Resolution No. 22-21, City Council meetings will be held in person effective April 27, 2022 and the public may access the meeting and offer public comments in person only moving forward.

Written comments can still be submitted via electronic mail and will be submitted to all members of the City Council. Written comments may not be read aloud but will be entered into the record of the proceedings to the extent they relate to matters listed on the posted agenda or otherwise address matters/issues within the subject matter jurisdiction of the City Council.

SUMMARY
Staff recommends that the City Council consider adopting Resolution No. 22-21 rescinding the declaration of local emergency and AB 361 findings.

ATTACHMENTS:

A. Attachment A – Resolution No. 22-21
B. Attachment B – Resolution No. 20-21
C. Attachment C – Resolution No. 20-22
D. Attachment D – Resolution No. 20-23
E. Attachment E – Resolution No. 20-33
F. Attachment F – Resolution No. 20-61
G. Attachment G – Resolution No. 21-85

ATTACHMENT A
RESOLUTION NO. 22-21

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
MONTEBELLO, CALIFORNIA, RESCINDING RESOLUTION NOS. 20-21, 20-22, 20-23, 20-33, AND 20-61, WHICH DECLARED AND

PROCLAIMED THE EXISTENCE OF A LOCAL EMERGENCY DUE TO
THE EFFECTS OF THE COVID-19 VIRUS, AS WELL AS RESOLUTION NO. 21-85, WHICH AUTHORIZED TELECONFERENCED OPEN
MEETINGS PURSUANT TO AB 361

RECITALS
WHEREAS, the City of Montebello like many other local, county, state and federal jurisdictions are impacted by the affects created by the COVID-19 virus and the virus is significantly impacting both the essential and non-essential services and operations of government; and
WHEREAS, on March 12, 2020; March 16, 2020; March 19, 2022; April 15, 2020; and July 31, 2020 the City Council of the City of Montebello (“City”) adopted Resolution Nos. 20-21, 20-22, 20-23, 20-33, and 20-61, which declared and proclaimed the existence of a local emergency due to the effects of the COVID-19 virus; and WHEREAS, the City remains vigilant with federal, state, and county official updates related to COVID-19 because information, orders, and directives continue to change; and
WHEREAS, the City is committed to preserving and nurturing public access and participation in meetings of the City Council; and
WHEREAS, California Assembly Bill 361 (“AB 361”) was signed into law on September 16, 2021 which amended the Ralph M. Brown Act; and WHEREAS, the City Council is a legislative body and the Ralph M. Brown Act (Gov’t Code §54950 et seq.) requires meetings of “legislative bodies” of local agencies to be open and public; and
WHEREAS, AB 361 provided an alternative of teleconferenced public meetings rather than having in-person public meetings in accordance with Government Code §54953(b)(3) if the City Council made specific findings that the following circumstances exist:

1. The state of emergency as a result of COVID-19 continues to directly impact the ability of the members of City Council and the members of the City’s subordinate Committees, Commissions, and Boards to meet safely in person; and
RESOLUTION NO. 22-21

Page 2 of 4 ends

2. The State of California and the City continue to impose or recommend measures to promote social distancing; and
WHEREAS, on October 13, 2021, the City Council of the City of Montebello adopted Resolution No. 21-85, which authorized the City to implement teleconferenced open meetings pursuant to AB 361; and
WHEREAS, in accordance with the current low-risk tier status for COVID-19 in Los Angeles County and California State and all current mandates and policies, the City will not continue to impose COVID-19 measures such as social distancing and wearing of masks; and
WHEREAS, the City Council no longer finds that the circumstances mentioned above exist within the City of Montebello and the City Council desires to return to inperson public meetings; and WHEREAS, a resolution may be amended or rescinded by another resolution or by ordinance; and
WHEREAS, City Council has considered all information related to this matter.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY PROCLAIMED that a local emergency no longer exists throughout the City of Montebello, and:

SECTION 1. The facts set forth in the Recitals, above, are true and correct.

SECTION 2. The City Council of the City of Montebello hereby rescinds Resolution Nos. 20-21, 20-22, 20-23, 20-33, and 20-61which declared and proclaimed the existence of a local emergency due to the effects of the COVID-19 virus and ordered certain actions, services, restrictions and mandates throughout the City.

SECTION 3. The City Council of the City of Montebello hereby rescinds Resolution No. 21-85 which authorized the City to implement teleconferenced open meetings pursuant to AB 361. It is declared that the City Council will immediately return to holding in-person public meetings as a result of the current low-tier COVID-19 risk status of Los Angeles County and the State of California, the City no longer finds that:

2. The State of California and the City continue to impose or recommend measures to promote social distancing.

RESOLUTION NO. 22-21

Page 3 of 4 ends

SECTION 4. Severability. If any section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion thereof, of this Resolution is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Resolution. The City Council declares that it would have adopted this Resolution, and each section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, paragraphs, sentences, clauses, phrases, or portions thereof, be declared invalid or unconstitutional. To this end, the provisions of this Resolution are declared to be severable.

SECTION 5. The City Clerk shall attest to the passage of this Resolution and it shall there upon be in full force and effect.

APPROVED AND ADOPTED this 13th day of April 2022.

_______________________________
Kimberly A. Cobos-Cawthorne, Mayor
ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM:

________________________________ ________________________________ Christopher Jimenez, City Clerk Arnold M. Alvarez-Glasman, City Attorney

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS:

CITY OF MONTEBELLO )
I, Christopher Jimenez, City Clerk of the City of Montebello, County of Los Angeles, State of California, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution No. 22-21 was passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of Montebello, signed by the Mayor and attested by the City Clerk at a regular meeting of said Council held on the 13th day of April 2022 and that said Resolution was adopted by the following vote, to-wit:

RESOLUTION NO. 22-21

Page 4 of 4 ends

AYES:

NOES:

ABSTAIN:

ABSENT:

The undersigned, City Clerk of the City of Montebello, does hereby attest and certify that the foregoing Resolution is a true, full and correct copy of a resolution duly adopted at a meeting of said City which was duly convened and held on the date stated thereon, and that said document has not been amended, modified, repealed or rescinded since its date of adoption and is in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

DATE:

Christopher Jimenez, City Clerk
RESOLUT[ ON NO. 20- 21
A RESOLUI' ON OF THF. CITY COUNCIL OF ' THF. CI" Y OF MON" fEBELLO DECLARtNG AND PROCLAIMING THE EX[ STENCE OF A LOCAL ENIERGENCY DUF.

TO THE AFFEC'[' S OF I HE COVID- 19 V[ RUS AND "I HE F.FFF Cl S AND IMPAC S 11PON THC OPERnTIONS OF GOVERNMI: NT OF I HE C[" I Y OF MONTEBI: I. LO WHEREAS, tile Citv of Montebcllo like man} other local, county, state and fcdcral jurisdictions are impacted by thc affects created by thc COVID- 19 cirus and the virus is significantly impacting both the esscntial and non- essential services and operations of government; and
WHEREnS, the City Council of the City of Montebello hereb declares and proclaims the existence of a local emergency due to the COVID- 19 virus, and; WHEREAS, the City Council of the City oY Montebello hereby iinds that conditions of extreme peril exists to the safety of persons and properiy have arisen within the Cit caused b} the COVID- 19 virus, and;
WHF,REAS, these couditions are or are likely to be beyond the conCrol oFthe services. personnel, equipment, and facilities ofsaid City, and:

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY PROCI. AIMED that a local emer ency now exists throughout the City of Montebello, and;
IT IS FURTHER PROCLAIMED AND ORDtiRF.D that during the existence of said local emergency the powers. functions. and duties of the emergenc} organization of this City shall be those prescribed by state law, by local ordinances, and resolutions of this City; and thc City seeks all services, financial assistance and other related aid provided for or made acailable by the County of Los Angeles. State oY California or Pederal Government.

APPROVED AND ADOPTFD THIS 12` da}° of March 2020 in the City oCMontebello. l /
Salvador Melendez.

Mayor. City of Montebello
ATTEST: APPROVEU f1, l' O F RM:
l,L{ u% ; l i, l.F.(-+'( Cr'"
I• a [ 3arajas, Cit, lerk Arnold M. nlva ez- Glasman, City Attorney

STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss.

CITY OF MONTEBELLO
I, Irma Barajas, City Clerk of the City of Montebello, do hereby certify that the foregoing City Council Resolution No. 20- 21was duly and regularly approved and adopted by the City Council of the City of Montebello at their meeting held on the day of 2020, as approved by law by the following vote:

AYES: Hadjinian, Cobos- Cawthorne, Jimenez, Torres, Melendez f„ NOES: None.

IN WITNESS WHER OF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of said City on th ry day of ZQ y i 2020.
l.i. C.( j,-) ii t+f - 1,-
IRMA BARAJAS, ` ity Cler

ATTACHMENT B
RESOLUTION NO. 20- 22

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO,

CALIFORNIA DECLARING AND PROCLAIMING THE EXISTENCE OF A LOCAL EMERGENCY DUE TO THE AFFECTS OF THE COVID- 19 VIRUS

AND THE EFFECTS AND IMPACTS UPON THE OPERATIONS OF

GOVERNMENT OF THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO AND SUPERCEDES ALL

PREVIOUS RESOLUTIONS PROCLAIMING A LOCAL EMERGENCY
WHEREAS, the City of Montebello like many other local, county, state and federal jurisdictions are impacted by the affects created by the COVID- 19 virus and the virus is significantly impacting both the essential and non- essential services and operations of government; and
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Montebello is responding to the spread of coronavirus disease, and now hereby finds that international, national, state, and local health and governmental authorities are responding to an outbreak of said respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus, COVID- 19; and
WHEREAS, Chapter 2. 48, et seq. of the Montebello Municipal Code authorizes the City Council to proclaim the existence or threatened existence of a local emergency, and further authorizes the City Manager with enumerated powers when the Governor or County has declared a state of emergency, which has been the case as discussed hereinabove as it relates to COVID- 19; and
WHEREAS, the City of Montebello remains vigilant with federal, state, and county official updates related to COVID- 19 because information, orders, and directives continue to change on a daily basis; and
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Montebello hereby declares and proclaims the existence of a local emergency due to the COVID- 19 virus, and; WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Montebello hereby finds that conditions of extreme peril exists to the safety of persons and property have arisen within the City caused by the COVID- 19 virus, and;
WHEREAS, these conditions are or are likely to be beyond the control of the services, personnel, equipment, and facilities of said City;
WHEREAS, this Resolution supersedes and controls over any previously adopted Resolution.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY PROCLAIMED that a local emergency now exists throughout the City of Montebello, and;
SECTION 1: IT IS FURTHER PROCLAIMED AND ORDERED that during the existence of said local emergency the powers, functions, and duties of the emergency organization of this City shall be those prescribed by state law, by local ordinances, and resolutions of this City; and the City seeks all services, financial assistance and other related aid provided for or made available by the County of Los Angeles, State of California or Federal Government.

SECTION 2: All individuals, organizations, and business entities are hereby required to comply and adhere to all federal, state, and local orders and directives within the City' s jurisdiction and boundaries relating to COVID- 19. Should subsequent federal, state, or county orders and directives be issued that promote various forms of social distancing to protect the most vulnerable from COVID- 19, as well as to contain the spread of same, the more restrictive orders and directives shall apply.

SECTION 3: Notwithstanding any provision of the Montebello Municipal Code to the contrary, the City Manager, as the director of emergency services, in addition to the authority granted under emergency circumstances, has an increase in spending authority for emergency response needs; and is authorized, without complying with the competitive bidding procedures, to execute any agreement, subject to approval as to form by the City Attorney, if the agreement is related to emergency response needs pursuant to this Resolution. City Manager is required to subsequently make a report to City Council with information of related expenditures.

ATTACHMENT C
SECTION 4: It is hereby found and determined that the following actions, services.. restrictions or mandates are hereby ordered:

The Montebello Bus Line and those services provided are hereby determined to be essential services. All Montebello Bus Line personal, including but not limited to drivers, administrative personnel, service and maintenance personnel, and management personnel, are required to perform these essential functions provided by the City throughout the duration of this emergency without interruption.

The City hereby waives the collection of fare box charges for Bus Line passengers.

The City hereby authorizes and restricts the use of any hotel owned by the City for public service personnel as deemed appropriate by the City. This mandate controls over any other order and directive issued by Federal, State or County governments.

All information Technology ( IT) services are deemed to be essential services. All IT personnel are required to perform these essential functions provided by the City throughout the duration of this emergency without interruption.

The City hereby reserves the right to waive any fees or penalties charged or incurred as a result of cancellations or adjustments necessary due to the emergency conditions or situation.

The City Manager, as the Director of Emergency Services, has all rights and authority vested in him pursuant to the Montebello Municipal Code.

SECTION 3: It is hereby proclaimed and ordered that during the existence of said local emergency, the powers, functions, and duties of the emergency organization of the City shall be as prescribed by federal, state, and county law, as well as the laws, ordinances and resolutions of the City of Montebello. This Resolution shall supersede and control over any previously adopted Resolution.

SECTION 4: SEVERABILITY. If any section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion thereof, of this Resolution is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Resolution. The City Council declares that it would have adopted this Resolution, and each section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, paragraphs, sentences, clauses, phrases, or portions thereof, be declared invalid or unconstitutional. To this end, the provisions of this Resolution are declared to be severable.

PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO, CALIFORNIA, THIS 16TH DAY OF MARCH, 2020.
f C/
Salvador Melendez, Mayor
ATT ST: '
d i t' u ) l( f.LG '%
Ir a Barajas, Cit' Clerk

APPR VED AS TO FORM
Arn Id M. Alvare - Glasman
City Attorney

STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss.

CITY OF MONTEBELLO
I, Irma Barajas, City Clerk of the City of Montebello, do hereby certify that the foregoing City Council Resolution No. 20- 22 was duly and regularly approved and adopted by the City Council of the City of Montebello at their meeting held on the 16th day of March, 2020, as approved by law by the following vote:

AYES: Cobos- Cawthorne, Jimenez , Torres, Hadjinian, Melendez NOES: None
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto t my hand and affixed the official seal of said City on the n
tl1 day of 4 r Cf7 - 2020.

J i C r ,, ;; .

IR A BARAJAS, ty Clerl j
RESOLOTION NO. 20- 23
A RESOLUT[ ON OF THE C[ TY COUNCIL OF CHIi C9TY OF MON" I E'BELLO FURTFILR DECLARING AND PROCI, AIMING TIIF. F, XIS iENCE OF A LOCAL GMGGENCY DUt:

TO THF A PRCTS OF THE COV1D- 19 VIRUS AND 7 IiF, EFFECI S AND IMPACTS UPON THi OPI: RATIONS OF GOVrRNMFiN T OF CI IE CI"I Y OF MON"fEBELLO AND F.XPRF.SSING [ TS ADHGRF, ANCF, TO THF, CONDI IIONS AND DIREC I NES SET FORT[ i BY TIiF. STATG OF CAI. IFORNlA AND"[ IG COUN I Y OF LOS ANGELES WHEREAS, the Ciry of Montebello like manc other local. count. state and federal jurisdictions are impacted by the affects created by the COVID- 19 cirus and the irus is signiticantly impacting both the essential and non- essential services and operations of government; and
WFIFRI: AS. the City Council oi the City of Montebello previously declared as set lorth in Resolutions No. 20- 21 and 20- 22 adopted by the Cit Council ot the City of Montebello proclaiming the existence ofa local emergency due to the COVID- 19 irus, and; WHfiREAS, the Governor of the State of California and the County of Los Angeles hace adopted orders addressing directives for residents ot State and for cities within the Count of Los Angeles; and
WHERhAS, City Counci] of the Cit} of Montebello hereby tinds that conditions of extreme peril exists to the safety of persons and propert have arisen within the City caused b the COVID- 19 and supports the directi es of the State and Cotmt} ofticials and seeks the cooperation of all Montebello residents to adhere to the conditions and directives established and set forth by the State of California and County oC Los Angeles.

NOW, THERG[ ORE. fT' IS HEREBY PROCLAIMED that a local emergency continues to exist throughout the Ciry o1 Montehello, and;
IT IS PURI'HER PROCLAIMED AND ORDERFD that during the existence of said local cmergency the orders, directives and mandates imposed and prescribed by the State of California and the Count of Los Angeles are to be 12 Ilo ced and adhered to by all residents of the Cih of Montebello.

APPROVED AND ADOPTI D THIS 19' day of Maxch 2020 in tlie Cit} of Montebcllo. i
Salvador Melendez,
Mayoc City of Montebello
ATTEST:
uc wV 2-
rma Barajas. City lerk
i;
r
t . c'.

APPROVED AS TO FORM; z'
A iold M. Alva z- Glasman, City Attorney

ATTACHMENT D

STATE OF CAIIFORNIA
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss.

CITY OF MONTEBELLO
I, Irma Barajas, City Clerk of the City of Montebello, do hereby certify that the foregoing City Council Resolution No. 20- 23 was duly and regularly approved and adopted by the City Council of the City of Montebello at their meeting held on the 19THiay of , 2020, as approved by law by the following vote:

AYES: Torres, Hadjinian, Cobos-Cawthorne, Jimenez, Melendez NOES: None
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of said City on th , 19' h
day of March, 2020.

I i , / v tLy L Cl.,
IRMA BARAJAS, ity Clerk e.;
s•
e<'
y A.
a
t
RESOLUTION NO. 20- 33

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO,

CALIFORNIA FURTHER DECLARING AND PROCLAIMING THE CONTINUED

EXISTENCE OF A LOCAL EMERGENCY DUE TO THE AFFECTS OF THE COVID- 19 VIRUS AND THE EFFECTS AND IMPACTS UPON THE

OPERATIONS OF GOVERNMENT OF THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Montebello has been responding to the spread of coronavirus disease, and has found that international, national, state, and local health and governmental authorities are responding to an outbreak of said respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus, also known and abbreviated as COVID- 19, (" COVID- 19"); and WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Montebello is and has been responding to the spread of coronavirus disease, and now continues to find that international, national, state. and local health and governmental authorities are responding to an outbreak of said respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus, COVID- 19; and
WHEREAS, Chapter 2. 48, et seq. of the Montebello Municipal Code authorizes the City Council to proclaim the existence or threatened existence of a local emergency. and further authorizes the City Manager with enumerated powers when the Governor or County has declared a state of emergency, which has been the case as discussed hereinabove as it relates to COVID- 19; and
WHEREAS, the City of Montebello remains vigilant with federal, state, and county officials' updates related to COVID- 19 because information, orders, and directives continue to change on a daily basis; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Montebello Municipal Code Section 2. 48. 090. the City Council of the City of Montebello hereby continues to declare and proclaim the existence of a local emergency due to the COVID- 19 virus, and;
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Montebello hereby finds that conditions of extreme peril exists to the safety of persons and property continues within the City caused by the COVID- 19 virus, and;
WHEREAS, these conditions are or are likely to be beyond the control of the services, personnel, equipment, and facilities of said City;
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY PROCLAIMED that a local emergency continues to exist throughout the City of Montebello, and;
SECTION 1: IT IS FURTHER PROCLAIMED AND ORDERED that during the existence of said local emergency the powers, functions, and duties of the emergency organization of this City shall be those prescribed by state and County law, by local ordinances, and resolutions of this City; and the City continues to seek all services, financial assistance and other related aid provided for or made available by the County of Los Angeles, State of California or Federal Government.

SECTION 2: All individuals, organizations, and business entities are hereby required to comply and adhere to all federal. state, and local orders and directives within the City' s jurisdiction and boundaries relating to COVID- 19. Should subsequent federal, state, or county orders and directives be issued that promote various forms of social distancing to protect the most vulnerable from COVID- 19, as well as to contain the spread of same, the more restrictive L
orders and directives shall apply Specifically the City Council hereby confirms and supports the " Safer at Home Order for Control of COVID- 19" issued by the County of Los Angeles Department of Public Health on April 10, 2020, attached hereto as Exhibit " A" and incorporated herein by this reference.

SECTION 3: This Resolution is adopted consistent with and as set forth in Montebello Municipal Code Section 2. 48. 090 which requires the City Council to review. at least every fourteen days until the local emergency is terminated, the need for continuing the local emergency until the termination of the local emergency at the earliest possible date that conditions warrant.

SECTION 4: It is hereby proclaimed and ordered that during the existence of said local emergency, the powers, functions, and duties of the emergency organization of the City shall be

ATTACHMENT E
RESOLUTION NO.
20- 33

Page 2 of 2 ends

as prescribed by federal, state, and county law, as well as the laws, ordinances and resolutions of the City of Montebello.

SECTION 5: SEVERABILITY. If any section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion thereof, of this Resolution is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Resolution. The City Council declares that it would have adopted this Resolution, and each section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, paragraphs, sentences, clauses, phrases, or portions thereof, be declared invalid or unconstitutional. To this end, the provisions of this Resolution are declared to be severable.

PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO, CALIFORNIA, THIS 15TH DAY OF APRIL, 2020.

G L
3 i
G
4`, Salvador Melendez, Mayor
w . • , •
AT7EST: APPROVED AS TO FORM
G t, . ; 2 w. 1.

Irma Barajas, ity rk Ar old M. AI rez-Glasman
City Attorney
RESOLUTION NO. 20- 33

Page 3 of 3 ends

STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss.

CITY OF MONTEBELLO
I, Irma Barajas, City Clerk of the City of Montebello, do hereby certify that the foregoing City Council Resolution No. 20- 33 was duly and regularly approved and adopted by the City Council of the City of Montebello at their meeting held on the 15`h day of April,
2020, as approved by law by the following vote:

AYES: JIMENEZ, TORRES, HADJINIAN, COBOS- CAWTHORNE, MELENDEZ NOES: NONE
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of said City on the 15'" day of April, 2020.
t,,; 1 u.l. iC
IRMA BARAJ S, City Clerk
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH A« E
ORDER OF THE HEALTH OFFICER PUb11C NCelth
SAFER AT HOME ORDER FOR CONTROL OF COVID- 19
Temporary Prohibition of All Events and Gatherings
Closure of Non- Essential Businesses and Areas
Revised Order Issued: April 10, 2020
Please read this Order carefully. Violation of or failure to comply with this Order is a crime punishable by fine, imprisonment, or both. ( California Health and Safety Code § 120295; California Penal Code §§ 69, 148( a)( 1); Los Angeles County Code § 11. 02. 080.) SUMMARY OF THE ORDER: This County of Los Angeles Health Officer Revised Order ( Order) amends and supersedes the Orders and Addendums of the County of Los Angeles Health Officer ( Health Officer) issued on March 16, 19, 21, 27, and 31, 2020. This Order is issued to comply with Executive Order N33- 20 issued by Governor Gavin Newsom, wherein the State Public Health Officer ordered all individuals living in the State of California to stay home or at their place of residence, except as needed to maintain continuity of operations of the federal critical infrastructure sectors.

Due to the continued rapid spread of the Novel Coronavirus ( COVID- 19) and the need to protect the most vulnerable members of our community, this Order continues to prohibit all indoor and outdoor public and private gatherings and events. The Order specifically requires all businesses to cease in- person operations and remain closed to the public, unless the business is defined as an Essential Business by this Order. This Order is effective within the County of Los Angeles Public Health Jurisdiction, defined as, all unincorporated areas and cities within the County of Los Angeles with the exception of the cities of Long Beach and Pasadena, and continues through May 15, 2020.

The Health Officer now requires Essential Businesses to implement by no later than 11: 59 p. m. on April 15, 2020, a Social Distancing Protocol, which includes a requirement to provide all of their employees whose duties require contact with other employees and/ or the public with a cloth face covering to wear while performing duties that involve contact with others.

This Order does not prohibit any individual or members of a single household or living unit from engaging in outdoor activities, as an individual or household, such as jogging, walking, or biking. This Order continues to allow individuals to leave their homes to shop at Essential Businesses, including grocery stores and restaurants offering delivery, drive thru or carry out service, so long as all perso s practice Social Distancing and wear a cloth face covering while visiting Essential Businesses.

Further, this Health Officer Order continues the closure of all indoor malls and shopping centers, all swap meets and flea markets. all indoor and outdoor playgrounds, beaches, trails and trailheads, and in- person operations of all non- essential businesses. This Order does not supersede any stricter limitation imposed by a local public entity.

The County Health Officer will continue to monitor the rate of COVID- 19 disease spread, the severity of the resulting illnesses and deaths caused, California Department of Public Health ( CDPH) and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention ( CDC) recommendations, and the effect of this Order. If needed, this Order may be extended, expanded, or otherwise modified to protect the public' s health.

Safer at Home Order for Control of COVID49: Page 3 of il Temporary Prohihi[ ion of All Events and Ga[ herings and Closure o( NomEssential Businesses and Areas Fevised 4/ 10/ 2020
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH COONiY0ilO5ANGFLFS ORDER OF THE HEALTH OFFICER PUbIIC NC81th
UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE CALIFORNIA HEAITH AND SAFETY CODE SECTIONS 101040, 101085, AND 120175, THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES HEALTH OFFICER ORDERS:
1) Effective immediately on April 10, 2020 and continuing through May 15, 2020, all persons are to remain in their homes or at their place of residence, except to travel to and from Essential Businesses, to work at or provide service to a Healthcare Operation or Essential Infrastructure, to engage in Essential Activities, or to perform Minimum Basic Operations for non- essential businesses, while practicing Social Distancing, as defined in Section 14 of this Order.
a) All public and private gatherings of any number of people occurring outside a single household or living unit are prohibited within the County of Los Angeles Public Health Jurisdiction, except for the limited purposes expressly permitted by this Order. Nothing in this Order prohibits members of a single household or living unit from engaging in Essential Activities together. b) Essential Businesses are directed to continue to maximize the number of employees who work from home. Essential Businesses must follow industry- specific guidance issued by the Health Officer on the County of Los Angeles Department of Public Health website related to COVID- 19:
htt /' ubiichealthJacoui_ ovimedia/ coronavirusl.
2) For Essential Businesses open to any member of the public, excluding clinical settings within Healthcare Operations, the owner, manager, or operator of the Essential Business shall prepare and post by no later than 11: 59 p. m. on April 15, 2020, a Social Distancing Protocol for each of their facilities within the County of Los Angeles Public Health Jurisdiction that are frequented by the public or employees. The Social Distancing Protocol must be substantially in the form attached to this Order as Appendix A. The Social Distancing Protocol must be posted at or near the entrance of the relevant facility and shall be easily viewable by the public and employees. A copy of the Social Distancing Protocol must also be provided to each employee performing work at the facility. All Essential Businesses shall implement the Social Distancing Protocol and provide evidence of its implementation to any authority enforcing this Order upon demand. The Social Distancing Protocol must explain how the Essential Business facility is achieving the following, as applicable:
a) Limiting the number of people who may enter into the facility at any one time to ensure that people in the facility can easily maintain, at all times, a minimum six ( 6) foot physical distance from others, except as required to complete an Essential Business activity. Persons who are family members or household contacts, may stand or move together, but must be separated from others by a physical distance of at least six ( 6) feet.
b) Where lines may form at a facility, marking six ( 6) foot increments at a minimum, establishing where individuals should stand to maintain adequate Social Distancing. c) Providing hand sanitizer, soap and water, or effective disinfectant at or near the entrance of the faciiity and in other appropriate areas for use by the public and employees, and in locations where there is highfrequency employee interaction with members of the public ( e. g. cashiers). Restrooms normally open to the public shall remain open to the public.
d) Posting a sign in a conspicuous place at all public entries that instructs members of the public not to enter if they are experiencing symptoms of respiratory illness, including fever or cough, and to maintain Social Distancing from one another.
e) Providing for the regular disinfection of high- touch surfaces, and disinfection of all payment portals, pens, and styluses after each use. Essential Businesses are encouraged to also offer touch- less payment mechanisms, if feasible.
f) Providing cloth face coverings to employees and contracted workers whose duties require close contact within 6 feet for 10 minutes or more) with other employees and/ or the public.

Safer at Home Order for Control of COVID- 19: Page 2 of 11 Tempo ary Pmhibition of All Events and Gatherings and Closure of NomEssential Businesses and Areas Revised 9/ lU/ 2020
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH sA t= ORDER OF THE HEALTH OFFICER PUbIIC NCaflh
g) Requiring that members of the public who enter the facility wear a face covering during their time in the facility.
h) Adhere to communicable disease control recommendations provided by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health, including guidance for cleaning and disinfecting the site. See guidance posted at www_ ublichealth. lacountV. o
v/ medialCoronavirus/.
3) The Health Officer orders the continued closure of the following types of commercial properties, recreational sites and businesses:
a) Non- Essential Retail Businesses.
b) Indoor Malls and Indoor Shopping Centers, including all stores and vendors therein regardless whether they are an Essential or Non- Essential Retail Business. As an exception, permanent Essential Businesses that are part of an Indoor Mall or Indoor Shopping Center, but that are accessible by the public ( rom the exterior of the Indoor Mall or Shopping Center may remain open. The interior of the Indoor Mall or Indoor Shopping Center shall remain closed to the public.
c) This Order does not require closure of Essential Businesses in Outdoor Malls and Shopping Centers.

However, owners and operators of Outdoor Malls and Shopping Centers shall enforce Social Distancing measures among their visitors.
d) Indoor and Outdoor Playgrounds for Children, except for those located within childcare centers. e) All public beaches, piers, public beach parking lots, and beach access points. f) All public trails and trailheads.
g) Indoor and Outdoor Flea Markets and Swap Meets.

C
h) Additional types of commercial properties and businesses:
i) Bars and Nightclubs that do not serve food;
ii) Gyms and fitness centers;
iii) Movie Theaters, Drive- In Theaters. Live Performance Theaters, Concert Halls, Arenas and Stadiums;
iv) Bowling Alleys and Arcades; and
v) The portions of wineries, breweries and tap rooms that provide tastings to the public. 4) This Order does not supersede any stricter limitation imposed by a local public entity within the Los Angeles County Public Health Jurisdiction.
5) This Order considers employees of government agencies working in the course and scope of their public service employment to be Essential Infrastructure.
a) This Order declares that all government employees to be essential, including, but not limited to, health care providers and emergency responders. Health care providers and emergency responders include employees who serve in the following areas: law enforcement; emergency services and management; first responder; fire; search and rescue; juvenile detention; corrections: healthcare services and operations; public health; laboratory or medical testing; mental health; community health; public works; executive management employees serving in these fields; all employees assigned to serve in or support the foregoing fields; and all employees whose services are othenvise needed to assist in a declared emergency.
b) While all government employees are essential, the employees identified here and the others called to serve in their Disaster Service Worker capacity must be available to serve the public or assist in response or continuity of operations efforts during this health crisis to the maximum extent allowed under the law.

Safer at Home Order for Control of COVID- 19: Page 3 of Il Temporary Prohibition of AO Events and Ga[ herings and Closure of Non- Essential Businesses and Areas Revised 4/ SO/ 2020

COUNTY OF LOS ANGE ES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH
tl, '
COUNIYOfLOSRNGF65
ORDER OF THE HEALTH OFFICER CPUbI1C HBeIIh

REASONS FOR THE ORDER
6) This Order is based upon scientific evidence and best practices, as currently known and available, to protect members of the public from avoidable risk of serious illness and death resulting from the spread of COVID- 19.

The intent of this Order is to ensure that the maximum number of people remain in their places of residence to the maximum extent feasible to stem the spread of COVID- 19 and mitigate the impact on delivery of critical healthcare services to those in need, as well as to protect the healthcare system from a surge of cases into emergency rooms and hospitals. The Order supports the CDC' s efforts to institute more stringent and necessary Social Distancing measures to reduce community transmission of COVID- 19. 7) Existing community transmission of COVID- 19 in Los Angeles County presents a substantial and significant risk of harm to the health of residents. Currently, there is no vaccine available to protect against and no specific treatment for COVID- 19. As of Apri 9, 2020, there have been at least 7, 995 cases of COVID- 19 and 223 deaths reported in Los Angeles County. There remains a strong likelihood of a significant and increasing number of cases of community transmission. Making the community transmission problem worse, some individuals who contract the virus causing COVID- 19 have no symptoms or have mild symptoms, which means they may not be aware they carry the virus and are transmitting it to others. 8) The virus that causes COVID- 19 is easily spread through person- to- person contact. This risk of transmission is increased when people are in close proximity. All gatherings pose an increased risk for community transmission of COVID- 19 and thus, are a substantial risk to public health. As such, scientific evidence shows that at this stage of the public health emergency, it remains essential to continue to slow the virus transmission as much as possible to protect the most vulnerable, to prevent the healthcare system from being overwhelmed, and to prevent deaths. The extension of this Order and the strengthening of its Social Distancing requirements are necessary to further reduce the spread of COVID- 19, preserving critical and limited healthcare capacity in the County and advancing to a point in the pandemic where transmission can be controlled. 9) In the absence of a specific immunization or treatment for COVID- 19, Social Distancing is essential to preventing the spread of this disease. Increasing the practice of Social Distancing and prohibiting events and gatherings is intended to slow transmission of COVID- 19. Accordingly, to reduce the community transmission of COVID- 19, the Health Officer is continuing the temporary prohibition of all events and gatherings, the closure of Indoor Malls and Shopping Centers as defined in Section 11, and the cessation of in- person operations of certain businesses, as described in Section 12.

DEFINITIONS
10) For purposes of this Order, Essential Activities, are defined as travel for purposes of:
a) Visiting a health or veterinary care professional;
b) Obtaining medical supplies or medication;
c) Obtaining grocery items or necessary supplies from Essential Businesses for one' s household or for delivery to others;
d) Legally mandated governmental purposes, such as access to court, social and administrative services; e) Providing care for minors, the elderly, dependents, persons with disabilities, or other vulnerable persons; f) Complying with an order of law enforcement or court, and; g) Engaging in outdoor recreation activity, in compliance with Social Distancing requirements. 11) For purposes of this Order, Indoor Malls and Shopping Centers are defined as: A building with seven ( 7) or more " sales or retail establishments" with adjoining indoor space. For purposes of this Order, Outdoor Malls and Shopping Centers are defined as: A series of buildings on a common site, either under common ownership or common control or developed together, with seven ( 7) or more " sales or retail establishments." Safer a[ Home Order for Control af COVID- 19; Page 4 of 11 Temporary Prohibitian of All Even[ s and Gatherings and Ciosure of NomEssential Businesses and Areas Revised 4/ 10/ 20Z0
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH a:«
ORDER OF THE HEALTH OFFICER PUp6C HBelih
12) Non- Essential Retail Businesses are establishments that provide goods or services to the public that do not come within the definition of Essential Businesses set forth in Paragraph 13 of this Order. 13) For purposes of this Order, Essential Businesses are defined as the following:
a) Grocery stores, certified farmers' markets, farm and produce stands, supermarkets, food banks, co venience stores, warehouse stores, and other establishments engaged in the retail sale of canned food, dry goods, fresh fruit and vegetables, pet supply, water, fresh meats, fish, and poultry, and any other household consumer products ( such as cleaning or personal care products). This includes stores that sell groceries and other non-grocery products, such as products necessary to maintaining the safety, sanitation, and essential operation of residences. This does not include businesses lhat sell only prepackaged non- potentially hazardous food which is incidental to the primary retail business; b) Food processors, confectioners, food packagers, food testing labs that are not open to the public, and food cultivation, including farming, livestock, and fishing:
c) Organizations and Businesses that provide food, shelter, and social services, and other necessities of life for economically disadvantaged or otherwise needy individuals ( including gang prevention and intervention, domestic violence, and homeless service agencies); d) Newspapers, television, radio, magazine, podcast and journalism activities; e) Gas stations, auto- supply, mobile auto repair operations, auto repair shops ( including, without limitation, auto repair shops adjacent to or otherwise in connection with a retail or used auto dealership), and bicycle repair shops and related facilities. This subparagraph ( e) does not restrict the on- line purchase of automobiles if they are delivered to a residence or Essential Business; f) Banks, credit unions, financial institutions and insurance companies; g) Hardware stores, nurseries; building supply stores;
h) Plumbers, electricians, exterminators, custodial/ janitorial workers, handyman services, funeral home workers and morticians, moving services, HVAC installers, carpenters, vegetation services, tree maintenance, landscapers, gardeners, property managers, private security personnel and other service providers who provide services to maintain the safety, sanitation, and essential operation to properties and other Essential Businesses;
i) Businesses providing mailing and shipping services, including post office boxes; j) Educational institutions ( including public and private K- 12 schools, colleges, and universities) for purposes of facilitating distance learning, providing meals for pick- up, or performing Minimum Basic Operations. provided that Social Distancing is practiced;
k) Laundromats, dry cleaners, laundry service providers:

I) Restaurants and other food facilities that prepare and serve food, but only for delivery, drive thru or carry out. Indoor and outdoor table dining is not permitted. Cafeterias, commissaries, and restaurants located within hospitals, nursing homes, or other licensed health care facilities may provide dine- in service, as long as Social Distancing is practiced;
m) Businesses that supply office or computer products needed by people who work from home; n) Businesses that supply other Essential Businesses with the support or supplies necessary to operate. This exemption shall not be used as a basis for engaging in sales to the general public from retail storefronts; o) Non- manufacturing, transportation or distribution businesses that ship, truck, transport, or provide logistical support to deliver groceries, food, goods or services directly to residences, Essential Businesses, Healthcare Operations, and Essential Infrastructure. This exemption shall not be used as a basis for engaging in sales to the general public from retail storefronts; Safer at Home Order for Control of COVI- 19: Page 5 of 11 Temporary Prohibition of All& en[ 5 and Gatherings anA Closure of NomBsential 6usinesses and Areas Revised 4/ 10/ 2020
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH COVMVOflOSRUGFlfS ORDER OF THE HEALTH OFFICER PUbIiC Heallh
p) Airlines, taxis, ride sharing services and other private transportation providers providing transportation services necessary for activities of daily living and other purposes expressly authorized in this Order; q) Businesses that manufacture parts and provide necessary service for Essential Infrastructure; r) Home- based care for seniors, adults, disabled persons, or children; s) Residential facilities and shelters for homeless residents, disabled persons, seniors, adults, children and animals,
t) Professional services, such as legal, payroll or accounting services, when necessary to assist in compliance with legally mandated activities, and the permitting, inspection, construction, transfer and recording of ownership of housing, including residential and commercial real estate and anything incidental thereto, provided that appointments and other residential viewings must only occur virtually or, if a virtual viewing is not feasible, by appointment with no more than two visitors at a time residing within the same household or living unit and one individual showing the unit ( except that in- person visits are not allowed when the occupant is still residing in the residence);
u) Military/ Defense Contractors/ FFRDC ( Federally Funded Research and Development Centers).

For purposes of this Order, essential personnel may leave their residence to provide any service or perform any work deemed essential for national security including, but not limited to defense, intelligence and aerospace development and manufacturing for the Department of Defense, the Intelligence Community, and NASA and other federal government, and or United States Government departments and agencies.

Essential personnel include prime, sub- primes, and supplier contractor employees, at both the prime contract level and any supplier levels at any tier, working on federal United States Government contracts such as contracts rated under the Defense Priorities and Allocations System ( DPAS) and contracts for national intelligence and national security requirements; v) Childcare facilities providing services that enable employees exempted in this Order to work as permitted.

To the extent possible, childcare facilities must operate under the following mandatory conditions: ( 1) Childcare must be carried out in stable groups of 10 or fewer (" stable" means the same ten ( 10) or fewer children are in the same group each day); ( 2) Children shall not change from one group to another; (3) If more than one ( 1) group of children is cared for at one facility, each group shall be in a separate room.

Groups shall not mix with each other; ( 4) Childcare providers shall remain solely with one group of children; w) Hotels, motels, shared rental units and similar facilities; x) Construction, which includes the operation, inspection, and maintenance of construction sites and construction projects for construction of commercial, office and institutional buildings, residential and housing construction;
y) Manufacturers and retailers of fabric or cloth that is made into personal protective equipment, such as, face coverings. These businesses may provide their products to purchasers by delivery or pick- up but may not be open to the public;
14) For purposes of this Order, " Social Distancing" means: ( 1) Maintaining at least six-feet of physical distance from individuals who are not part of the same household; ( 2) Frequently washing hands with soap and water for at least 20 seconds or using hand sanitizer that contains at least 60% alcohol; ( 3) Wearing a cloth face covering while out in public when in contact with others, not including members of a single household or living unit; and ( 4) Avoiding all social interaction outside the household when sick with fever or cough. 15) This Order does not prohibit persons from leaving their residences to perform any work necessary or provide any services to or obtain services from the following Essential Infrastructure and Healthcare Operations:
a) Healthcare Operations are hospitals, clinics, laboratories, dentists, pharmacies, physical therapists and chiropractors, pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, other licensed healthcare facilities, healthcare suppliers, home healthcare service providers, mental or behavioral health providers, alcohol and drug treatment providers, cannabis dispensaries with a medicinal cannabis license and all other Safer ai Home Order for Convol of COVID- 19: Page 6 of 11 Temporary Prohibi[ ion of AO Events and Ga[ herings and Closure of NomEssential Buzinesses and Areas Revised 4/ 10/ 2020
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH a F« s ORDER OF THE HEALTH OFFICER PUpI1C HB21ih
required state and local licenses, medical or scientific research companies. or any related and/ or ancillary healthcare services, manufacturers, distributors and servicers of inedical devices, diagnostics, and equipment, veterinary care, and all healthcare provided to animals. This exemption shall be construed to avoid any impact to the delivery of healthcare, broadly defined. Healthcare Operations does not include fitness and exercise gyms and similar exercise or training facilities. b) Essential Infrastructure, for purposes of this Order, is defined as public health operations, public works construction, airport operations, port operations, food supply, water, sewer, gas, electrical, oil extraction and refining, roads and highways, public transportation, solid waste collection, removal and processing, flood control and watershed protection, cemeteries, mortuaries, crematoriums, and internet and telecommunications systems ( including the provision of essential global, national. local infrastructure for computing services, business infrastructure, communications, and web- based services), and manufacturing and distribution companies deemed essential as part of the Essential Infrastructure supply chain, provided that they carry out those services or that work in compliance with Social Distancing requirements, to the extent practicable.

ADDITIONAL TERMS
16) This Order does not, in any way, restrict: ( a) first responder access to the site( s) named in this Order during an emergency or ( b) local, state or federal officers, investigators, or medical or law enforcement personnel from carrying out their lawful duties at the site( s) named in this Order. 17) Operators of non- essential businesses that are required to cease in- person operations, but may continue to work from home, may travel to those businesses for purposes of Minimum Basic Operations, which means:
a) The minimum necessary activities to maintain and protect the value of the business' s inventory and facilities; ensure security, safety, and sanitation; process payroll and employee benefits; b) The minimum necessary activities to facilitate owners, employees, and contractors of the business being able to continue to work remotely from their residences, and to ensure that the business can deliver its services remotely.
18) The County shall promptly provide copies of this Order by: ( a) posting it on the Los Angeles Department of Public Health` s website ( www. puhlichealth. lacoiant v), ( b) posting it at the Kenneth Hahn Hall of Administration located at 500 West Temple Street, Los Angeles, CA 90012, ( c) providing it to any member of the public requesting a copy, and ( d) issuing a press release to publicize the Order throughout the county). a) The owner, manager, or operator of any facility that is likely to be impacted by this Order is strongly encouraged to post a copy of this Order onsite and to provide a copy to any member of the public requesting a copy.
b) Because guidance may change, the owner, manager. or operator of any facility that is subject to this Order is ordered to consult the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health' s website www. qublicheaith. lacount c{ov_) daily to identify any modifications to the Order and is required to comply with any updates until the Order is terminated.
19) If any subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or word of this Order or any application of it ro any person. structure, gathering, or circumstance is held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, then such decision will not affect the validity of the remaining portions or applications of this Order.
20) This Order incorporates by reference, the March 4, 2020 Proclamation of a State of Emergency issued by Governor Gavin Newsom and the March 4, 2020 declarations of a local and public health emergency issued by the Los Angeles County Board of Supervisors and Los Angeles County Health Officer, respectively. and as they may be supplemented.

Safer at Home Order for Convol of COVID49: Page 7 of 11 Temporary Prohibition of All Events and Gatherings and Oosure o/ NomEssential Businesses and Areas Revised 4/ 30/ 2020
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH r'"'
COYNIYOflO5RN6FtF5
ORDER OF THE HEALTH OFFICER x PUb11C NC811h
21) This Order is issued in light of the March 19, 2020 Order of the State Public Health Officer, ( the " State Shelter Order") which set the baseline statewide restrictions on non- residential business activities, effective until further notice, as well as the Governor' s March 19, 2020 Executive Order N- 33- 20 directing California residents to follow the State Shelter Order. This Order adopts in certain respects more stringent restrictions addressing the particular facts and circumstances in the County of Los Angeles Public Health Jurisdiction, which are necessary to control the public health emergency as it is evolving. Without this tailored set of restrictions that further reduce the number of interactions between persons, scientific evidence indicates that the public health crisis will worsen to the point at which it may overtake available healthcare resources within the County of Los Angeles and increase the death rate.
22) Where a conflict exists between this Order and any state public health order related to controlling the spread of COVID- 19 during this pandemic, the most restrictive provision controls. Consistent with California Health and Safety Code section 131080, except where the State Health Officer may issue an order expressly directed at this Order or a provision of this Order and based upon a finding that a provision of this Order constitutes a menace to the public health, any more restrictive measures in this Order may continue to apply and control in the County of Los Angeles Public Health Jurisdiction.
23) Pursuant to Sections 26602 and 41601 of the California Government Code and Section 101029 of the California Health and Safety Code, the Health Officer requests that the Sheriff and all chiefs of police in all cities located in the Los Angeles County Public Health Jurisdiction ensure compliance with and enforcement of this Order. The violation of any provision of this Order constitutes an imminent threat and menace to public health, constitutes a public nuisance, and is punishable by fine, imprisonment or both. 24) This Order shall become effective immediately on April 10, 2020 and will continue to be in effect until 11: 59 p. m. on May 15, 2020, or until it is extended, rescinded, superseded, or amended in writing by the Health Officer.

IT IS SO ORDERED:

Muntu vis, M. D., M. P. H. Date
Heaith Ofiicer,
County oi Los Angeles
Safer a[ Home Order tor Control of COVID- 19: Page 8 af 11 Temporary Prohibition of All Events and Ga[ herings and Closure of NomEssential Businesses and Areas Revisetl 4/ 10/ 2020
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH o<< osA E ts

ORDER OF THE HEALTH OFFICER
PUbIIC NCalth
Appendix A: Social Distancing Protocol
Business name:

Facility Address:

T
Approximate gross square footage
of space open to the public:

Businesses must implement all applicable measures listed below and be prepared to explain why any measure that is not implemented is inapplicable to the business.

A. SIGNAGE
Signage at each public entrance of the facility to inform all employees and customers that they should avoid entering ihe facility if they have a cough or fever; maintain a minimum six-foot distance from one another.

J Signage posting a copy of the Social Distancing Protocol at each public entrance to the facility.

B. MEASURES TO PROTECT EMPLOYEE HEALTH (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY TO THE FACILITY) Everyone who can carry out their work duties from home has been directed to do so.

All employees have been told not to come to work if sick Symptom checks are being conducted before employees may enter the workspace.

All employees that have contact during their shift( s) with the public or other employees are offered. at no- cost, a cloth face covering to be used at work when interacting with them.

All desks or individual workstations are separated by at least six feet.

Break rooms, restrooms, and other common areas are being disinfected frequently, on the following schedule:

LI Break rooms:

Restrooms:

Other:

Disinfectant and related supplies are available to all employees at the following location( s):

Hand sanitizer effective against COVID- 19 is available to aIl employees at the following location( s):

Soap and water are available to all employees at the following location( s).

Employees are allowed frequent breaks to wash their hands.

Safer at Home Order for Control of COVID49: Page 9 of 11 Temporary Prohibition of All Events and Gatherings and Closure of NomEssential Businesses and Areas ReviSed 4/ 10/ 2020
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH sa E Es ORDER OF THE HEALTH OFFICER 4 PUbIIC HBeI[ h
l.J Copies of this Protocol have been distributed to all employees.

Optional— Describe other measures:

C. MEASURES TO PREVENT CROWDS FROM GA7HERING

CHECK ALL THAT APPLY TO THE FACILITY)
Limit the number of customers n the store at any one time which allows for customers and employees to easily maintain at least six-foot distance from one another at all practicable times.

Maximum number of customers in the facility:

U Post an employee at the door to ensure the maximum number of customers in the facility is not exceeded.

Placing per- person limits on goods that are selling out quickly to reduce crowds and lines. Explain:

Optional- Describe other measures:

D. MEASURES TO KEEP PEOPLE AT LEAST SIX FEET APART

CHECK ALL THAT APPLY TO THE FACILITY)
J Placing signs outside ihe store reminding people to be at least six feet apart, including when in line.

Piacing tape or other markings at least six feet apart in customer line areas inside the store and on walkways at public entrances with signs directing customers to use the markings to maintain distance.

Separate order areas from delivery areas to prevent customers from gathenng All employees have been instructed to maintain at least six feet distance from customers and from each other, except employees may momentarily come closer when necessary to accept payment, deliver goods or services, or as othenvise necessary.

J Optionai— Institute one- way aisles to facilitate Soaal Distancing. w_______.___---___ ___.—_ __....

Optional— Describe other measures:

E. MEASURES TO PREVENT UNNECESSARY CONTACT ( CHECK ALL THAT APPLY TO THE FACILITY) Preventing people from self- serving any items that are food- related.

All items are pre- packaged in sealed containers by staff.

Bulk- item food bins are not available for customer self- service use.

Food samples are prohibited.

Providing for contactless payment systems or, if not feasible, sanitizing payment systems regularly Describe
J Optional- Describe other measures ( e g. providing senior only hours).

Safer at Home Order for Control of COVIDI9: Page 30 of 11 Temporary Prohibition of All Events and Gatherings antl Closure of NomEssential Businesses and Areas Revised 4/ 10/ 2020
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH o,. o<<,<<: E:, ORDER OF THE HEALTH OFFICER P 611C NCalth
F. MEASURES TO INCREASE SANITIZATION ( CHECK ALL THAT APPLY TO THE FACILITY) 7 Restrooms normally open to the public shall remain open to the public.

Disinfecting wipes that are effective against COVID- 19 are available near shopping carts and shopping baskets.

Employee( s) assigned to disinfect carts and baskets frequently, preferably after each use. w.____ ._— — - ------,. ---_ ---- -- ____ _--
0 Hand sandizer: soap and water, or effective disinfectant is available to the public at or near the entrance of the facility, at checkout counters, and anywhere else inside the store or immediately outside where people have direct interactions.

Disinfecting all payment portals, pens, and styluses after each use.

Disinfecting all high- contact surfaces frequently.

Optional- Describe other measures:

Any additional measures not included above should be listed on separate pages, which the business should attach to this document.

You may contact the following person with any
questions or comments about this protocol:

Business
Phone number: Contact Name:

Safer at Home Order for Control o( COVID- 19' Page 11 of 11 Temporary Prohi6ition of All Events and Gatherings and Closure of NomEssential Businesses and Areas ReviseA 4/ 10/ 2020
RESOLUTION NO. 20- 61

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO,

CALIFORNIA DECLARING AND PROCLAIMING THE CONTINUED

EXISTENCE OF A LOCAL EMEGENCY DUE TO THE AFFECTS OF THE COVID- 19 VIRUS PURSUANT TO MONTEBELLO MUNICIPAL CODE
SECTION 2.48. 090
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Montebello has been responding to the spread of coronavirus disease, and has found that international, national, state, and local health and governmental authorities are responding to an outbreak of said respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus, also known and abbreviated as COVID- 19. (" COVID- 19°): and WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Montebello is and has been responding to the spread of the coronavirus disease, and now continues to find that international, national, state. and local health and governmental authorities are responding to the outbreak of said respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus, COVID- 19; and
WHEREAS, Chapter 2. 48, et seq. of the Montebello Municipal Code authorizes the City Council to proclaim the existence or threatened existence of a local emergency. and the City Council commencing on March 19. 2020 and continuing thereafter has by its actions confirmed the ongoing existence of a local emergency; and WHEREAS, pursuant to Montebello Municipal Code Section 2. 48. 090, the City Council of the City of Montebello must review the need for the determination of a continuing local emergency and intends to continue to declare and proclaim the existence of a local emergency due to the COVID- 19 virus, and;
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Montebello hereby finds that conditions of extreme peril continue to exist which significantly impacts the safety of persons and property within the City caused by the COVID- 19 virus and which requires the continued proclamation of a local emergency.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY PROCLAIMED that a local emergency continues to exist throughout the City of Montebello, and;
SECTION 1: IT IS FURTHER PROCLAIMED AND ORDERED that during the existence of said local emergency the powers, functions, and duties of the emergency organization of this City shall be those prescribed by state and County law, by local ordinances. and resolutions of this City; and the City continues to seek all services, financial assistance and other related aid provided for or made available by the County of Los Angeles. State of California or Federal Government.

SECTION 3: This Resolution is adopted consistent with and as set forth in Montebello Municipal Code Section 2.48. 090 which requires the City Council to review. at least every fourteen days until the local emergency is terminated, the need for continufng the local emergency until the termination of the local emergency at the earliest possible date that conditions warrant.

SECTION 4: It is hereby proclaimed and ordered that during the existence of said local emergency. the powers, functions, and duties of the emergency organization of the City shall be as prescribed by federal, state, and county law, as well as the laws. ordinances and resolutions of the City of Montebello.

ATTACHMENT F
invalid or unconstitutional. To this end, the provisions of this Resolution are declared to be severable.

PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO, CALIFORNIA, THIS 31st DAY OF JULY, 2020.

Salvador Melendez, Mayor
ATTEST: „
L
Irma Barajas, Clerk
F;-.

APPROVED AS TO FORM
p ' L` `.
j, i-- J,
7 Amold . Ai arez- Glasman a=" a
City Attomey i"

STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ss.

CITY OF MONTEBELLO
I, Irma Barajas, City Clerk of the City of Montebello, do hereby certify that the foregoing City Council Resolution No. 20- 61 was duly and regulariy approved and adopted by the City Council of the City of Montebello at their meeting held on the 31st day of July, 2020, as approved by law by the following vote:

AYES: Torres, Hadjinian, Cobos- Cawthorne, Jimenez, Melendez NOES: None
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and a xed the official seal of said City on the 31ST day of July, 2020.

IR BARA , City Clerk

ATTACHMENT G

ITEM #____

CITY OF MONTEBELLO

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA STAFF REPORT
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM: René Bobadilla, P.E., City Manager
BY: James Enriquez, Director of Public Works / City Engineer SUBJECT: Montebello Boulevard Grade Separation Project – Construction, Operation and Maintenance Standard Form Agreement No. 3974 DATE: April 13, 2022
RECOMMENDATIONS:

It is recommended that the City Council:
1) Approve the Construction, Operation and Maintenance (COM) Standard Form Agreement No. 3974 (Attachment A) for the subject project and authorize the Mayor to execute the agreement on behalf of the City in the final form approved by the City Attorney; and
2) Take such additional, related, action that may be desirable.

FISCAL IMPACT
Other than staff time for coordination with San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments (SGVCOG) during the design and construction of the project, the City is not contributing to the cost of the design or construction of this project.

However, the project will be transferred to the City after completion for operation and maintenance. This transfer is anticipated in Fiscal Year 2025-26 and will be considered in the budget development process at that time. This includes costs associated with the operation and maintenance of the completed facilities, including recommendations for the accumulation of capital outlay funds for future repairs and the eventual replacement of the facilities (as described below).
8 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022 Montebello Boulevard Grade Separation Project – Construction, Operation and Maintenance Standard Form Agreement No. 3974

Page 2 of 4 ends

BACKGROUND
The Union Pacific Railroad (UPRR) Los Angeles Subdivision is one of the busiest and most important railroad corridors in the United States, providing vital goods movement from the sea ports, through Southern California and out to the entire nation. It also provides critical commuter rail service in Southern California. There are four existing atgrade roadway crossings within the City of Montebello: 1) Vail Avenue; 2) Maple Avenue; 3) Greenwood Avenue; and 4) Montebello Boulevard.

In 2013, in an effort to address traffic delays, noise and other safety concerns associated with these at-grade railroad crossings, the City Council directed staff to contract the services of an engineering firm to complete a conceptual study of alternatives for constructing a grade separation for the Montebello Boulevard crossing. The firm JMD was selected and completed the study in December 2014.

Following a series of five public outreach meetings in 2014 and presentations to the Planning Commission and Traffic & Safety Commission, the City Council selected a preferred design alternative for an underpass at its meeting on February 25, 2015 and directed staff to submit the selection to the San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments (SGVCOG) for consideration of inclusion in its construction program. The SGVCOG oversees the agency formerly known as the Alameda Corridor East Construction Authority that was formed to plan, design and construct rail improvements in the Southern California region, particularly focused on roadway crossings of railroad corridors along Alameda Street from the Ports of Los Angeles and Long Beach to Downtown Los Angeles and eastward.

Since the SGVCOG selected this project as part of its construction program in 2015, staff has been working closely with SGVCOG staff and their team of consultants on the design of the project. The plans and specification have been completed and the SGVCOG is preparing to advertise the project for construction bids by the end of 2022, pending final resolution of right-of-way acquisitions and the availability of sufficient funding.

Construction commencement is anticipated in spring 2023 and the duration of the construction is approximately 3 to 3.5 years at an estimated construction cost of $95 million.

The project consists of constructing an underpass for Montebello Boulevard (Montebello Way) under the UPRR rail located south of Olympic Boulevard (See Project Vicinity Map, Attachment B). The underpass will begin immediately south of Los Angeles Avenue, cross under Olympic Boulevard and the railroad and daylight immediately north of (before) the intersection of Montebello Way with Greenwood Avenue. A bridge will be constructed for Olympic Boulevard as well as the railroad. Limited access from Olympic Boulevard to Montebello Boulevard will be provided via frontage roads on both sides of new retaining walls only to the north. Connectivity of Montebello Boulevard (Way) with Roosevelt Avenue will be maintained by extending Roosevelt Avenue down into the underpass and CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022
Montebello Boulevard Grade Separation Project – Construction, Operation and Maintenance Standard Form Agreement No. 3974

Page 3 of 4 ends

constructing a new signalized intersection. New signalized intersections will also be constructed at the Los Angeles Avenue and Greenwood Avenue intersections with Montebello Boulevard (Montebello Way). The residential portion of Montebello Boulevard south of the rail and Truck Way will terminate in cul-de-sacs, eliminating access to Montebello Way. The project includes pedestrian access via sidewalk along the east side of the underpass; bike lanes within the roadway; drainage improvements, including a new pump station; and other ancillary improvements. Aesthetic treatments have been included on new retaining walls as approved by the Infrastructure Committee.

As the next step in the project delivery process, the SGVCOG has requested that the City of Montebello execute a Construction, Operation and Maintenance (COM) Standard Form Agreement (Attachment A). The agreement will be executed by and between the City, SCVCOG and UPRR. The COM Agreement defines the roles and responsibilities of the City, SGVCOG and UPRR in the construction, maintenance and operation of the new grade separation project. SGVCOG, in coordination with UPRR, will construct the project and transfer the completed project to the City for operation and maintenance. The City will remain in close communication with SGVCOG throughout the construction of the project. In specific regards to operation and maintenance, the agreement specifies that the City will be responsible for the following:
• Operation and maintenance of the underpass substructure below the bridge seats, abutments, columns, roadway, sidewalks, roadway drainage systems, roadway lighting and landscaping, and any cosmetic features of the bridge (UPRR is responsible for the track infrastructure on top of the bridge) • Graffiti removal
• Repairs/modifications and future replacement of the underpass SCVCOG will manage the construction including public outreach. City staff will coordinate with SCVCOG throughout the duration of the project.

ENVIRONMENTAL
The San Gabriel Valley Council of Governments manages the design and construction of this project and serves as the Lead Agency, as defined by the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). Furthermore, grade separation projects, which eliminate an existing at-grade crossing or which reconstruct an existing grade separation, are statutorily exempt from CEQA pursuant to Section 21080.13 of the Public Resources Code.

DISCUSSION
The recommended agreement is the standard agreement that SGVCOG executes with cities and the railroad owner for the construction of rail grade separation projects. The body of the agreement (Attachment A) is in final form and has been reviewed and approved by the City Attorney. The exhibits to the agreement are in draft form and will be CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022
Montebello Boulevard Grade Separation Project – Construction, Operation and Maintenance Standard Form Agreement No. 3974

Page 4 of 4 ends

finalized prior to the execution of the agreement, following a final review by the City Attorney. SGVCOG has requested approval of the agreement by the City Council at this time because it is required prior to regulatory and funding approvals required to prepare the project for construction bidding. Any substantial changes to the agreement following this approval, including substantial changes to any exhibits, will be returned for City Council consideration, at the City Attorney’s recommendation, and likely would require the approval and execution of an amendment to the agreement.

SUMMARY
Upon approval by the City Council of the recommended actions, staff will coordinate execution of the agreement and continue coordination with the SGVCOG for the completion of the construction of the project, including public outreach leading up to and throughout the duration of construction.

ATTACHMENTS:

A. Attachment A - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Agreement No. 3974 B. Attachment B - Project Vicinity Map
UP Draft
03/11/2020
SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 1 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD UNDERPASS

CONSTRUCTION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

STANDARD FORM AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), made this day of ,
2022 (the "Effective Date"), is by and among UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, hereinafter termed the "UNION PACIFIC", the SAN GABRIEL VALLEY COUNCIL OF GOVERNMENTS, a joint powers authority of the State of California, hereinafter termed "SGVCOG", and the CITY OF MONTEBELLO, a California municipal corporation, hereinafter termed "CITY" in furtherance of the ALAMEDA CORRIDOR – EAST PROJECT.

R E C I T A L S
UNION PACIFIC is a railroad corporation operating through and local freight train movements over its Los Angeles Subdivision and Alhambra Subdivision main lines in the San Gabriel Valley area of Los Angeles County. SGVCOG was tasked with overseeing the Alameda Corridor - East Project (the "Project"), which includes elimination of at-grade street, road and highway crossings of UNION PACIFIC's main lines in the valley through construction of underpasses and overcrossings. The CITY has primary responsibility for, and jurisdiction over, Montebello Boulevard, which presently has an at-grade crossing of one of the UNION PACIFIC main lines identified by the California Public Utilities Commission ("CPUC") by Crossing No. 003 – 8.53 (Los Angeles Subdivision) and DOT No. 811074G.

City of Montebello
Agreement No. 3974
SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 2 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
The CITY and SGVCOG desire to undertake design, construction, operation and maintenance of a grade separation underpass structure as shown in attached Exhibit "A" (the "Underpass"). SGVCOG has already executed an agreement with the CITY authorizing SGVCOG to obtain approvals and permits from UNION PACIFIC on the CITY’s behalf for design and construction of Underpass elements within the CITY’s jurisdiction. That agreement allows the CITY and SGVCOG to jointly negotiate an agreement with UNION PACIFIC for operation and maintenance of the Underpass. SGVCOG (by virtue of an internal reorganization completed in January 2018) has succeeded to all contracts entered into by its former administrative subsidiary known as the Alameda Corridor – East Construction Authority, including but not limited to that certain Master Agreement Construction, Operation and Maintenance of Highway - Railroad Underpass, dated December 4, 2001 (the "Master Agreement") entered into with UNION PACIFIC for design, construction, operation and maintenance of the Underpass Project (as such term is defined in the Master Agreement).

NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed by and among the parties hereto as follows:
/
/
/

SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 3 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6

AGREEMENT
ARTICLE 1. GRANTS OF RIGHTS

1.01 UNION PACIFIC Grant of right to construct and maintain Underpass: In consideration of SGVCOG's and CITY’s agreement to perform and abide by the covenants, terms and conditions of this Agreement, including Exhibits "A", "A1", "A-2", "B", "C", and "C-1", which are attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof, UNION PACIFIC hereby grants to SGVCOG, and to the CITY to the extent necessary, the right to construct, and to the CITY and SGVCOG, the right to maintain, repair, rehabilitate and replace the Underpass on and within the property or properties generally shown in Exhibit "A-1" and described in Exhibit "A-2" (the "SGVCOG Easement Areas"). As of the Effective Date, the boundaries of the SGVCOG Easement Areas remain under review by the parties, and Exhibit "A-1" is in preliminary form and has not been finalized.

The parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to finalize the boundaries of the SGVCOG Easement Areas and to revise Exhibit "A-1" and provide Exhibit "A-2" as necessary to accurately reflect the SGVCOG Easement Areas. Consideration to be paid by SGVCOG to UNION PACIFIC in connection with the SGVCOG Easement Areas shall be determined once the boundaries of the SGVCOG Easement Areas are finalized. Once Exhibit "A-1" and Exhibit "A2" are revised and finalized, the preliminary version of Exhibit "A-1" attached to this Agreement as of the Effective Date shall be replaced with the final version of Exhibit "A-1" and Exhibit "A-2" shall be attached hereto and shall be incorporated herein. Approval of the final Exhibit "A-1" and Exhibit "A-2" to be attached to this Agreement shall not be deemed to have been given by UNION PACIFIC until UNION PACIFIC's Assistant Vice President - Real Estate, or his authorized representative, and shall not be deemed to be given by SGVCOG until SGVCOG's Chief Engineer, have each separately approved such exhibits in writing.

1.02 UNION PACIFIC Grant of Permanent Rights to SGVCOG Easement SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 4 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
Areas: Upon SGVCOG's payment to UNION PACIFIC of an amount of consideration to be determined by the parties in connection with finalizing the boundaries of the SGVCOG Easement Areas, UNION PACIFIC, by separate indenture, agrees to grant to the CITY and SGVCOG, an easement for permanent rights, as described in Exhibits "A-1" and "A-2" (as such exhibits are to be finalized pursuant to Section 1.01), to construct, maintain, repair, rehabilitate and replace the Underpass. This separate indenture must be fully executed by UNION PACIFIC, SGVCOG, and the CITY prior to commencement of construction of the Underpass.

1.03 UNION PACIFIC Grant of Temporary Rights: For good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and in further consideration of SGVCOG's and the CITY’s agreement to perform and abide by the covenants, terms and conditions of this Agreement, UNION PACIFIC hereby grants to SGVCOG, and to the CITY to the extent necessary, temporary rights to access the portion of UNION PACIFIC's property generally shown in Exhibit "A-1" (the "Temporary Construction Area") in connection with the initial construction of the Underpass and work related thereto. As of the Effective Date, the boundaries of the Temporary Construction Area remain under review by the parties. The parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to finalize the boundaries of the Temporary Construction Area, and any such revisions shall be incorporated into Exhibit "A-1" (as such exhibit is to be finalized pursuant to Section 1.01). Use of the Temporary Construction Area by SGVCOG, SGVCOG's contractors and, as applicable, the CITY and the CITY's contractors shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the obligation of SGVCOG, the CITY and each of their respective contractors, as applicable, to comply with such provisions. The temporary construction rights granted herein shall commence as of the date that the conditions precedent to commence construction of the Underpass as set forth in Article 5 below are satisfied and shall continue for a period of thirty-six (36) months, or until the Underpass has been completed, whichever occurs earlier.

SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 5 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6

1.04 Interpretation of Exhibit "B": The term "Political Body" as used in Exhibit "B" shall be construed to mean both SGVCOG and the CITY, collectively, except as the one is distinguished from the other within this Agreement. If there is a conflict between terms of this Agreement and Exhibit "B", this Agreement shall take precedence.

ARTICLE 2. INTENTIONALLY DELETED
ARTICLE 3. CONSTRUCTION - WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY UNION PACIFIC;

RAILROAD CONTRIBUTION

3.01 Work to be performed by UNION PACIFIC: UNION PACIFIC shall perform the railroad work to the extent identified as UPRR work on Exhibit "A" (as such exhibit is to be finalized pursuant to Section 5.01(2)) or described in Exhibits "C" and "C-1". UNION PACIFIC shall make any and all changes, alterations or relocations, whether temporary or permanent, and may provide flagging using UNION PACIFIC personnel or approved third party flagging services and other protective services and devices, which in UNION PACIFIC's judgment may be or may become necessary or expedient because of the Underpass. Such work shall include, without limitation: (1) on two separate occasions, construction and lineover of track connections to two SGVCOGconstructed shoofly tracks, ballast and track hardware for the track connections and all appurtenances thereto; (2) removal of automatic grade crossing warning devices; train detection constant warning time devices and track circuits, any railroad related temporary and permanent signal and railroad communications facilities; (3) construction of two new mainline tracks including ballast; (4) lineover of train operations back to the main track; (5) final shifting of the two new mainline tracks into permanent location; and (6) temporary and final relocation of lubrication equipment all as shown in greater detail in Exhibit "A" and on final plans to be submitted by SGVCOG. The estimated quantities for UNION PACIFIC's work are shown in Exhibit "C" and said costs will be estimated using and will be billed in accordance with all SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 6 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
applicable regulatory requirements. All of UNION PACIFIC's costs incurred in performing such work as detailed in this section shall be reimbursed by SGVCOG, and the only contribution UNION PACIFIC shall make to the Underpass is set forth in Section 3.02 below.

3.02 Railroad's Contribution to Underpass Costs: In compliance with the provisions of the California Public Utilities Code Section 1202.5 and pursuant to the terms of the Master Agreement, UNION PACIFIC will bear ten percent (10%) of the cost of the theoretical structure due to the Underpass resulting in the elimination of the existing at-grade crossing (the "Railroad Contribution").

The parties have estimated the Railroad Contribution to be equal to SEVEN

MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED TWENY THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED NINETY FOUR AND 33/100 DOLLARSS ($7,820,394.33) (the "Estimated Contribution") as more particularly set forth on Exhibit C-1, and the parties agree that the Estimated Contribution is a reasonable estimation of the cost of constructing the theoretical structure of the grade separated road under and across the rail corridor for the number of lanes of the traveled roadway in existence as of the Effective Date. In no event shall the Railroad Contribution exceed the Estimated Contribution. Upon completion of the Underpass and final calculation of total actual costs in connection with the Underpass, there shall be a true-up pursuant to the terms of Section 7.04 of the Master Agreement so that UNION PACIFIC's advances of the Estimated Contribution Amount made to SGVCOG shall not exceed the Railroad Contribution. The parties agree that except for the Railroad Contribution and UNION PACIFIC's maintenance related activities as provided in Article 6 below, UNION PACIFIC will not be obligated to make any other or further financial or in-kind contribution toward the Underpass or to repay in whole or in part any financing obtained by SGVCOG as part of the Underpass and/or the Project, as applicable.

Notwithstanding any rights of SGVCOG set out in other agreements associated with the Underpass, including Sections 6.01 and 9.02 of this Agreement, SGVCOG, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, hereby expressly SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 7 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
releases, remises and discharges forever, and indemnifies, defends and holds harmless, UNION PACIFIC, its officers, employees, and agents, from any claim for payment or contributions by UNION PACIFIC to any aspect of the Underpass or the Project, and from any and all Losses which may have been or in the future may be incurred or suffered by SGVCOG, or its property, relating to or otherwise resulting from any demand on UNION PACIFIC by SGVCOG or by any governmental agency with respect to any obligation of UNION PACIFIC under any California statutes, regulations or rules applicable to allocation of costs incurred by SGVCOG for the Underpass or the Project. As used in this section, "Losses" means liabilities, losses, causes of action, penalties, demands, detriments, claims, damages, costs and judgments and all expenses incurred in connection with the Underpass or the Project (including reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and expenses). SGVCOG, after having read and been advised by legal counsel regarding the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542 and in any and all similar statutes, rules and regulations and any other statute of the United States, hereby agrees, represents and warrants that the matters released in this Section 3.02 are not limited to the matters which are known or disclosed. California Civil Code Section 1542 reads as follows:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE

CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT

THE TIME OF EXECUTING A RELEASE WHICH, IF KNOWN BY HIM,

MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE
DEBTOR. SGVCOG HERETO EVIDENCES ITS SPECIFIC AGREEMENT
TO THE TEAMS OF THIS RELEASE BY PLACING ITS INITIALS BELOW. _________
SGVCOG Initials
SGVCOG hereby agrees, represents and warrants that it realizes and acknowledges that factual matters now unknown to it may have given or may hereafter give rise to causes of action, claims, demands, controversies, SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 8 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
damages, costs, losses and expenses which are presently unknown, unanticipated and unsuspected, and further agrees, represents and warrants that the releases contained in this Section 3.02 have been negotiated and agreed upon in light of that realization and that it nevertheless hereby intends to release and discharge UNION PACIFIC and its officers, employees, and agents from any such causes of action, claims, demands, controversies, damages, costs, losses and expenses.

ARTICLE 4. CONSTRUCTION - WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY SGVCOG

4.01 Work to be performed by SGVCOG: SGVCOG, at SGVCOG's sole cost and expense except for UNION PACIFIC's payment of the Railroad Contribution, shall (1) do all necessary grading and excavation for the Underpass; (2) construct the Underpass structure; (3) place fill and sub-ballast suitable for shoofly and permanent track construction; (4) construct and remove the track shoofly; (5) remove two mainline tracks, track ties, and ballast; (6) provide both temporary and permanent drainage facilities; and (7) perform all other work as shown in Exhibit "A" and as further described in the Plans (as such term is defined in Section 5.01(2) below), except for the work UNION PACIFIC herein agrees to do as generally put forth in Section 3.01 above and as shown on Exhibit "A" and described on Exhibit "C". The estimated costs of SGVCOG's work are shown in Exhibit "C-1".
(a) SGVCOG will advertise, bid and award a general construction contract that includes provisions for construction of shoofly tracks by a qualified railroad subcontractor as detailed in the Plans. The railroad subcontractor will procure rail, ties, ballast and other track hardware from UNION PACIFIC's approved vendors meeting all of UNION PACIFIC's engineering requirements and arrange for the transportation of such materials to the project site and shall arrange for the secure storage of such materials at the project site. Final preparation of sub-ballast, laying of ballast, on-site welding of rail, assembly of track, tamping and final surfacing of track shall be performed by SGVCOG to SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 9 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
UNION PACIFIC's satisfaction. SGVCOG will have on its construction management team qualified inspectors with experience in the construction of UNION PACIFIC railroad facilities. UNION PACIFIC, at SGVCOG's sole cost and expense, shall maintain the shoofly for the entire period during which the shoofly will be operational in connection with the initial construction of the Underpass. SGVCOG shall pay UNION PACIFIC's expenses associated with the shoofly maintenance in accordance with the payment process set forth in Section 7.04 of the Master Agreement. The limits of SGVCOG's work will be to active main clear points. During operation of trains over the shoofly tracks, UNION PACIFIC shall be the Federal Railroad Administration designated owner of the shoofly tracks. After lineover of train operations back to mainline tracks built over the Underpass bridge, SGVCOG will promptly remove shoofly rail, ties and all track material and ballast and arrange for their proper disposal or salvage. Fill material shall remain at UNION PACIFIC's request. SGVCOG's contractor shall use in-track welders to weld jointed rail if rail provided is not continuous welded rail (CWR).
(b) If SGVCOG or its contractor needs to bring any borrow material onto the job site to accomplish such grading and embankment work, the borrow material shall be first tested by SGVCOG or its contractor, at SGVCOG's sole expense, to determine if the borrow material is acceptable to UNION PACIFIC including, without limitation, ensuring (1) that the borrow material meets specifications and standards provided by UNION PACIFIC to SGVCOG and (2) that the borrow material does not contain any contamination or naturally occurring radiologic material or any other material deemed under any applicable current federal, state or local agency law, statute, rule or regulation to be of environmental concern.

4.02 If work is to be performed by contractor: SGVCOG shall require any and all of SGVCOG's prime contractors to complete, submit and have executed a UNION PACIFIC right-of-entry agreement as shown in Exhibit B, prior to prime SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 10 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
contractor's entry on to UNION PACIFIC property. SGVCOG will require its prime contractors to maintain an active and valid right-of-entry permit throughout the entire period of the prime contractors' activity on or occupancy of UNION PACIFIC's right-of-way.

4.03 Insurance: SGVCOG shall cause SGVCOG's contractors to procure the insurance required pursuant to Exhibit "B" and to provide (and maintain the validity of) certificates of insurance issued by their insurance carriers evidencing such required insurance coverage. The certificates of insurance shall indicate that the insurance policies contain endorsements specifically naming Union Pacific Railroad Company, Southern California Regional Rail Authority and the National Railroad Passenger Corporation as additionallyinsured entities with respect to all liabilities arising out of the insured's performance of the work required for construction of the Underpass. SGVCOG shall forward copies of such certificates of insurance to be provided hereunder to UNION PACIFIC prior to entry onto UNION PACIFIC property by the SGVCOG contractor required to obtain such insurance pursuant to Exhibit "B".

ARTICLE 5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERPASS:

5.01 Conditions Precedent: No work shall commence on any portion of the Underpass affecting UNION PACIFIC's property or operations until the following conditions precedent set forth in paragraphs (1) through (4) below are satisfied. The parties shall work cooperatively to satisfy such conditions precedent on or before March 1, 2021.
(1) Exhibits "A-1" and "A-2" are finalized as set forth in Article 1 above; (2) Final 100% completed plans and specifications for the Underpass (the "Plans") have been approved by the parties, which such plans and specifications shall include all appurtenances, including without limitation, associated drainage in connection with the Underpass. UNION PACIFIC shall have the right to review and approve or disapprove all plans and specifications SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 11 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
and proposed changes thereto for the Underpass (including, without limitation, subsequent iterations of the plans and specifications) affecting UNION PACIFIC's property and/or operations, with respect to, inter alia, compliance with the standards below. UNION PACIFIC's scope of review of such plans and specifications shall include, inter alia, determining whether (a) the plans and specifications (preliminary and final) and/or changes meet all applicable thencurrent UNION PACIFIC standards and requirements, including, without limitation, American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of Way Association ("AREMA") standards and guidelines, as applicable; (b) the plans and specifications (preliminary and final) and/or changes meet the terms and conditions of UNION PACIFIC's then-existing agreements with third parties, and do not otherwise adversely impact the use or condition of UNION PACIFIC's property; and (c) there will be any interference with or danger to UNION PACIFIC's property or UNION PACIFIC's common carrier freight rail operations, during or after completion of the Underpass. Approval by UNION PACIFIC of the final 100% completed plans and specifications under this Section 5.01(2) shall not be deemed to have been given until UNION PACIFIC's Assistant Vice President Engineering-Design, or his authorized representative, has approved such plans and specifications in writing. As of the Effective Date, the parties acknowledge and agree that the final plans and specifications for the Underpass are still under review, and as such, Exhibit "A" has not been finalized. Once the final plans and specifications have been approved by the parties, the Plans shall be deemed incorporated into this Agreement be reference, and the Plans shall be used to finalize Exhibit "A", which final exhibit shall be attached hereto and shall be incorporated herein. Once approved by the parties, no changes to the Plans shall be made unless the parties consent to such changes in writing. UNION PACIFIC's review and approval of the Plans in no way relieves the SGVCOG, the CITY or any contractor from their responsibilities, obligations and/or liabilities under this Agreement, and will be given with the understanding that UNION PACIFIC makes no representations or warranties as to the validity, accuracy, legal compliance or completeness of SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 12 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
the Plans and that any reliance by SGVCOG, the CITY or any contractor on the Plans is at the risk of SGVCOG, the CITY and such contractor(s), as applicable. (3) Grant of any permanent or temporary rights by and between SGVCOG and UNION PACIFIC, as applicable, in connection with, as applicable, the construction, maintenance, repair and use of any retaining walls (permanent or temporary), and drainage in connection with the Underpass or UNION PACIFIC right-of-way. As of the Effective Date, it is unknown what rights, if any, are required in connection with the Underpass given that the plans and specifications have not been finalized.

5.02 Waiver: Any party may agree to waive any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.01 above; provided, however, that a party's decision to waive any condition for its benefit set forth in Section 5.01 shall be in such party's sole and absolute discretion and shall be in writing.

ARTICLE 6. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE UNDERPASS:

6.01 By UNION PACIFIC: UNION PACIFIC, at its sole cost, shall operate and maintain the railroad related facilities, including without limitation, the rails, signals, ties, switches and ballast, and the waterproofing layer located above the bridge seats of the Underpass superstructure; with the exceptions that any Underpass roadway illumination and electrical appurtenances, or aesthetic or cosmetic design elements or painting added to superstructure soffits, or facades, will be maintained by SGVCOG or the CITY having jurisdiction for the road, street, or highway concerned.

6.02 By SGVCOG and CITY: SGVCOG shall operate and maintain the Underpass substructure below bridge seats, abutments, column bents, roadway, sidewalks, roadway drainage system, roadway lighting and landscaping, and any superstructure soffit or façade cosmetic elements, at its sole expense, until such time as the CITY accepts ownership and operational and maintenance responsibilities as provided for in the SGVCOG – CITY SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 13 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
agreement. SGVCOG will provide written notification to UNION PACIFIC when SGVCOG relinquishes to the CITY these operational and maintenance responsibilities.

6.03 Major Maintenance: For maintenance or other activities by SGVCOG or the CITY, as applicable, of its portion of the Underpass which could affect ontrack operations by UNION PACIFIC or otherwise affect the railroad operating environment, as further described in Exhibit B, SGVCOG or the CITY, as applicable, will first notify UNION PACIFIC in advance of the proposed activity and obtain railroad flagging, inspection and other protective services as deemed necessary by UNION PACIFIC.

6.04 Graffiti Removal: Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 6 or of Exhibit B attached hereto, the parties specifically agree that graffiti removal from or overpainting of all component surfaces of the overall Underpass, and including without limitation the Underpass superstructure and substructure (i.e., above and below the bridge seats), along with the overall appearance of the bridge structure and the surrounding property, including vegetation control around the structure shall be the responsibility of SGVCOG and the CITY in their sole and exclusive discretion, and UNION PACIFIC shall have no obligations whatsoever with regard to graffiti removal or the appearance of those areas. Before entering upon the track area of the Underpass superstructure to perform graffiti removal or overpainting or any other activities, SGVCOG and/or the CITY shall notify UNION PACIFIC sufficiently in advance, and UNION PACIFIC shall provide a flagger, at UNION PACIFIC's sole expense, as reasonably required for the safety of workers and trains.

ARTICLE 7. FUTURE RECONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION OF THE UNDERPASS For the purposes of apportioning costs of any future reconstruction or alteration of the Underpass under the provisions of the California Public Utilities Code, including Section 1202.5, SGVCOG, UNION PACIFIC and the CITY herein state that notwithstanding any provision of the California Public SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 14 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
Utilities Code, including Section 1202.5, to the contrary, SGVCOG, UNION PACIFIC and the CITY acknowledge and agree that any future reconstruction or alteration of the Underpass shall be deemed to provide no ascertainable net benefit to UNION PACIFIC and will not require cost participation by UNION PACIFIC.

ARTICLE 8. INTENTIONALLY DELETED
ARTICLE 9. MUTUAL INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS CLAUSE

9.01 By SGVCOG: Neither UNION PACIFIC nor the CITY, or any of their respective board members, elected officials, shareholders, officers, employees, agents, or contractors, shall be responsible for any damage or liability occurring by reason of any acts or omissions on the part of SGVCOG under or in connection with any work, authority or jurisdiction delegated to SGVCOG under this Agreement. The parties understand and agree that SGVCOG shall fully indemnify, defend and hold UNION PACIFIC and the CITY, and their respective board members, elected officials, shareholders, officers, employees, agents, and contractors harmless from any and all liability, loss, expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees and other defense costs), or claims imposed for damages of any nature whatsoever, including but not limited to, bodily injury, death, personal injury, or property damage occurring by reason of any acts or omissions on the part of SGVCOG or its board, officers, employees, agents, contractors, or volunteers under or in connection with any work, authority or jurisdiction delegated to SGVCOG under this Agreement. This indemnity shall survive termination of this Agreement.

9.02 By UNION PACIFIC: Neither SGVCOG nor the CITY, or any of their respective board members, elected officials, officers, employees, agents, contractors, or volunteers, shall be responsible for any damage or liability occurring by reason of any acts or omissions on the part of UNION PACIFIC under or in connection with any work, authority or jurisdiction delegated to UNION PACIFIC under this Agreement. The parties understand and agree that SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 15 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
UNION PACIFIC shall fully indemnify, defend and hold SGVCOG and the CITY, and their respective board members, elected officials, officers, employees, agents, contractors, and volunteers harmless from any and all liability, loss, expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees and other defense costs), or claims imposed for damages of any nature whatsoever, including but not limited to, bodily injury, death, personal injury, or property damage occurring by reason of any acts or omissions on the part of UNION PACIFIC or its board, shareholders, officers, employees, agents, or contractors under or in connection with any work, authority or jurisdiction delegated to UNION PACIFIC under this Agreement. This indemnity shall survive termination of this Agreement.

9.03 By CITY: Neither UNION PACIFIC nor SGVCOG, or any of their respective board members, elected officials, shareholders, officers, employees, agents, or contractors, shall be responsible for any damage or liability occurring by reason of any acts or omissions on the part of the CITY under or in connection with any work, authority or jurisdiction delegated to the CITY under this Agreement. The parties understand and agree that the CITY shall fully indemnify, defend and hold UNION PACIFIC and SGVCOG, and their respective board members, elected officials, shareholders, officers, employees, agents, and contractors harmless from any and all liability, loss, expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees and other defense costs), or claims imposed for damages of any nature whatsoever, including but not limited to, bodily injury, death, personal injury, or property damage occurring by reason of any acts or omissions on the part of the CITY or its elected officials, officers, employees, agents, contractors, or volunteers under or in connection with any work, authority or jurisdiction delegated to the CITY under this Agreement. This indemnity shall survive termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 10. TERM
This Agreement shall become effective as the Effective Date, and shall continue in full force and effect until terminated by mutual consent by the parties.

SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 16 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
ARTICLE 11. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

The covenants and provisions of the foregoing instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of UNION PACIFIC, SGVCOG and the CITY.

ARTICLE 12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; CONFLICTS
This Agreement and the exhibits attached hereto and made a part hereof (whether attached on or before the Effective Date or attached following the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of this Agreement) and the Master Agreement constitute the entire understanding between UNION PACIFIC, SGVCOG and the CITY and cancel and supersede any prior negotiations, understandings or agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the Underpass. To the extent that there is any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Master Agreement and this Agreement (including the exhibits attached hereto and made a part hereof) with respect to the Underpass, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

ARTICLE 13. SEVERABILITY
If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, then such term or provision shall be amended to, and solely to, the extent necessary to cure such invalidity or unenforceability, and in its amended form shall be enforceable. In such event, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 17 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
ARTICLE 14. COUNTERPARTS
This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

ARTICLE 15. CAPTIONS
The captions appearing at the commencement of the sections hereof, and in any paragraph thereof, are descriptive only and shall have no significance in the interpretation of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 16. WAIVER
The waiver by UNION PACIFIC, SGVCOG or the CITY, of any breach of a term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. No term, covenant or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived by UNION PACIFIC, SGVCOG or the CITY unless in writing.

SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 18 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement to be effective as of the Effective Date.

CITY OF MONTEBELLO UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD

COMPANY
By: ___________________________ By: _____________________________ Its ___________________________ Its _____________________________

SAN GABRIEL VALLEY COUNCIL

OF GOVERNMENTS
By: ___________________________
Its ___________________________
SGVCOG-Union Pacific - 19 - Construction, Operation and Maintenance Draft Standard Form Underpass Agreement

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD IN THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO
DEN-180305-6

LIST OF EXHIBITS TO BE ATTACHED TO

MONTEBELLO BLVD UNDERPASS STANDARD FORM AGREEMENT
Exhibit A: Plan sheets prepared by SGVCOG showing track alignment concepts and the bridge general plan. These plans will be replaced with approved plans by way of amendment to this agreement.

Exhibit A-1: Three (3) 11" x 17" sheets showing right-of-way owned by or under the control of UNION PACIFIC needed for construction of the Underpass.

These sheets show permanent encroachments required for the Underpass and the Temporary Construction Area. These plans will be replaced with approved plans by way of amendment to this agreement.

Exhibit A-2: Legal descriptions and plats of UNION PACIFIC right-of-way shown in Exhibit A-1.

Exhibit B: UNION PACIFIC Right-of-Entry Form/Insurance standard exhibits.

Exhibit C: UNION PACIFIC's estimate of its force account, material and equipment quantities for construction of the Underpass. The final version of this exhibit shall be added to this agreement by way of amendment.

Exhibit C-1: SGVCOG's estimate of those portions of the Underpass subject to railroad cost participation requirements in accordance with California Public Utilities Code Section 1202.5. These portions include preliminary engineering, right-of-way acquisition, construction for an underpass structure and roadway approaches required to transition up to existing road profiles, for the number of lanes on the existing road and in accordance with current State of California design standards, construction management and program management. The final version of this exhibit shall be added to this agreement by way of amendment.

DEN-180305-6
Exhibit A
Pertinent Plan Sheets
(Preliminary version attached as of the Effective Date; to be replaced by final version once available)

DEN-180305-6
Exhibit A-1
UPRR Right-of-Way Required for
Construction of the Montebello Boulevard Underpass
(Preliminary version attached as of the Effective Date; to be replaced by final version once available)

MONTEBELLO WAY
UPRR
ROOSEVELT AVE.

UPRR

MONTEBELLO BLVD

EXISTING ROADWAY RIGHT OF WAY (TYP)

EXISTING UPRR

RIGHT OF WAY (TYP)

PROPOSED UPRR

BRIDGE CROSSING
20+00
21+00
22+00
23+00
24+00
74+00
75+00

EXISTING

ROADWAY CENTER LINE
107.0'
100.0'
103.7'
110.7'
115.9'

PROPOSED

ROADWAY CENTER LINE

SHEET OF

EXHIBIT

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD GRADE SEPARATION
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
LEGEND

SAN GABRIEL VALLEY COUNCIL OF GOVERNMENTS

ALAMEDA CORRIDOR - EAST PROJECT

EXISTING UPRR AT-GRADE CROSSING D
EXHIBIT - MP 8.49 LA SUB
DATE:
02/16/2022
Q:\LB\9003-04\CADD\_Active\Exhibits\UPRR-COM_EXHIBITS\Exh_D-Ext-Theo-v1.dwg 20' 0' 20' 40' SCALE: 1''=20'

PLAN - EXISTING MONTEBELLO WAY / BLVD AT-GRADE CROSSING SCALE: 1" = 20'
1 2

EXISTING CROSSING
(THEORETICAL BRIDGE)

PROPOSED UPRR BRIDGE
AREA (SF) = 10,464
AREA (SF) = 11,083
AREA = 6% INCREASE

BRIDGE &

APPROACH
SLABS
132.1' PERMANENT

ROADWAY

EASEMENT
MONTEBELLO BLVD.
115.9'

10.0'

SHEET OF

EXHIBIT

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD GRADE SEPARATION
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
LEGEND

SAN GABRIEL VALLEY COUNCIL OF GOVERNMENTS

ALAMEDA CORRIDOR - EAST PROJECT

UPRR PERMANENT ROADWAY EASEMENT
Q:\LB\9003-04\CADD\_Active\Exhibits\UPRR-COM_EXHIBITS\Exh-UPRR-ROADWAY-EASEMENT.dwg 3 3
DATE:
11/09/20

PLAN - UPRR PERMANENT ROADWAY EASEMENT
SCALE: 1" = 20'

PERMANENT ROAD EASEMENT
A-1

FOR RAILROAD

AGREEMENT
BRIDGE

APPROACH
SLABS
TEMP. SHORING WALL 1
187.9'

5.0'

52.0'

3.0'

10.0'
TEMP. SHOOFLY
TEMP. SHOOFLY

PERMANENT

ROADWAY

EASEMENT
TCE - 1 LIMITS

24.0'

29.8'

31.8'

25.9'
TCE - 1 LIMITS
BRIDGE

SHEET OF

EXHIBIT

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD GRADE SEPARATION
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
LEGEND

SAN GABRIEL VALLEY COUNCIL OF GOVERNMENTS

ALAMEDA CORRIDOR - EAST PROJECT

UPRR BRIDGE TEMPORARY
SHORING TCE #1
Q:\LB\9003-04\CADD\_Active\Exhibits\UPRR-COM_EXHIBITS\Exh-UPRR-TCES.dwg A-1
1 3
DATE:
11/09/20
PLAN - UPRR TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT #1
SCALE: 1" = 20'

TCE FOR TEMPORARY SHORING

NORTH HALF BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION

FOR RAILROAD

AGREEMENT

5.0'

10.0'
187.9'

BRIDGE &

APPROACH
SLABS

3.0'

46.0'
TEMP. SHOOFLY
TEMP. SHOOFLY

PERMANENT

ROADWAY

EASEMENT

28.3' 22.4'

27.5'

33.4'
TCE - 2 LIMITS
TEMP. SHORING WALL 2
BRIDGE

SHEET OF

EXHIBIT

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD GRADE SEPARATION
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
LEGEND

SAN GABRIEL VALLEY COUNCIL OF GOVERNMENTS

ALAMEDA CORRIDOR - EAST PROJECT

UPRR BRIDGE TEMPORARY
SHORING TCE #2
Q:\LB\9003-04\CADD\_Active\Exhibits\UPRR-COM_EXHIBITS\Exh-UPRR-TCES.dwg 2 3
DATE:
11/09/20
PLAN - UPRR TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT #2
SCALE: 1" = 20'

TCE FOR TEMPORARY SHORING

SOUTH HALF BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION
A-1

FOR RAILROAD

AGREEMENT
DEN-180305-6
Exhibit A-2
Legal Descriptions and Plats for Permanent Easements and Encroachments

DEN-180305-6
Exhibit B
Union Pacific
"Right-of-Entry Form/Insurance and B-1 Requirements"

DEN-180305-6
Exhibit C
Union Pacific Estimate of Railroad Work
(Final versions not available to as of the Effective Date; Final versions to be attached once available)

DEN-180305-6
Exhibit C-1
Estimate of Railroad Cost Participation
(Final versions not available to as of the Effective Date; Final versions to be attached once available)

ATTACHMENT B
ITEM #____

CITY OF MONTEBELLO

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA STAFF REPORT
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM: René Bobadilla, P.E., City Manager
BY: Joseph Palombi, Director of Planning and Community Development SUBJECT: Update on the Art in Public Places Program
DATE: April 13, 2022
RECOMMENDATIONS:

Staff recommends the City Council receive and file the update regarding the proposed Art in Public Places Program and provide staff direction.

BACKGROUND
In response to a request for art in public places, the City of Montebello (“City”) Planning and Community Development Department conducted research on similar art programs and how such programs can help fund public art. Staff prepared an Art in Public Places Ordinance (“Ordinance”) with the intent of facilitating the creative installation of highquality art in the City intended to foster the aesthetic enjoyment of communities, City pride, and enhance the value of local developments and public spaces.

The following list provides a general overview of the proposed Art in Public Places Program:
 On June 15, 2021, the Planning Commission approved a recommendation that the City Council approve the proposed Art in Public Places Program Ordinance, establish an Advisory Committee, and amend Montebello Municipal Code Section

17.62.050 to remove “murals” from the list of prohibited signs.  On August 11, 2021, staff introduced the first reading of the Art in Public Places Program Ordinance to the City Council.

Based on the information presented by staff, the following recommendations/comments were provided by City Council:
9 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022 Update on the Proposed Art in Public Places Program

Page 2 of 3 ends

 Revise Section 17.79.040 – Projects subject to Art in Public Places requirements, applicability is too inclusive and should remove projects that involve a tenant improvement and/or alteration from the list.  Staff received comments regarding whether or not the threshold of $250,000 was appropriate. As a result, staff analyzed fees for eight (8) cities with approved public art programs.
 Should the City increase the number of units for residential development projects that trigger and in-lieu fee or artwork from 4 units or more to 10 units or more?
 Can the fee structure be revised to include a tiered fee structure? The item was continued to the August 24, 2021 meeting.
 On August 24, 2021, the City Council continued the First Reading of the Arts in Public Places Program Ordinance to the September 8, 2021 meeting.  On September 1, 2021, a City Council study session was held regarding the proposed Art in Public Places Program. Subsequently, the staff member who was working on this project transitioned to another city and the Planning Division has to reshuffle responsibilities and reassign this project accordingly.  On September 8, 2021, the City Council continued the item to a date uncertain.

ANALYSIS
In an effort to establish a basis for the proposed fees, staff researched fees established by cities located within the County of Los Angeles including neighboring cities. The below table provides a summary of fees from other cities with Arts in Public Places programs.

Each city listed below gives applicants the choice of acquiring and installing artwork on the project site or paying the in-lieu fee.

JURISDICTION EXISTING FEE
Burbank 1% of total project cost for the first $15 million Cerritos 1% of total project valuation of new development projects with building valuations equal to or exceeding $250,000
Commerce 1% of the total project costs if project costs equal or exceed $250,000
Downey 1% of construction or reconstruction costs if project valuation is equal to or exceeds $500,000
El Monte 1% of total project costs for commercial and industrial projects with project costs exceeding $500,000 or for residential projects of 4 or more dwelling units
Santa Fe Springs 1% of total project costs if project costs equal or exceed $300,000 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022
Update on the Proposed Art in Public Places Program

Page 3 of 3 ends

JURISDICTION EXISTING FEE
West Covina .5% of total project costs for residential projects if project consists of 10 or more dwelling units or 1% of total project costs for nonresidential projects if project costs equal to or exceed $500,000 Whittier .5% of total project costs if total value equals to or exceeds $250,000
The proposed fee in the Ordinance is 1% of total project costs if project costs are equal to or exceed $250,000, which is comparable to what most of the above-referenced cities currently charge.

In addition, staff seeks direction regarding the proposed review/approval process for proposed artwork including values related to artwork and recommends enlisting the help from an art professional to help streamline the review/approval process administratively with an option for an appeal to the Planning Commission and/or City Council.

ENVIRONMENTAL
Pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), this project is exempt from CEQA under the common sense rule that CEQA applies only to projects which have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. Because it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that this project will have a significant effect on the environment, the project is not subject to CEQA pursuant to State CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3).

SUMMARY
Staff is requesting direction from City Council regarding the Art in Public Places Program.

ATTACHMENT:

A. Attachment A - Presentation
Art in Public Places Program
City Council Meeting
April 13, 2022
Attachment A

CITY OF MONTEBELLO

PUBLIC PROCESS
 June 15, 2021 - a duly noticed public hearing was held by the Planning Commission.
 The Planning Commission approved Resolution No. 09-21 (4-1) with a recommendation to approve the proposed Art in Public Places Program, establish an Advisory Committee, and amend Montebello Municipal Code Section 17.62.050 to remove “murals” from the list of prohibited signs.
 August 11, 2021 - City Council Consideration First Reading of the Arts in Public Places Program Ordinance.
 First Reading Continued to August 24, 2021
 August 24, 2021 - City Council Continued First Reading of the Arts in Public Places Program Ordinance.
 First Reading Continued to September 8, 2021
 September 1, 2021 - City Council Study Session regarding the proposed Art in Public Places Program.

Attachment A

PROPOSED ART IN PUBLIC PLACES

PROGRAM
Development Project
Install Artwork
Artwork reviewed by Committee; makes
recommendation to City Council
City Council is final decision maker
Pay In-Lieu Fee
Money added to Account to fund future
public artwork
Committee makes recommendation on
purchase and commissioning of artwork
City Council is final decision maker
Attachment A

EXAMPLES OF PUBLIC ARTWORK
Urban Light at L.A. County Museum of Art (LACMA) Sidewalk Terrazzo in front of Clifton’s Cafeteria in City of L.A.

Kinetic Light Installation at L.A. International Airport (LAX) City of Dreams / River of History at Union Station Attachment A

PROPOSED ART IN

PUBLIC PLACES

ADVISORY COMMITTEE
Advisory to
City Council
Planning
Commission (PC)
= Committee
Reviews artwork
PC Chair serves
as Chair to
Committee
Recommends
commissioned
artwork
Ensures
compliance with
guidelines
Ashiya Garden behind Montebello City Hall
The Art of Chase – Floor Murals at City of Lancaster
Attachment A
Fee Structure #1 (originally proposed)
1% of Valuations of $250,000
Large-Scale, MixedUse Development
(350 units +
commercial 50k SF)
Valuation:
$60 million
Artwork
Cost/Value:
$600 thousand
In-Lieu Fee:
$600 thousand
Industrial Tenant
Improvement for
Manufacturing Use
Valuation:
$3 million
Artwork
Cost/Value:
$30 thousand
In-Lieu Fee:
$30 thousand
Apartment Building (10
units)
Valuation:
$1.5 million
Artwork
Cost/Value:
$15 thousand
In-Lieu Fee:
$15 thousand
Drive-Thru Restaurant
(2k SF)
Valuation:
$300 thousand
Artwork
Cost/Value:
$3 thousand
In-Lieu Fee:
$3 thousand
Commercial, Industrial
and Manufacturing
projects < $250k
valuation
Residential < 3 units
Exempt from
Art in Public
Places
Program
Attachment A
Fee Structure # 2 (revised per City Council direction)
1% of Valuations $250,000-$15,000,000
.75% of Valuations $15,000,001 - $25,000,000
.50% of Valuations over $25,000,001
Large-Scale, MixedUse Development
(350 units +
commercial 50k SF)
Valuation:
$60 million
Artwork
Cost/Value:
$400 thousand
In-Lieu Fee:
$400 thousand
Industrial Tenant
Improvement for
Manufacturing Use
Valuation:
$3 million
Artwork
Cost/Value:
$30 thousand
In-Lieu Fee:
$30 thousand
Apartment Building
(Up to 10 units)
Valuation:
$1.5 million
Artwork
Cost/Value:
$15 thousand
In-Lieu Fee:
$15 thousand
Drive-Thru Restaurant
(2k SF)
Valuation:
$300 thousand
Artwork
Cost/Value:
$3 thousand
In-Lieu Fee:
$3 thousand
Commercial, Industrial
and Manufacturing
projects < $250k
valuation
Residential < $1.5
million valuation
Exempt from
Art in Public
Places
Program
Attachment A
Attachment A
ITEM #____

CITY OF MONTEBELLO

It is recommended that the City Council:
1) Adopt Resolution No. 22-20 affirming the City’s opposition to “Legalize Sports Betting on American Indian Lands Initiative” related to sports betting on American Indian gaming casinos and licensed racetracks in California; and 2) Take such additional, related, action that may be desirable.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact to the City.

BACKGROUND
In 2019, California Senator Bill Dodd introduced SCA 6 which proposed to establish the California Sports Wagering and Consumer Protection Act. The Act would have authorized sports betting, including online or mobile sports betting, for horse race tracks and federally recognized “American Indian” tribes. The bill would also incorporate the authority of a licensed gambling establishment to offer games with cards or tiles in which participants wager against each other. The bill was shelved in June 2020 due to opposition by a coalition of 25 Native American tribes that argued that the legislation would allow competing card clubs to continue offering card games the tribes claim violate their exclusive compacts with the state.
10 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF April 13, 2022 Adopt Resolution No. 22-20 Opposing Eligible Tribal Gaming Initiative

Page 2 of 2 ends

A new initiative has been proposed and now qualifies for the ballot in California as a combined initiated constitutional amendment and state stature on November 8, 2022. The California Legalize Sports Betting and American Indian Lands Initiative would legalize sports betting at American Indian gaming casinos and licensed racetracks in California as well as legalize roulette and dice games, such as craps, at tribal casinos. The proposed measure would legalize sports betting in California and distribute various percentages of the tax revenue to implement programs for problem gambling prevention programs and mental health.

The California Gaming Association (CGA), a trade association of licensed cardrooms and vendors oppose the measure because it contains language that would primarily benefit Native American Casinos and subject other California card clubs to increased state regulations. The initiative would expand Native American Casino gaming exclusivity over the gaming industry. In addition, under this measure, sports wagering would only be allowed in person at tribal gaming casinos and state-licensed racetracks, thus prevent online or mobile gaming in other California card clubs.

The City of Montebello would join California Contract Cities Association, Gateway Cities Council of Government, and other local governments in their opposition to the California Legalize Sports Betting and American Indian Lands Initiative, along with the California Cities for Self-Reliance Joint Powers Authority also known as the Gaming Cities JPA and its member cities as it negatively affects cardrooms in communities that greatly depend on them.

SUMMARY
Staff recommends that the City Council consider adopting Resolution No. 22-20 affirming the City’s opposition to “Legalize Sports Betting on American Indian Lands Initiative” related to sports betting on American Indian gaming casinos and licensed racetracks in California
ATTACHMENT:

A. Attachment A – Resolution No. 22-20

ATTACHMENT A
RESOLUTION NO. 22-20

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
MONTEBELLO, CALIFORNIA, REAFFIRMING THE CITY’S

OPPOSITION TO THE INDIAN LANDS INITIATIVE RELATED TO

SPORTS BETTING AT AMERICAN INDIAN GAMING CASINOS AND

LICENSED RACETRACKS IN CALIFORNIA

RECITALS
WHEREAS, in 2019, California Senator Bill Dodd introduced SCA 6 which proposed to establish the California Sports Wagering and Consumer Protection Act. The Act would have authorized sports betting, including online or mobile sports betting, for horse race tracks and federally recognized “American Indian” tribes; and WHEREAS, a new initiative, the California Legalize Sports Betting and American Indian Lands Initiative, has been proposed and now qualifies for the ballot in California as a combined initiated constitutional amendment and state statute on November 8, 2022; and
WHEREAS, the California Legalize Sports Betting and American Indian Lands Initiative seeks to change the Constitution to allow sports betting at American Indian gaming casinos and licensed racetracks in California as well as legalize roulette and dice games, such as craps, at tribal casinos, thereby expanding their gaming exclusivity with no specified taxes being paid to state or local governments; and WHEREAS, cardrooms are a major employer of residents for a number of cities that provide additional general fund contributions to those cities, and any initiative or policy that will harm cardroom revenues will also negatively impact those communities and cities; and
WHEREAS, the California Gaming Association (CGA), a trade association of licensed cardrooms and vendors oppose the measure because it contains language that would primarily benefit Native American Casinos and subject other California card clubs to increased state regulations; and
WHEREAS, the City of Montebello would join California Contract Cities Association, Gateway Cities Council of Government, and other local governments in their opposition to the California Legalize Sports Betting and American Indian Lands Initiative, along with the California Cities for Self-Reliance Joint Powers Authority also known as the Gaming Cities JPA and its member cities as it negatively affects cardrooms in communities that greatly depend on them.

RESOLUTION NO. 21-20

Page 2 of 3 ends

NOW THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO HEREBY RESOLVES, FINDS, AND DECLARES AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. All of the recitals above are true and correct and are incorporated herein as if set forth in full.

SECTION 2. That the City Council affirms the City’s opposition to the California Legalize Sports Betting and American Indian Lands initiative.

SECTION 3. This Resolution shall take effect immediately upon its adoption by the City Council and the City Clerk shall certify to the passage and adoption of this resolution.

APPROVED AND ADOPTED this 13th day of April 2022.
_______________________________
Kimberly A. Cobos-Cawthorne, Mayor
ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM:

________________________________ ________________________________ Christopher Jimenez, City Clerk Arnold M. Alvarez-Glasman, City Attorney

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS:

CITY OF MONTEBELLO )
I, Christopher Jimenez, City Clerk of the City of Montebello, County of Los Angeles, State of California, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution No. 21-20 was passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of Montebello, signed by the Mayor and attested by the City Clerk at a regular meeting of said Council held on the 13th day of April 2022 and that said Resolution was adopted by the following vote, to-wit:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSTAIN:

ABSENT:

RESOLUTION NO. 21-20

Page 3 of 3 ends

DATE:

Christopher Jimenez, City Clerk
ITEM #____

CITY OF MONTEBELLO

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA STAFF REPORT
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM: René Bobadilla, P.E., City Manager
BY: David Sosnowski, Director of Recreation and Community Services SUBJECT: Approval of Amendment No. 1 to Agreement No. 3886 – Summer Food Service Program Provider
DATE: April 13, 2022
RECOMMENDATIONS:

It is recommended that the City Council:
1) Approve Amendment No. 1 extending Agreement No. 3886 for an additional oneyear (1-year) term to provide services for the City’s Summer Food Service Program; and
2) Authorize the City Manager to execute Amendment on behalf of the City. 3) Take such additional, related, action that may be desirable.

FISCAL IMPACT
The total not-to-exceed cost for services to provide meals for the City’s Summer Food Service Program (SFSP) is Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000) annually. The contract extension will not increase the total contract amount. The program is administered by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) and is reimbursable for up to $4.4875 per lunch and up to $1.0525 per snack. Expenses for the SFSP are charged to the SFSP Grant account (Fund 265) and reimbursed by the USDA. Appropriate funding will be included in the Fiscal Year 2022-23 budget. 11 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022 Approval of Amendment No. 1 to Agreement No. 3886 – Summer Food Service Program Provider

Page 2 of 2 ends

BACKGROUND / ANALYSIS
On June 9, 2021, after issuing a Request for Quotations (RFQ 21-53), the City of Montebello (“City”) awarded a contract to School Nutrition Plus, Inc., to provide services for the City’s SFSP. The contract is for an initial length of one (1) year, with an option to extend the contract for two (2) additional one-year terms. School Nutrition Plus, Inc. has demonstrated the desired ability, knowledge and experience to continue providing services for the City. The SFSP provides free meals to youth ages 18 and under from June through August. A total of 16,465 lunch meals were distributed in the summer of 2021.

City Council is being asked to consider extending the contract service with School Nutrition Plus, Inc. for an additional one (1) year term from June 9, 2022 to June 8, 2023 to continue providing services for next summer’s program. The annual cost will be $90,000, with expenses reimbursed by the USDA.

SUMMARY
The City Council will consider approval of Amendment No. 1 to Agreement No. 3886 with School Nutrition Plus, Inc. to provide services for the City’s Summer Food Service Program for an additional one-year (1-year) term.

ATTACHMENTS:

A. Attachment A – Amendment No. 1 to Agreement. No. 3886 B. Attachment B – Agreement No. 3886

ATTACHMENT A

CITY OF MONTEBELLO
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT NO. 3886
WITH SCHOOL NUTRITION PLUS, INC.

This Amendment No. 1 to the Professional Services Agreement No. 3886 (“Amendment No. 1”), is made and entered into this 13th day of April 2022, (“Effective Date”) by and between the City of Montebello, a California municipal corporation, (hereinafter referred to as the “City”) and School Nutrition Plus, Inc., (hereinafter referred to as the “Consultant”). The City and the Consultant are sometimes hereinafter individually referred to as a "Party" and jointly as the "Parties".

RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Consultant and the City entered into that certain Agreement for Summer Food Service Program Provider by and between the City of Montebello and School Nutrition Plus, Inc., dated June 9, 2021 No. 3886 ("Agreement"), pursuant to which City retained Consultant to provide services for Summer Food Service Program, as further described in the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the Parties, being mutually satisfied with the other Party’s performance of the Agreement, desire to amend the Agreement to extend the term for an additional one (1) year, specifically from June 9, 2022 to June 8, 2023; and WHEREAS, for the reasons set forth herein, the City and Consultant desire to enter into this Amendment No. 1, as set forth below.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the receipt adequacy of which is expressly acknowledged by the Parties, the Parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

AMENDMENTS
SECTION 1. Section 2 of the Agreement Term is amended to read as follows:
“2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on June 9, 2022 and shall continue in full force and effect through and including June 8, 2023, unless extended or sooner terminated as provided in Section 7 herein.” SECTION 2. Except as expressly modified or supplemented by this Amendment No. 1, all other provisions of the Agreement, shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect.

In the event of conflict between the provisions of this Amendment No. 1 and the provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of this Amendment No. 1 shall control.

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AGREEMENT NO. 3886

Page 2 of 2 ends

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties execute this Amendment No. 1 to take effect as of the Effective Date identified above.
(“CITY”) (“CONSULTANT”)
CITY OF MONTEBELLO SCHOOL NUTRITION PLUS, INC.

René Bobadilla, City Manager Brandon Newman, COO
ATTEST:

Christopher Jimenez, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

Arnold M. Alvarez-Glasman, City
Attorney

CITY OF MONTEBELLO
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT NO. 3886
WITH SCHOOL NUTRITION PLUS, INC.

THIS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into on June 9, 2021, by the CITY OF MONTEBELLO, a municipal corporation (hereinafter referred to as "CITY") and SCHOOL NUTRITION PLUS, INC. (hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR"). CITY and CONTRACTOR are sometimes referred to herein individual as the "Party," and jointly as the "Parties."

RECITALS
WHEREAS, the CITY desires to retain a qualified professional contractor to provide meal services for the Summer Food Service Program in the CITY; and WHEREAS, the CONTRACTOR represents that it is fully qualified to perform such services by virtue of its experience and the training, education and expertise of its principals and employees.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of performance by the Parties of the covenants and conditions herein contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. SERVICES/ COMPENSATION.

A All terms, conditions, requirements, and provisions of the Request for Quotations No. 21-53 for Summer Food Service Program Provider in the City of Montebello (May 13, 2021) ("Request for Quotations"), as such Is set forth fully in Exhibit "A" hereto, are hereby incorporated fully herein by this reference and shall be binding on the Parties. To the extent of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and that set forth in any exhibits or attachments hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

B. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY all labor, equipment, materials and incidental necessary to provide meal services for the Summer Food Service Program as set forth fully in the Request for Quotations, as such is set forth fully in Exhibit "A" hereto and incorporated fully herein by this reference (hereinafter "Professional Services").

C. CONTRACTOR shall be shall be compensated for performance of the Professional Services as set forth in the Schedule of Compensation attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and incorporated fully herein by this reference ("Compensation").

CONTRACTOR shall provide an itemized billing statement to the CITY each month for Professional Services performed. CONTRACTOR shall no incur fees· or costs which exceed the Compensation without the prior written consent of the CITY.

SECTION 2. TERM.

This Agreement shall commence upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the City ("Effective Date"), and shall expire one (1) year from the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier as hereinafter provided. This Agreement may be extended for up to two (2) one-year extensions upon such terms and conditions mutually agreed upon by the Parties in writing.

ATTACHMENT B

ITEM #____

CITY OF MONTEBELLO

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA STAFF REPORT
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM: René Bobadilla, P.E., City Manager
BY: James Enriquez, P.E., Director of Public Works / City Engineer SUBJECT: Approval of a Change Order to the Construction Contract with Gentry Brothers, Inc. – Beach Street Pavement and Storm Drain Rehabilitation Project - Phase 1 (From Vail Avenue to 5th Street), CP No. 883 DATE: April 13, 2022
RECOMMENDATIONS:

It is recommended that the City Council:
1) Find that the requested “Changes in Work” for the project (Attachment A) have no significant effect on the environment and approve the changes in the aggregate amount of $389,870. The final contract amount with Gentry Brothers, Inc. is increased to $1,315,897; and
2) Take such additional, related, action that may be desirable.

FISCAL IMPACT
The Fiscal Year 2021-22 Capital Improvement Program (CIP) Budget approved by the City Council at the June 23, 2021 meeting includes a total amount of $2,200,000 for the Beach Street Pavement and Storm Drain Rehabilitation Project, including Phase 1 and Phase 2.

The Project is funded entirely from the Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Act (SB1) (Fund 201).

The total project cost is estimated at $1,853,545, including the recommended change orders and contingency, and is fully funded at this time, No additional appropriations are recommended.
12 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022 Approval of a Change Order to the Construction Contract with Gentry Brothers, Inc. – Beach Street Pavement and Storm Drain Rehabilitation Project - Phase 1 (From Vail Avenue to 5th Street), CP No. 883

Page 2 of 3 ends

BACKGROUND
On December 8, 2021, the City Council awarded a construction contract to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, Gentry Brothers, Inc., in an amount not-to-exceed $926,027 for Phase 1 of the project from Vail Avenue to 5th Street.

Phase 2 of the project from 5th Street to Bluff Road had been delayed because it included the replacement of a storm drain that required a permit from Los Angeles County Department of Public Works. In January 2022, the City Council authorized the replacement of the storm drain under an emergency declaration following storm damage that occurred in December 2021. The storm drain replacement was completed in March 2022, allowing the road reconstruction of this segment to move forward. Staff recommends adding this work to the Phase 1 contract at the extended unit prices bid.

The total cost for adding this segment of road work is $302,270. Construction of this segment under a separate contract would add additional administrative costs for preparing a separate bid package and for managing the bid and construction of an additional project. It would also delay the repair of this segment of Beach Street by several months.

Additionally, the contractor submitted a request for additional compensation for increased asphalt material costs that are beyond their control (Attachment B). The price increase is related to the recent sharp increase in the price of petroleum, a key ingredient in asphalt.

The material supplier has indicated that the cost of the asphalt has increased by $15 per ton since the original bid was submitted. This increase applied over the tonnage of the entire project results in a total project cost increase of $87,600. Payment of this added cost will ensure the asphalt is available without delaying the project construction schedule, which could expose the project to even further material price increases due to the current volatility of oil prices.

ANALYSIS
An updated summary of total projected costs for the subject project is as follows:
$ 247,700 Engineering Design Services
(West & Associates awarded on 8/12/2020 & 11/10/2021)
$ 92,126 Construction Management/Inspection
(AIM Consulting Services awarded on 1/12/2022)
$ 926,849 Original Authorized construction contract
(Gentry Brothers, Inc. awarded on 12/8/2021)
$ 389,870 Change Orders (Recommended)
$ 197,000 Contingency (10%)
$ 1,853,545 Total Project Cost
CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022
Approval of a Change Order to the Construction Contract with Gentry Brothers, Inc. – Beach Street Pavement and Storm Drain Rehabilitation Project - Phase 1 (From Vail Avenue to 5th Street), CP No. 883

Page 3 of 3 ends

SUMMARY
The City Council will consider approving a change order, in the amount not-to-exceed $389,870 to the construction contract with Gentry Brothers, Inc. (GBI) for C.P. No. 883 – Beach Street Pavement and Storm Drain Rehabilitation Project. Upon the approval by the City Council of the recommended actions, staff will direct the contractor to proceed with the proposed additional work.

ATTACHMENTS:

A. Attachment A – Changes in Work Summary
B. Attachment B – Contractor Request for Additional Compensation

ATTACHMENT A

CHANGES IN WORK SUMMARY
April 13, 2022

BEACH STREET PAVEMENT AND STORM DRAIN REHABILITATION PROJECT (FROM VAIL AVENUE TO BLUFF ROAD)
CP NO. 883
Project Description:

The project consists of roadway resurfacing/reconstruction of Beach Street from Vail Avenue to Bluff Road. Work includes repair of damaged concrete sidewalk, cub, gutter, cross gutters and ADA ramps. The existing asphalt with be removed or cold-milled and resurfaced with new asphalt.

Changes in Work:
(1) Extended project limits adding from 5th St to Bluff Rd $ 302,270 (2) Increased cost of Asphalt $ 87,600
Total Changes in Work $ 389,870
Description of Changes:
(1) The project had been split into two phases. Phase 1 was from Vail Ave to 5th St. Phase 2 was from 5th St to Bluff Rd. The phasing was due to the replacement of the storm drain from 5th St to Bluff Rd. Since the storm drain replacement was delayed by permits required by LA County Department of Public Works, Phase 1 was bid for construction to accelerate the completion of the majority of the project. The storm drain was recently replaced in an emergency contract following storm damage in December 2021. Now that the storm drain work is completed, the road resurfacing work can be completed.

The recommended cost of $302,270 extends the contract unit prices bid. (2) The contractor has requested compensation for increased asphalt material cost that is beyond their control. The contractor submitted invoicing from the asphalt supplier demonstrating that the cost of asphalt material has increased since the original bid due to the sharp increase in the cost of petroleum. The increase is $15 per ton (from $60.41 to $75.41 per ton). The total increase for the project is $87,600.

Revised Contract Amount:

Original contract amount $ 926,027
Changes in work to be authorized $ 389.870
Revised contract amount $ 1,315,897
Percent total change to original contract amount 42.1%
384 E. LIVE OAK AVENUE, IRIWINDALE, CA 91706 | 626-357-9631 | FAX 626-357-6322

March 23, 2022
James Enriquez
City of Montebello
1600 W. Beverly Blvd.

Montebello, CA 90640
RE: Beach Street Pavement Rehabilitation Project - Asphalt Price Increase Project # CP No. 882
Mr. James Enriquez:

As you are able to see from the attached letters from Holliday Rock and Kelterite, the COVID-19 pandemic, coupled with political instability in Europe, has caused a significant increase in the price of materials. Specifically, our asphalt suppliers have had to substantially increase the cost of asphalt delivery on account of increased oil and natural gas prices. Previous binder pricing is not being honored, resulting in weekly price increases.

This increase is in addition to previous price increases. For example, the original quote we received put the price per ton at $60.41. This was material cost only. We recently received a revised Materials Quote, dated March 22, 2022, which indicated that the new price per ton would be $75.41. This represents a total increase in material price of $15.00 per ton. Given the fact that the California Crude Oil Price index had oil at $298.80 a year ago and now it is $507.20, this is not surprising.

The price increases are indicative of a critical supply shortage within the meaning of our contract. We are faced with "exorbitant prices entirely inconsistent with current and standard rates taking into account the quantities involved and the usual industry practices in obtaining such quantities." This has made performance of the contract essentially impossible at the current material pricing rates and ultimately requires a change order increasing the price of the contract that will allow us to perform.

We are hereby requesting that City of Montebello execute a Change Order reflecting an increase in the total price for the project.

Respecfully,
Wayne Gentry
Gentry Brothers, Inc.

KELTERITE CORPORATION
Contractors State License #944160 A/B
12231 Pangborn Ave
Downey, CA 90241
Phone: (562) 401-0011 Fax: (562) 401-1012
DISPATCH Phone: (562) 401-0039
SALES Phone: (562) 760-0350 or [email protected]
ASPHALT and BASE MATERIALS ASPHALT and CONCRETE DUMP
2/28/2022
Customers:

Costs of goods such as oil, fuel, etc. have reached an all time high and are changing rapidly. Kelterite has tried to absorb increases and changes as fast as possible, however the recent escalations are so high we cannot continue to do so. Kelterite recommends that bidders put increases in their bids ahead of time because we will be quoting asphalt material with a good through date that will not be extended.

Oil prices for March 2022 jumped over $100.00 from some major suppliers and accordingly Kelterite has raised our prices for all asphalt materials $5.00 per ton on any future quotes and our FOB pricing.

Trucking and fuel prices are expected to increase dramatically in the coming weeks. Please be prepared for those costs when bidding your projects as adjustments will be made as needed in order to ensure trucking can be provided to our projects.

Kelterite appreciates your business and welcomes any suggestions you may have in order to help deal with these unprecedented times.

QUOTATION
Estimated Quantity Unit Description Unit Price
3,000.00 Ton . B 3/4" PG 64-10 60.41
1,900.00 Ton . C2 1/2" PG 64-10 60.41
Quote No. 87092
Sales Representative
GBI Gentry Brothers Inc.
384 E. Live Oak Blvd.

Irwindale, CA 91706
Quote Expiration Date
2/28/22
Customer Account No.

Shipping Method
70520
Kelterite Corporation

SALES TAX INCLUDED IN ASPHALT MATERIAL PRICE
$200.00 per hour Saturday Premium Plant Charge - $200.00 per hour Night Premium Plant Charge - $300.00 per hour Sunday Premium Plant Charge Date Quote Issued
Ship to Job Address:
_____________________
DATE
____________________________________________________________

SIGNATURE
____________________________________________________________ PRINT NAME and TITLE
Truck
Unit price applies
Total
Beach St. pavement Rehab. Phase 1,
Montebello, CA
8D
12231 Pangborn Ave
Downey, CA 90241
Phone: (562) 401-0011 Fax: (562) 401-1012
Dispatch: (562) 401-0039
Contractors State License #944160 A/B
ASPHALT and BASE MATERIALS ASPHALT and CONCRETE DUMP
PURCHASE ORDER REQUIRED WITHIN 30 DAYS OF QUOTE OR QUOTE WILL EXPIRE UNLESS EXTENDED IN WRITING 10/12/21
Jason/Joe
Beach & Bluff
Page: 1

PLEASE CONFIRM BY SIGNING AND RETURNING THE ENCLOSED COPY TO KELTERITE CORPORATION, PROVIDE A PURCHASE ORDER, OR PROVIDE A SIGNED ORDER CONFIRMATION.
[email protected]
When asphalt arrives cold or unacceptable at job, you must notify the Control House within 1/2 hour of its arrival and it must be returned for testing. Any disputes regarding dump fee charges and/or material must be brought to our attention within 21 days of delivery or dump.

Ref #:

1. Additional Charges apply for: (1) Plant Standby Time and (2) Special Opening (nights and weekends).

2. Above prices are based upon U.S. Tonnages delivered in Proc/Super Ten trucks unless otherwise specified. Subject to availability/scheduling. Excludes: Q.C.Q.A. and/or testing of any kind, ALL asphalt products may include rap.

3. Minimum 17 tons per load for delivery, all quotes are based on Monday through Friday deliveries unless otherwise specified.

4. Payment Terms are Net 30 from date of delivery. If purchaser fails to make payment on the due date, an interest charge at the rate of 1.5% per month will accrue until such time as full payment plus interest charge is made by the Purchaser.

5. All Sales quotes are based upon Cash/Credit Card Purchases, unless approved credit is in place and current.

6. Prices include delivery if applicable. Delivery includes 30 minutes of unloading time. Delay in excess of 30 minutes will be charged at he applicable hourly rate of $108 per hour on weekdays, $129 per hour on Saturdays and $142 per hour on Sundays. Shipments are subject to availability. Materials are subjet to availabilty. Customer (Buyer) will alway pay the correct sales tax based on the actual invoice.

7. This quote and its conditions will be a part of any purchase order and order confirmation received.

8. Additional 4% surcharge will be added to credit card payments over $1,000.00.

9. Additional Terms and Conditions apply per the credit agreement.

10. Additional $8.00 per load will be added to the unit price above for environmental fees.

11. Current dump fees are published on our website. If quoted dump fees are reduced, then the reduced dump fees apply only when all asphalt and/or base material is purchased at quoted price. Dumps are subject to availability.

12. Should any proceeding whether legal, equitable or otherwise, be commenced between the parties to this agreement, concerning this agreement and the rights and duties of the parties in relation thereto, the party prevailing in such proceeding shall be entitled to its reasonable attorney's fees and costs in addition to other such relief as may be granted

QUOTATION
Estimated Quantity Unit Description Unit Price
3,000.00 Ton . B 3/4" PG 64-10 75.41
1,900.00 Ton . C2 1/2" PG 64-10 75.41
Quote No. 87092R2
Sales Representative
GBI Gentry Brothers Inc.
384 E. Live Oak Blvd.

Irwindale, CA 91706
Quote Expiration Date
5/23/22
Customer Account No.

Shipping Method
70520
Kelterite Corporation

SIGNATURE
____________________________________________________________ PRINT NAME and TITLE
Truck
Unit price applies
Total
Beach St. pavement Rehab. Phase 1,
Montebello, CA
8D
12231 Pangborn Ave
Downey, CA 90241
Phone: (562) 401-0011 Fax: (562) 401-1012
Dispatch: (562) 401-0039
Contractors State License #944160 A/B
ASPHALT and BASE MATERIALS ASPHALT and CONCRETE DUMP
PURCHASE ORDER OR SIGNED QUOTE ARE REQUIRED WITHIN 15 DAYS OR QUOTE WILL BE SUBJECT TO REVISED PRICING 3/22/22
Jason/Joe
Beach & Bluff
Page: 1

PLEASE CONFIRM BY SIGNING AND RETURNING THE ENCLOSED COPY TO KELTERITE CORPORATION, PROVIDE A PURCHASE ORDER, OR PROVIDE A SIGNED ORDER CONFIRMATION.
[email protected]
Ref #:

When asphalt arrives cold or unacceptable at job, you must notify the Control House within 1/2 hour of its arrival and it must be returned for testing. Any disputes regarding charges and/or m must be brought to our attention within 21 days of delivery or dump. Material is in compliance wil all testing except stability.

2. Above prices are based upon U.S. Tonnages delivered in Proc/Super Ten trucks unless otherwise specified. Subject to availability/scheduling.

1. Additional Charges apply for: (1) Plant Standby Time and (2) Special Opening (nights and weekends).

3. Minimum 17 tons per load for delivery, all quotes are based on Monday through Friday deliveries unless otherwise specified.

4. Payment Terms are Net 30 from date of delivery. If purchaser fails to make payment on the due date, an interest charge at the rate of 1.5% per month

5. All Sales quotes are based upon Cash/Credit Card Purchases, unless approved credit is in place and current.

6. Prices include delivery if applicable. Delivery includes 30 minutes of unloading time. Delay in excess of 30 minutes will be charged at the applicable hourly

7. This quote and its conditions will be a part of any purchase order and order confirmation received.

8. Additional 4% surcharge will be added to credit card payments over $1,000.00.

9. Additional Terms and Conditions apply per the credit agreement.

10. Additional $8.00 per load will be added to the unit price above for environmental fees.

11. Current dump fees are published on our website. If quoted dump fees are reduced, then the reduced dump fees apply only when all asphalt and/or

12. Should any proceeding whether legal, equitable or otherwise, be commenced between the parties to this agreement, concerning this agreement and Excludes: Q.C.Q.A. and/or testing of any kind, ALL asphalt products may include rap. will accrue until such time as full payment plus interest charge is made by the Purchaser. rate of $116 per hour on weekdays, $137 per hour on Saturdays and $149 per hour on Sundays and will not be negotiated.Shipments are subject to availability. Materials are subject to availability. Customer (Buyer) will always pay the correct sales tax based on the actual invoice. base material is purchased at quoted price. Dumps are subject to availability. the rights and duties of the parties in relation thereto, the party prevailing in such proceeding shall be entitled to its reasonable attorney's fees and costs in addition to other such relief as may be granted.

ITEM #____

CITY OF MONTEBELLO

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA STAFF REPORT
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM: René Bobadilla, P.E., City Manager
BY: James Enriquez, Director of Public Works / City Engineer SUBJECT: Notice of Completion – Montebello Boulevard Bike Lane and Sidewalk Improvement Project [ATPSB1L-5247(026)], CP No. 864
DATE: April 13, 2022
RECOMMENDATIONS:

It is recommended that the City Council:
1) Accept the Montebello Boulevard Bike Lane and Sidewalk Improvement Project [ATPSB1L-5247(026)] - (CP No. 864) as completed by Sequel Contractors, Inc.; and
2) Find that the requested “Changes in Work” for the project (Attachment A) have no significant effect on the environment and approve the changes in the aggregate amount of $1,623,611. The final contract amount with Sequel Contractors, Inc. is $7,456,191.
3) Approve the Final Total Project Budget (Attachment B); and 4) Authorize the City Clerk to execute, verify and file the Notice of Completion (Attachment C) with the Los Angeles County Registrar-Recorder; and 5) Authorize the City Manager to release the retention payment due to Sequel Contractors, Inc. following the mandatory waiting period from the date the Notice of Completion is recorded; and
6) Take such additional, related, action that may be desirable. 13 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022 Notice of Completion – Montebello Boulevard Bike Lane and Sidewalk Improvement Project [ATPSB1L-5247(026)], CP No. 864

Page 2 of 3 ends

FISCAL IMPACT
The Final Total Project Budget (Attachment B) shows the total funding and sources that were approved by the City Council throughout the life of the project in the total aggregate amount of $9,487,391. Also shown is the total aggregate expenditures for the project in the amount of $8,781,470, including $1,623,611 of construction change orders that are listed and detailed in Attachment A.

The remaining project budget balance of $705,924 will be available for re-programming for other capital improvement projects. No additional appropriations are required in order to close the project.

BACKGROUND
On December 19, 2018, the City Council awarded a construction contract for the subject project to Sequel Contractors, Inc. in the amount of $5,776,272. The project consisted of road widening of the east side of Montebello Boulevard from Jefferson Ave to Paramount Boulevard; and construction of new raised medians, landscaping, irrigation, road resurfacing and traffic signal improvements on Montebello Boulevard from Lincoln Avenue to Paramount Boulevard.

Construction commenced in February 2019. Construction was substantially completed in July 2021, following multiple unanticipated delays related to moratoriums on the work imposed by the California Department of Fish & Wildlife to mitigate adverse impacts to the nesting season of the protected Gnatcatcher birds that inhabit the hillside. There were also unanticipated delays for multiple utility relocations and a delay in obtaining Edison approval for the design and installation of the new street lights on the east side of the street, which delayed the completion of the sidewalk on the east side of the street.

ANALYSIS
The Contractor substantially completed construction of this project in July 2021. Staff has worked with the contractor since then to complete the final punch list and remedy some work defects as well as some labor compliance deficiencies. These issues have been resolved to the satisfaction of the City Engineer in accordance with the project plans and contract specifications. The contractor’s final accounting was reviewed and approved by the City Engineer. Any applicable deductions for work not completed will be deducted from the retention payment. The applicable amount related to labor compliance deficiencies will also be withheld from the retention payment.

The project was completed at a total cost of $8,781,470, an amount of $705,924 under the total authorized budget of $9,487,391 (See Attachment B). The remaining funds will be available for re-programming for other capital improvement projects.

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022
Notice of Completion – Montebello Boulevard Bike Lane and Sidewalk Improvement Project [ATPSB1L-5247(026)], CP No. 864

Page 3 of 3 ends

NOTICE OF COMPLETION
Pursuant to Civil Code Section 3093, when a capital improvement project is completed, a Notice of Completion must be prepared and filed with the County Recorder’s Office for recordation after completion of the improvement. In compliance with this section of the Civil Code, the City Engineer has prepared the required Notice of Completion for the City Council to accept the project as completed; and to authorize the City Clerk to execute, verify and file the Notice of Completion for recordation with the County Recorder’s Office.

Concurrent with the preparation of the Notice of Completion, the City Engineer approved the final progress payment based on the agreed upon scope of work; with a five (5%) percent retention being withheld from the progress payments. The final retention payment will be released to the contractor after recordation of the Notice of Completion with the Los Angeles County Registrar-Recorder.

SUMMARY
Staff is recommending that the City Council accept the Project as completed, approve the final contract amount with Sequel Contractors, Inc. in the amount of $7,456,191, including change orders, approve the Final Total Project Budget, authorize the City Clerk to execute, verify and file the Notice of Completion with the Los Angeles County RegistrarRecorder and authorize the City Manager to release the retention payment due to Sequel Contractors, Inc.

ATTACHMENTS:

A. Attachment A – Changes in Work Summary
B. Attachment B – Final Total Project Budget
C. Attachment C – Notice of Completion

ATTACHMENT A

CHANGES IN WORK SUMMARY
April 13, 2022

MONTEBELLO BOULEVARD BIKE LANE AND SIDEWALK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT [ATPSB1L-4247(026)]
CP NO. 864
Project Description:

The project consisted of roadway widening of Montebello Blvd from Lincoln Ave to Paramount Blvd. The street was widened on the east side from Jefferson Blvd to Paramount Blvd to add dedicated bike lanes on both sides, a raised center median with landscaping and concrete sidewalk on the east side. The work included median construction, concrete construction for medians and sidewalk, construction of storm drain improvements, traffic signal improvements, street light improvements, utility relocations, landscaping improvements, striping, and other ancillary improvements.

Changes in Work:
(1) Increase median curb height from 6” to 8” $ 53,814
(2) Replace damaged conduit sweeps at Lincoln Ave $ 2,311 (3) Construction of Concrete Slough wall at Liberty Ave $ 19,267 (4) Addition of white PVC irrigation mains $ 37,303
(5) Placement of Gravity Wall at Jefferson Blvd $ 59,435 (8A) Design changes at Paramount Blvd and Mall Dr
Intersections
$ 520,386
(8B) City requested design changes at Lincoln Ave, Ave de la Merced, Jefferson Blvd and Costco D/W Intersections
$ 29,736
(9) Temporary Traffic Control Striping Modification $ 33,500 (10) Maintenance of Traffic Control Devices during project delay/shutdown
$ 5,849
(11) Temporary Fence on east side of Montebello Blvd $ 20,500 (12) Permeable PCC in medians in lieu of sand $ 51,940
(13) 24” RCP storm drain relocation at Sta. 35+00 $ 30,670 (14) Change of Masonry Retaining wall $ 25,275
(15) Relocate 100’ of shallow ACP $ 74,467
(16) 12” RCP with Slurry Backfill $ 40,811
(17) Rear catch basin Laterals $ 19,500
(18) Relocate existing fence $ 8,276
(19) Retaining wall drainage system and waterproofing $ 7,497 (20) Insert-A-Valve Installation $ 19,332
(21) Relocation of Traffic Signal cabinet at Mall Dr $ 17,032 (23) Masonry wall cap $ 6,066
(24) Pedestrian push button relocation at Mall Drive $ 6,476 (25) Barb wire on temporary fence on east side of
Montebello Blvd
$ 19,554
(27) Relocate fence at Paramount Blvd $ 3,800
(28) 2” reclaimed water service for Taylor Ranch Park $ 6,200 (29) Construct additional gravity wall and storm drain $ 30,000 (30) Delay cost due to damaged unmarked TC conduit $ 2,350 (31) Modified catch basins $ 17,553
(32) Install two temporary street lights with shields $ 3,622 (33) Additional survey for delta 3 revisions $ 6,111
(34) Change permanent striping width from 4” to 6” $ 3,113 (35) Paving and striping phasing $ 34,000
(36) Infiltration drain modification $ 18,155
(37) Landscape deletion $ 16,970
(38) Traffic signal pole replacement at southwest corner of Montebello Blvd and Paramount Blvd
$ 7,986
(39) Scope of work change for street lighting conduit system $ 175,139 (40) Junction Structure at Paramount Blvd catch basins $ 6,406 (41) Sink Hole Repair at Paramount Blvd $ 9,730
(42) Modify Mall Drive 1 median nose $ 12,565
(44) Michel Collins Median and Striping Modification $ 142,000 (45) Grading and fencing changes at Paramount Blvd $ 18,114 (46) Switch out city provided street light shields $ 800 Total Changes in Work $ 1,623,611
Description of Changes:
(1) The bid set of plans showed a 6” high median curb. The curb was increased to a height of 8” for increased traffic safety. Increased height also resulted in increase in materials for median landscaping.
(2) Existing traffic signal conduits at Lincoln Ave were found damaged and required repair in order to pull new wires.
(3) Bid set of plans did not include a retaining wall at the back of the sidewalk at the northwest corner of Liberty Ave and Montebello Blvd. The concrete slough wall was added to retain the slope and allow construction of a standard ADA ramp.
(4) White PVC irrigation mains were added throughout the project in the trench with the purple PVC. The purple PVC will be utilized in the future for reclaimed water.
(5) A gravity retaining wall was added on the east side of Montebello Blvd at Jefferson Blvd to avoid grading a slope beyond the street R/W line. (6) Proposed change order not executed.
(7) Proposed change order not executed
(8) Change Order 8A: The bid set of plans did not include intersection improvements for the east side of the intersection at Montebello Blvd with Paramount Blvd and with Mall Drive. This change order added the improvements for the east leg of the intersection.

Change Order 8B: The city requested an upgrade in traffic signal equipment after the bid for the intersections of Montebello Blvd with Lincoln Ave, Ave de la Merced, Costco Driveway, and Jefferson Blvd.
(9) The contractor bid the project with a single lane of temporary traffic control during construction. The city requested a modification to the temporary traffic control to provide two lanes during construction to minimize traffic impacts. (10) The contractor was directed to demobilize and stop construction in September 2019 while the city secured permits from the California Department of Fish and Wildlife and due to unresolved utility conflicts. The contractor requested additional compensation to maintain temporary traffic control devices during this shutdown period.
(11) The bid set of plans did not show a temporary fence on the east side of Montebello Blvd to maintain security for the adjacent private property following the removal of the existing fence and grading for the roadway widening. (12) The city requested a change in the subgrade for the medians. Permeable PCC was substituted for the sand shown on the bid set of plans. (13) The bid set of plans did not show an existing storm drain at Sta. 35+00 (east side of Montebello Blvd north of Jefferson Blvd) that interfered with the street widening. The storm drain required relocation.
(14) The retaining wall on the east side of Montebello Blvd from Sta. 57+00 to Sta. 66+00 was increased in height to meet actual field conditions. The contractor was compensated additionally for the increased wall height, including enlarging the wall foundation.
(15) A water line at Sta. 54+00 was exposed and was more shallow than anticipated. Relocation of approximately 100 LF was required to avoid interference with the roadway improvements.
(16) Design modifications required due to an unanticipated utility conflict with storm drain pipes at Sta. 50+50 and Sta. 68+00.
(17) Connections at the rear of several catch basins were added to provide future connections for storm drain from the adjacent private properties. The drainage from the private property was not contemplated in the bid set of plans. (18) The existing chain link fence on the east side of the intersection of Montebello Blvd and Paramount Blvd required relocation to facilitate the new improvements. The fence was not shown in the bid set of plans. (19) The bid set of plans did not show a drainage system or waterproofing for the backside of the retaining wall on the east side of Montebello Blvd from Sta. 57+00 to Sta. 66+00.
(20) The relocation of the water line (Change Order No. 15) required the addition of a valve to facilitate the switch over from the existing water line to the relocated water line.
(21) The existing traffic signal controller cabinet at Mall Dr was relocated to provide adequate ADA path of travel on the sidewalk in the vicinity of the new traffic signal pole.
(22) Proposed change order not executed.
(23) The bid set of plans called for a mortar cap for the retaining wall on the east side of Montebello Blvd from Sta. 57+00 to Sta. 66+00. The city requested an upgrade to a masonry block cap for aesthetics and durability. (24) The relocation of the traffic signal cabinet at Mall Dr required the relocation of the pedestrian pushbutton pole.
(25) The relocated chain link fence along the east side of Montebello Blvd required the addition of barbed wire on top to comply with federal requirements for security of an oil field property.
(26) Proposed change order not executed.
(27) The existing chain link fence at the northeast corner of Montebello Blvd and Paramount Blvd required relocation for the installation of the new traffic signal pole.
(28) Installation of a 2” reclaimed water service for Taylor Ranch Park that was not installed during the construction of the reclaimed water main by Central Basin Municipal Water District.
(29) The gravity retaining on the east side of Montebello Blvd at Jefferson Blvd had to be extended and the existing storm drain was relocated due to grading changes at the street R/W line.
(30) The contractor was compensated additionally for labor and equipment delay costs resulting from time required to have a damaged traffic conduit repaired.

The traffic conduit was not shown on the plans and was not marked in the field correctly.
(31) The catch basins at the intersection of Montebello Blvd and Paramount Blvd required modification due to unforeseen field conditions that were not reflected in the bid set of plans.
(32) The CA department of Fish and Wildlife required custom shields on the street lights on the east side of Montebello Blvd to prevent the lights from illuminating the hillside and disturbing the wildlife. The contractor was compensated for installing test shields on the lights for the evaluation of a biologist hired by the city.
(33) The design changes at the intersection of Montebello Blvd and Paramount Blvd and Mall Dr (Change Order No. 8A) required additional construction surveying to layout the new designs.
(34) All the permanent traffic striping was changed from 4” width to 6” width for increased traffic safety.
(35) The CA Department of Fish and Wildlife permit imposed a moratorium per that delayed the completion of the work in the vicinity of the intersection of Montebello Blvd and Paramount Blvd. The contractor was compensated additionally to phase the final paving and striping into two separate mobilizations in order to ensure the majority of the street was paved before the moratorium. This required a second mobilization for final paving and striping for the portion of the project in the vicinity of the intersection. The project had been bid for a single mobilization for paving and striping. Without this change, the majority of the project would have sat unpaved for an additional 6 months due to the moratorium.
(36) The original design of the drainage system that diverts rainwater from the gutters to the landscaped medians required modifications after construction to limit the amount of rain runoff diverted to the medians. The original design was causing erosion of the median landscaping.
(37) The landscaping shown on the bid set of plans on the east side of Montebello Blvd was deleted from the project. In accordance with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, the contractor is entitled to renegotiate unit prices is more than 25% of the work is deleted from the contract.
(38) The bid set of plans did not include replacement of the traffic signal pole at the southwest corner of Montebello Blvd and Paramount Blvd. (39) The project for bid for construction prior to the approval of Southern California Edison (SCE) of the street lighting design. The final configuration of the approved system added substantial underground infrastructure as required by SCE.
(40) Utility conflicts discovered during construction of the catch basins at the intersection of Montebello Blvd and Paramount Blvd required the addition of a reinforced concrete junction structure.
(41) A sinkhole was discovered in the middle of the intersection of Montebello Blvd and Paramount Blvd during construction. The sinkhole was repaired prior to the final paving.
(42) The newly constructed center median at the left turn pocket for northbound lanes located just north of Mall Drive (Sta. 78+50) required modification because northbound vehicles were running into the median curb as it was originally designed.
(43) Proposed change order not executed.
(44) The center medians in the vicinity of Michael Collins Circle required modification. The medians as originally designed and constructed were causing vehicles, mostly northbound, to run into the median curb. The design was modified to realign the traffic lanes. The contractor was compensated additionally for the demolition of portions of the medians and reconstruction in accordance with the modified design; including modification to some irrigation and landscaping, grinding of thermoplastic striping, slurry sealing of the new pavement, and restriping.
(45) The construction of the specified sidewalk width on the east side of Montebello Blvd just south of Paramount Blvd required additional grading and fence relocation in order to avoid the need to add a retaining wall. (46) Following the evaluation of the city’s biologist of the street light shield (Change Order No. 32), the contractor removed the first shield and installed a modified design. The second shield was approved by the biologist and the city has requested the approval of the CA Department of Fish and Wildlife prior to the manufacturing and installation of the remaining shields on the new street lights along the entire east side of the project.

Revised Contract Amount:

Original contract amount $ 5,776,272
Adjustment for Final Quantities $ 56,308
Actual contract work completed $ 5,832,580
Changes in work to be authorized $ 1,623,611
Revised contract amount $ 7,456,191
Percent total change to original contract amount 29.1%

ATTACHMENT B

MONTEBELLO ATP IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT
C.P. No. 864

FINAL TOTAL PROJECT BUDGET
April 13, 2022
Project Expenses Final Cost
Engineering & Construction Management/Inspection –
Infrastructure Engineers $822,590
Original Construction Contract (Sequel Contractors, Inc.) – Awarded 12/19/2018 $5,776,272
Adjustment for Final Quantities $56,308
Change Orders (Recommended)* $1,623,611
Miscellaneous Project Expenses
Avant Garde Corp. – Grant Management $103,324
Utilities (Relocations & Fees) $337,959
Best Best & Krieger LLP - Legal Fees $50,770
Hamilton Biological Inc. – Environmental Consultant $5,700 Administrative Expenses $4,936
Total Project Cost: $8,781,470
Project Funding
Budget
Amount
Active Transportation Grant – (Appropriated 9/12/2018) $4,187,000 Proposition C (Fund 215) – (Appropriated 9/12/2018) $987,698 SB1 RMRA (Fund 201) – (Appropriated 9/12/2018) $393,817 TDA-3 (Fund 223) – (Appropriated 9/12/2018) $5,117
Highway Users Tax/Gas Tax (Fund 200) –
(Appropriated 9/12/2018) $181,368
Measure R (Fund 220) – (Appropriated 12/19/2018) $156,271 Proposition C (Fund 215) – (Appropriated 12/19/2018) $1,058,456 General Fund (Fund 100) –
(Appropriated 8/26/2020, to be reimbursed by Toll Bros.) $655,165 Highway Users Tax/Gas Tax (Fund 200) –
(Appropriated 8/26/2020) $108,903
Proposition A (Fund 210) – (Appropriated 8/26/2020) $250,000 Measure R (Fund 220) – (Appropriated 8/26/2020) $158,424 SB1 RMRA (Fund 201) – (Appropriated 8/26/2020) $745,172 SB1 RMRA (Fund 201) – (Appropriated 6/15/2021) $600,000 Total Project Budget: $9,487,391
*See Attachment A for a detailed listing of change orders in the total amount of $1,623,611.

RECORDING REQUESTED BY ATTACHMENT C

CITY OF MONTEBELLO

AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO

NAME CITY OF MONTEBELLO

CITY CLERK
STREET 1600 W Beverly Blvd.

ADDRESS
CITY Montebello,

STATE CA
ZIP 90640

SPACE ABOVE LINE FOR RECORDERS USE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

NOTICE OF COMPLETION
Notice pursuant to Civil Code Section 3093, must be filed within 10 days after completion. (See reverse side for complete requirements.) Notice is hereby given that:

1. The undersigned is owner or corporate officer of the owner of the interest or estate stated below in the property hereinafter described:

2. The full name of the owner is City of Montebello

3. The full address of the owner is 1600 W Beverly Blvd., Montebello, CA 90640

4. The nature of the interest or estate of the owner is: in fee. (if other than Fee, strike “In fee” and insert, for example, “purchaser under contract of purchase”, or “lessee”)

5. The full names and full addresses of all persons, if any, who hold title with the undersigned as joint tenants or as tenants in common are:

NAMES ADDRESSES
_______________________________________________________________________________________________

6. The full names and addresses of the predecessors in interest of the undersigned, if the property was transferred subsequent to the commencement of the work or improvements herein referred to:

NAMES ADDRESSES
____________________________________________________________________________________________

7. A work of improvement on the property hereinafter described was completed on July 31, 2021. The general scope of work consisted of constructing concrete sidewalks, curb and gutters, curb ramps, raised medians with landscaping and irrigation, cold milling of existing asphalt pavement, paving with new asphalt, curb painting, traffic striping, pavement markings, and utility cover adjustment.

8. The name of the contractor, if any, for such work of improvement was Sequel Contractors, Inc.

December 19, 2018
(If no contractor for work of improvement as a whole, insert “None”) (Date of Contract)

9. The property on which said work of improvement was completed is in the City of Montebello County of Los Angeles, State of CA, and is described as follows: Montebello Boulevard Bike Lane and Sidewalk Improvement from Lincoln Ave to Paramount Blvd [(ATPSB1L-52479026)] - CP 864.

Director of Public Works / City Engineer, City of Montebello (Signature of Owner or corporate officer of Owner named in paragraph 2, or his agent)

VERIFICATION
I, the undersigned, say: I am the City Clerk of the City of Montebello, the declarant of the foregoing Notice of Completion:

I have read said Notice of Completion and know the contents thereof; the same is true to my own knowledge. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.

Executed on_________________ , 2022 at City of Montebello, Montebello, CA __________________________________________________(Personal signature of the individual who is swearing that the contents of the Notice of Completion are true)

DO NOT RECORD

REQUIREMENTS AS TO NOTICE OF COMPLETION
A notice of completion must be filed for record WITHIN 10 DAYS after completion of the work of improvement (to be computed exclusive of the day of completion), as provided in Civil Code Section 3093.

The “owner” who must file for record a notice of completion of a building or other work of improvement means the owner (or his successor in-interest at the date the notice is filed) on whose behalf the work was done, though his ownership is less than the fee title.

For example, if A is the owner in fee, and B, lessee under a lease, causes a building to be constructed, then B, or whoever has succeeded to his interest at the date the notice is filed, must file the notice.

If the ownership is in two or more persons as joint tenants or tenants is common, the notice may be signed by any one of the co-owners (in fact, the foregoing form is designed for giving of the notice by only one cotenant), but the names and addresses of the other co-owners must be stated in paragraph 5 of the form.

Note that any Notice of Completion signed by a successor in interest shall recite the names and addresses of his transferor or transferors.

In paragraphs 3, 5 and 6, the full address called for should include street number, city, county and state.

As to paragraphs 7 and 8, this form should be used only where the notice of completion covers the work of improvement as a whole. If the notice is to be given only of completion of a particular contract, where the work of improvement is made pursuant to two or more original contracts, then this form must be modified as follows: (1) Strike the words “A work of improvement” from paragraph 6 and insert a general statement of the kind of work done or materials furnished pursuant to such contract (e.g., “The foundations for the improvements”); (2) Insert the name of the contractor under the particular contract in paragraph 7.

In paragraph 8 of the notice, insert the name of the contractor for the work of improvement as a whole. No contractor’s name need be given if there is no general contractor, e.g., on so-called “owner-builder jobs.”
In paragraph 9, insert the full, legal description, not merely a street address or tax description. Refer to deed or policy of title insurance. If the space provided for description is not sufficient, a rider may be attached.

In paragraph 10, show the street address, if any, assigned to the property by any competent public or governmental authority.

This standard form covers most usual problems in the field indicated. Before you sign, read it, fill in all blanks, and make changes proper to your transaction. Consult a lawyer if you doubt the form’s fitness for your purpose.

ITEM #____

CITY OF MONTEBELLO

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA STAFF REPORT
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM: René Bobadilla, P.E., City Manager
BY: James Enriquez, Director of Public Works / City Engineer SUBJECT: Approval of Amendment No. 2 to Agreement No. 3316 with FloServices, Inc. for Additional Sewage Pump Station Repair Services DATE: April 13, 2022
RECOMMENDATIONS:

It is recommended that the City Council:
1) It is recommended that the City Council approve Amendment No. 2 to Agreement No. 3316 with Flo-Services, Inc. for additional sewage pump station repair services in the aggregate one-time additional amount not-to-exceed $269,579; and 2) Authorize the City Manager to execute the amendment on behalf of the City; and 3) Amend the Fiscal Year 2021-22 budget by increasing appropriations by $100,000 in Account No. 100-30-310-6040.45 (General Fund, Public Works, Streets, Contract Services – Sewer Maintenance); and
4) Take such additional, related, action that may be desirable.

FISCAL IMPACT
The cost for the maintenance and operation for the four (4) sewage pump stations is estimated at $269,579. Additional appropriations are needed to fund this work. A budget amendment in the amount of $100,000 is required, increasing appropriations in Account No. 100-30-310-6040.45 (General Fund, Public Works, Streets, Contract Services – Sewer Maintenance).

BACKGROUND
The City of Montebello owns and operates four (4) sewage pump stations at the following locations:
14 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022 Approval of Amendment No. 2 to Agreement No. 3316 with Flo-Services, Inc. for Additional Sewage Pump Station Repair Services

Page 2 of 2 ends

1. Lincoln Avenue at Rancho Drive

2. Natasha Lane cul-de-sac

3. Lincoln Avenue at Sanchez Drive

4. Grant Rea Park
On November 8, 2017 following a Request for Proposals (RFP No. 18-17), the City Council approved Agreement No. 3316 with Flo-Services, Inc. for the annual maintenance and service of these pump stations at an annual cost of $32,555. The scope of the work includes quarterly service consisting of inspection and testing of equipment and minor repairs. Major repairs and replacement of equipment, such as the repairs recommended herein, are additional services per the terms of the agreement.

The inspection reports submitted by Flo-Services two years ago indicated that various equipment components were nearing their useful service life at each of the four pump stations and were recommended for replacement. This condition has progressively worsened during the past two years, likely due to the significant increase in usage because people have been at home much longer periods of time during the COVID pandemic.

In the latest inspection reports, Flo-Services indicates that each of these four pump stations is in jeopardy of an unpredictable and complete failure if this equipment is not replaced. A complete failure of a pump station would result in the loss of sewer service to numerous households. Repair in the event of an unplanned failure would require an expensive temporary pump system to maintain service while the repair work is scheduled, and could include substantial delays in the availability of equipment which is currently subject to supply chain issues. The recommended amendment to Flo-Services’ professional services agreement would allow Flo-Services to order equipment while the pump stations are still functioning and limit the need for temporary pumping.

SUMMARY
Upon the approval of the City Council of the recommended Amendment No. 2 to Agreement No. 3316, staff will coordinate the repair and replacement of the sewer pump station equipment by Flo-Services to ensure minimal interruption of sewage service to the affected households. A budget amendment in the amount of $100,000 is required, increasing appropriations in Account No. 100-30-310-6040.45 (General Fund, Public Works, Streets, Contract Services – Sewer Maintenance).

ATTACHMENTS:

A. Attachment A – Agreement No. 3316
B. Attachment B – Amendment No. 2 to Agreement No. 3316

ATTACHMENT A

ATTACHMENT B

CITY OF MONTEBELLO
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT NO. 3316
WITH FLO-SERVICES, INC.

This Amendment (“Amendment No. 2”) to that certain Services Agreement No. 3316 for storm and sewer lift station maintenance services and related equipment for the City of Montebello dated November 9, 2017, (“Agreement”), is made as of April 13, 2022 (“Effective Date”), by and between the City of Montebello (“City”), and FloServices, Inc. (“Flo-Services”). City and Flo-Services are sometimes hereinafter individually referred to as a "Party" and jointly as the "Parties".

RECITALS
WHEREAS, City and Flo-Services are parties to the Agreement, dated November 9, 2017, under which Flo-Services was awarded a services agreement by the City for storm and sewer lift stations maintenance services and related equipment services; and

WHEREAS, an Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement dated February 17, 2021, was executed by the Parties extending the term of the Agreement to November 9, 2022 (“Amendment No. 1”); and
WHEREAS, City and Flo-Services now desire to amend the Agreement once more to expand the scope of work and increase the related compensation under the Agreement (and as thereafter amended in Amendment No. 1); and NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Amendment No. 2 agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

SECTION 1. AMENDMENT TO SCOPE OF WORK. The scope of work to the Agreement is expanded to include the following services attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and incorporated herein by this reference:

A. Proposal # 22-019, Dated March 23, 2022 – Grant Rea Park Sewage Pump Station
B. Proposal # 22-020, Dated March 23, 2022 – Natasha Sewage Pump Station C. Proposal # 22-017, Dated March 23, 2022 – Rancho & Lincoln Sewage Pump Station #1
D. Proposal # 22-018, Dated March 23, 2022 – Sanchez & Lincoln Sewage Pump Station #2
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO AGREEMENT NO. 3316

Page 2 of 3 ends

SECTION 2. COMPENSATION. Compensation for the expanded scope of work contemplated under Section 1 of this Amendment No. 2 shall be as follows:
“City agrees to compensate Flo-Services for the expanded scope of work contemplated under Amendment No. 2 (Exhibit “A”), and Flo-Services agrees to accept in full satisfaction for such services an amount not-toexceed the sum of Two Hundred Sixty-Nine Thousand, Five Hundred Seventy-Nine ($269,579); unless a different amount is specifically approved in advance in writing by City.”
SECTION 3. EFFECT. Except as expressly modified by this Amendment No. 2, all provisions of the Agreement and as thereafter amended in Amendment No. 1, shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 4. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. The provisions of this Amendment No. 2 shall constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter included in this Amendment No. 2 and shall supersede any other agreement, understanding, or arrangement, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment No. 2.

SECTION 5. AUTHORITY. The person or persons executing this Amendment No. 2 on behalf of each of the Parties warrants and represents that he or she has the authority to execute this Amendment No. 2 on behalf of that party and has the authority to bind that party to the performance of its obligations hereunder. [SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO AGREEMENT NO. 3316

Page 3 of 3 ends

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Amendment No. 2 as of the Effective Date stated in the introductory clause.

CITY OF MONTEBELLO a California
municipal corporation
(“City”)
By: ______________________________
René Bobadilla, City Manager

FLO-SERVICES INC., a California corporation
(“Flo-Services”)
By:

Name:

Title:

ATTEST:
__________________________________
Christopher Jimenez, City Clerk
By:

Name:

Title:

APPROVED AS TO FORM:
__________________________________
Arnold M. Alvarez-Glasman,
City Attorney
EXHIBIT:
• Exhibit A – Scope of Work

ITEM #____

CITY OF MONTEBELLO

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA STAFF REPORT
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM: René Bobadilla, P.E., City Manager
BY: Fire Chief Fernando Pelaez, Fire Chief
Michael Solorza, Director of Finance
SUBJECT: Approve Acquisition and Lease Financing of a Tractor Drawn Aerial Fire Truck and Related Rescue Equipment
DATE: April 13, 2022
RECOMMENDATIONS:

It is recommended that the City Council:
1) Authorize the purchase of a Tractor Drawn Aerial (TDA) Fire Truck using the prebid Sourcewell contract #022818-EOI-2 based off Request for Proposal #022818; and,
2) Authorize the City Manager to execute an agreement with Kovatch Mobile Equipment (KME) Corporation (KME Fire Apparatus), in a not-to-exceed amount of $1,926,844 for the purchase and equipping/outfitting of a Tractor Drawn Aerial Fire Truck; and
3) Approve a resolution for financing the lease/purchase of the Tractor Drawn Aerial (TDA) Fire Truck and required equipment from Kovatch Mobile Equipment and Leasing 2, Inc.; and
4) Find that the use of the pre-bid Sourcewell contract #022818-EOI-2 conforms with Montebello Municipal Code Chapter 3.20.050 (F), Cooperative Purchase; and 5) Approve the surplus of the unneeded fire truck and any associated equipment currently used as a reserve apparatus; and
15 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022 Approve Acquisition and Lease Financing of a Tractor Drawn Aerial Fire Truck and Related Rescue Equipment

Page 2 of 5 ends

6) Take such additional, related actions necessary to effectively and efficiently procure the Tractor Drawn Aerial Fire Truck and required Rescue Equipment from KME Fire Apparatus and Leasing 2, Inc.

FISCAL IMPACT
The City of Montebello currently has two Fire Trucks in service – one active and one held in reserve. Both of these apparatus are past their useful service life (20+ years) and must be replaced. The proposed plan is to acquire one new Tractor Drawn Aerial (TDA) Fire Truck which would be placed into immediate active service. (See Attachment A for the bid specifications of the TDA Fire Truck.) The current Fire Truck in active service would be placed in reserve, and the current reserve truck would be surplused/disposed.

These types of fire trucks are a substantial capital investment, and as such must be financed. Typically, fire engines and fire trucks are acquired through the lease-purchase process. This process allows the total cost of purchase and outfitting to be financed over a longer period of time, which results in reasonable and manageable annual lease payments. For example, the Montebello Fire Department acquired a fire engine in 2018 through the lease-purchase process and pays annual lease payments.

The TDA Fire Truck will be acquired from Kovatch Mobile Equipment (KME) Corporation.

Financing will be handled by Leasing 2, Inc. Given the nature of this acquisition, delivery of this Fire Truck – built to customized specifications per the Montebello Fire Department (Attachment A) – will not occur for approximately 15 months. Lease payments would begin 18 months from City Council approval of this purchase, approximately October, 2023 (Fiscal Year 2023-24).

The total amount necessary to procure the Tractor Drawn Aerial (TDA) Fire Truck and Related Rescue Equipment is $1,926,844. The Fire Truck is priced at $1,654,809, with the additional $272,035 reserved for necessary equipment, sales tax and contingency reserve. The additionally purchased rescue equipment will be used to equip the fire truck, such as mobile radios, chain saws, rotary saws, hydraulic extrication tools, power tools, portable generators, salvage covers and other hand tools that are customary and required equipment found on a fire truck.

The entire amount will be financed over a ten year term (Attachment B). Financing the truck and equipment at a 2.68% fixed annual rate equals annual lease payments of $225,198. The first lease payment will be due October 2023, and annually thereafter.

Per the terms of the lease, once the final payment is made, the City will own the fire truck outright. Given the typical service life of these apparatus, the ten year lease option makes the most operational and financial sense.

Adoption of a Resolution (Attachment C) approving the financing of this acquisition is also required. Staff will work directly with the financing corporation (Leasing 2, Inc.) to CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022
Approve Acquisition and Lease Financing of a Tractor Drawn Aerial Fire Truck and Related Rescue Equipment

Page 3 of 5 ends

complete all necessary paperwork and credit applications, after approval of this item and the resolution.

Given the nature of this lease-purchase, no budget amendment is necessary.

Furthermore, no payments are necessary prior to the first annual lease payment (October 2023). This financing process allows the City to acquire an essential piece of firefighting and life safety equipment without any upfront costs. Furthermore, with the first payment not due until FY 2023-24, ample time exists to plan for the additional $225,198 General Fund expense.

BACKGROUND
The Montebello Fire Department operates three (3) fire stations, with suppression activities that account for the vast majority of emergency responses, resulting in approximately 22 to 25 emergency calls per day, with an estimate of 8,000 calls for service each year. Some of those emergency responses require a well-equipped Tractor Drawn Aerial (TDA) Fire Truck able to safely, effectively and efficiently respond to incidents. Montebello firefighters utilize the TDA to respond to various types of incidents such as traffic collisions and structure fires. The TDA is a highly used fire apparatus in the fire service, and is considered a maneuverable aerial apparatus.

Currently, the Fire Department has a front-line TDA and a reserve TDA. The front-line TDA Truck operates 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, and is deployed from Fire Station

55. The current active TDA Fire Truck is a 2003 model manufactured by American La France Eagle. This active fire truck exceeds the recommended industry standard service life for front line TDA fire apparatus, according to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1911-96- Inspection, Maintenance Testing of In-service Fire Apparatus and NFPA 1901 and 1906- Guidance on Retirement of Apparatus.

This Guidance states such apparatus must not exceed 10 years of front-line operation with an additional 10 years as a reserve apparatus, for a total of 20 years of service life.

To further exacerbate the current state of keeping the active truck in working condition, the American La France fire apparatus company ceased operations in 2014, making it increasingly difficult to obtain parts for repairs.

Purchasing Process
Montebello fire personnel have carefully reviewed and assessed the most effective, efficient and dependable fire apparatus for the Fire Department fleet. The Fire Department utilized the Sourcewell procurement process to identify the best suitable pricing that is compliant with the City’s procurement process and Municipal Code Chapter

3.20.050 (F) – Cooperative Purchases.

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022
Approve Acquisition and Lease Financing of a Tractor Drawn Aerial Fire Truck and Related Rescue Equipment

Page 4 of 5 ends

Specifically, Sourcewell Contract #022818-EOI-2 (Attachment E) is being utilized, which was established based off a National Joint Powers Alliance Request for Proposals, #022818 (Attachment F). The City has utilized Sourcewell for numerous and various types of purchases over the last several years. This is a nationally recognized cooperative purchasing entity and pricing has been determined to be competitive.

Through the procurement process it was deemed appropriate to move forward with the proposal for the lease-purchase of the new Tractor Drawn Aerial (TDA) Fire Truck, manufactured by Kovatch Mobile Equipment (KME) Corporation (Attachment A). The assessment was based on the fact that the Department’s current front line TDA is 19 years old (2003 model) and the reserve TDA is now obsolete (1990 model). In addition, ongoing repairs would be financially burdensome to the City, including potential increased liabilities due to operating out of date fire apparatus. The 1990 fire truck will be surplused and the current active truck will be placed in reserve when the new TDA Fire Truck is delivered.

SUMMARY
Staff is recommending the City Council approve the lease-purchase of the Kovatch Mobile Equipment (KME) Tractor Drawn Aerial (TDA) Fire Truck and Related Rescue Equipment in order to maintain operable fire suppression services and operations, in addition to ensuring required fire apparatus and equipment meet the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1911 and 1906 guidance for standards in fire operations.

The total cost of the fire truck and necessary equipment to be financed over a ten year term is $1,926,844. The fire truck is estimated at $1,654,809, and the additional $272,035 will be used to purchase necessary equipment to outfit the truck. Given the leasepurchase financing arrangement with Leasing 2, Inc., there will be no upfront expenses.

The first lease payment will be due in October, 2023 (Attachment B).

The funds for the purchase of the fire truck and equipment will be placed in an escrow account. Fire Department staff will then purchase equipment as necessary, send invoices to Leasing 2, Inc., and expenses will be paid from the escrow account. Should the equipment be less than the estimated amount, any overage would be applied toward the first lease payment. Should the cost of the truck and equipment exceed the financing amount, the City would pay the difference. A budget amendment is not needed to effectuate this purchase. The FY 2023-24 budget will be developed to include the $225,198 annual lease amount (General Fund), see Attachment B.

Approval of the attached Resolution (Attachment C) will allow Staff to move forward with the necessary credit application and financing documents to finalize this lease-purchase.

Delivery of the new fire truck is anticipated within 450 days of all financing documents being finalized. Staff will provide updates to the City Council as progress is made on manufacturing the City’s new fire truck.

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT – MEETING OF APRIL 13, 2022
Approve Acquisition and Lease Financing of a Tractor Drawn Aerial Fire Truck and Related Rescue Equipment

Page 5 of 5 ends

ATTACHMENTS:

A. Attachment A - KME Bid Specifications for the TDA Truck B. Attachment B - Lease Financing Proposal
C. Attachment C - Resolution Approving Lease Financing
D. Attachment D - Proposal Letter
E. Attachment E - Sourcewell Contract #022818-EOI
F. Attachment F - Request for Proposal #022818
G. Attachment G - Sourcewell Vendor Price Form
H. Attachment H - Resolution of Governing Body Extract of Minutes

KME FIRE APPARATUS
Montebello Fire Department
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1)
March 2, 2022

ATTACHMENT A
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 2

DESIGN CLAUSE
QTY: 1
These specifications outline the components, installation methods, and operational characteristics KME is agreeing to provide in order to meet the purchaser’s requirements. Subject to the terms of the purchase agreement, other construction details not explicitly listed in these specifications will be determined at the discretion of the builder. In the event the purchaser desires a different construction or installation not already described in these specifications, additional charges may apply, and quoted lead time commitments will be adjusted.

PROPOSED BY - KME FIRE APPARATUS - CALIFORNIA
QTY: 1
KME Fire Apparatus is pleased to offer the proposed vehicle to meet the intent of the fire department specifications.

KME Fire Apparatus is a leading manufacturer in custom and commercial fire fighting vehicles.

Questions or concerns pertaining to this proposal can be answered by contacting the following KME personnel:

KME Fire Apparatus
4725 Troy Ct.

Jurupa Valley, CA 91761
Phone: (800) 328-1033 / (909) 937-3326
Fax: (909) 937-1762
E-mail: [email protected]

COMPLETION INFORMATION
QTY: 1
The contractor shall supply, at the time of delivery, at least one (1) copy of the following documents. • Owners name and address Apparatus manufacturer, model and serial number • Chassis make, model and serial number
• Front tire size and total rated capacity in pounds
• Rear tire size and total rated capacity in pounds
• Chassis weight distribution in pounds with water and manufacturer mounted equipment, front and rear
• Engine make, model, serial number, rated horsepower, rated speed and governed speed • Type of fuels and fuel tank capacity
• Electrical system voltage and alternator output in amps. • Battery make, model and total capacity in cold crank amps (CCA) • Transmission make, model, and serial number. If so equipped chassis transmission PTO(s) make, model and gear ratio
• Pump make, model, rated capacity in gallons per minute (liters per minute where applicable) and serial number
• Pump transmission make, model, serial number and gear ratio • Auxiliary pump make, model, rated capacity in gallons per minute (liters per minute where applicable) and serial number
• Water tank certified capacity in gallons or liters
• Paint manufacturer and paint number(s)
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 3
• Company name and signature of responsible company representative • Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces.

If the apparatus has a fire pump or an industrial supply pump, the pump manufacturer's certification of suction capability.

If the apparatus has a fire pump or an industrial supply pump, a copy of the apparatus manufacturer's approval for stationary pumping applications.

If the apparatus has a fire pump or an industrial supply pump, the engine manufacturers certified brake horsepower curve for the engine furnished, showing the maximum governed speed.

If the apparatus has a fire pump or an industrial supply pump, the pump manufacturers certification of hydrostatic test.

If the apparatus has a fire pump or an industrial supply pump, the third party certification of inspection and test for the fire pump (if applicable).

If the apparatus has an aerial device the third party certification of inspection and test for the aerial device.

If the apparatus has an aerial device, all the technical information required for inspections to comply with NFPA 1911, Standards for Testing Fire Department Aerial Devices.

If the apparatus has a fixed line voltage power source, the certification of the test for the fixed power source (if applicable).

If the apparatus is equipped with an air system, test results of the air quality, the SCBA fill station, and the air system installation.

Weight documents from certified scale - showing actual loading on the front axle, rear axle(s) and overall vehicle (with the water tank full but without personnel, equipment and hose) shall be supplied with the complete vehicle to determine compliance with NFPA-1901.

Written load analysis and results of electrical performance tests.

If the apparatus is equipped with a water tank, the certification of water tank capacity by the tank manufacturer.

FMVSS REQUIREMENT
QTY: 1
The chassis shall be certified by the apparatus manufacturer as conforming to all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards in effect at the date of contract.

This shall be attested to by the attachment of a FMVSS certification label on the vehicle by the contractor who shall be recognized as the responsible final manufacturer.

RECORDS
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 4
The successful bidder shall be responsible for preparing and maintaining a record file of parts and assemblies used to manufacture the apparatus.

These records shall be maintained in the factory of the bidder for a minimum of twenty (20) years.

File shall contain copies of any and all reported deficiencies, all replacement parts required to maintain the apparatus, and original purchase documents including specifications, contract, invoices, incomplete chassis certificates, quality control reports and final delivery acceptance documents.

The {Company} shall have access to any and all documents contained in this file upon official written request.

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
QTY: 1
The complete apparatus, assemblies, subassemblies, component parts, etc., shall be designed and constructed with the due consideration to the nature and distribution of the load to be sustained and to the general character of the service to which the apparatus is to be subject.

All parts of the apparatus shall be designed with a factor of safety, which is equal to or greater than that which is considered standard and acceptable for this class of equipment in fire fighting service.

All parts of the apparatus shall be strong enough to withstand general service under full load.

The apparatus shall be so designed that the various parts and readily accessible for lubrication, inspection, adjustment and repair.

Bidder's specifications must meet minimum requirements of N.F.P.A. Pamphlet #1901 and all State and Federal Department of Transportation vehicle regulations at time of sale of unit.

The apparatus shall be designed and constructed, and the equipment so mounted, with due consideration to distribution of the load between front and rear axles that all specified equipment, including a full complement of specified ground ladders, full water tank, loose equipment, and firefighters shall be carried without overloading or injuring the apparatus.

PRODUCT LIABILITY
QTY: 1
Each bidder shall supply proof of product liability and facility insurance equal to or exceeding $30,000,000.00.

This shall be provided as part of the proposal. There will be no exceptions.

PAINT CERTIFICATION
QTY: 1
The finish paint shall be certified by the apparatus manufacturer as conforming to all applicable Commercial Vehicle Paint Standards in effect at the date of contract.

This shall be attested to by the attachment of a Sikkens certification.

PROPOSED SERVICE BY - KME FIRE APPARATUS - CA
QTY: 1

SERVICE CENTER AND PARTS DEPOT
KME Fire Apparatus

FACTORY BRANCH - CALIFORNIA

KME APPARATUS SERVICE STATEMENT
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 5
The proposed KME Fire Apparatus vehicle is offered with complete single-source service performed by the regional KME factory service center.

Service is provided by:

KME Fire Apparatus
4725 Troy Ct.

Jurupa Valley, CA 91761
Phone: (800) 328-1033 / (909) 937-3326
Fax: (909) 937-1762
Email: [email protected]
Service Center Capabilities:

KME Fire Apparatus in Ontario, CA. celebrates fourteen (14) years of operation and employs twenty (20) people. The factory owned operation employs nine (9) full-time service mechanics two (2) certified paint and body technicians and two (2) fabrication technicians to handle any service-related issues or operational improvements that you may desire.

KME Fire Apparatus employees EVTCC and ASE certified technicians, along with PPG and DuPont certified body shop technicians.

KME Fire Apparatus operates five (5) mobile service trucks that offer In-Station Service repairs to your apparatus when needed. We also have towing available should your unit need to travel to our service facility.

KME Fire Apparatus offers a twenty-four (24) hour service plan in which assigned service personnel carry pagers; one (1) man is always on call to handle any truck that is down and out of service.

KME Fire Apparatus offers:

Sheet metal repair and fabrication
Pump and electrical repair
Aerial ladder service and repair
Booster tank repair and replacement
Minor or major refurbishment capabilities
Mobile pump testing at your facility
KME Fire Apparatus offers factory authorized service and repairs to all makes of fire apparatus equipped with Hale, Waterous and Darley Pumps.

KME Fire Apparatus has the largest inventory of apparatus parts in Southern California and offers quick turn-around parts delivery when your unit is down. We also offer a large loose goods line and apparel to service the fire industry.

KME Fire Apparatus contact information, of proud service professionals.

Service Contacts - (951) 685-1237
John Whitney - Service Manager
Alfred Dominuez - Warranty
Parts and Loose Goods Sales - (951) 685-1237
Matthew Groth – Parts Manager
KME Fire Apparatus employees are protected by Workman's Compensation Insurance.

A 1 Million Dollar Garage Keepers Liability Insurance Coverage and a 25 Million Dollar Product Liability Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 6
Insurance Policy protect your fire department and your fire department equipment.

PRICES & PAYMENTS
QTY: 1
The bid price will be F.O.B. Destination, on a delivered and accepted basis at the Fire Department.

Total price on KME's proposal sheet will include all items listed in these specifications.

KME has computed pricing less federal and state taxes. It is understood that any applicable taxes will be added to the proposed prices, unless the purchaser furnishes appropriate tax-exempt forms.

FAIR ETHICAL & LEGAL COMPETITION
QTY: 1
In order to ensure fair, ethical, and legal competition, neither original equipment manufacturer (OEM) nor parent company of the OEM shall have ever been fined or convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

There will be no exceptions.

MATERIAL & WORKMANSHIP
QTY: 1
All equipment furnished shall be guaranteed to be new and of current manufacture, to meet all requirements of these specifications.

All workmanship shall be of high quality and accomplished in a professional manner so as to insure a functional apparatus with a pleasing, aesthetic appearance.

CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR
QTY: 1
The successful bidder shall designate a contract administrator to provide a single point interface between the purchaser and the contractor on all matters concerning the contract.

APPROVAL DRAWING
QTY: 1
A detailed drawing of the apparatus shall be provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. A copy of this drawing shall also be provided to the manufacturer's representative. Upon purchaser's approval, the finalized drawing shall become a part of the total contract.

The drawing shall show, but is not limited to, such items as the chassis make and model, major components, location of lights, sirens, all compartment locations and dimensions, special suctions, discharges, etc. The drawing shall be a visual interpretation of the apparatus as it is to be supplied.

INSPECTION TRIPS (3)
QTY: 1
The successful bidder shall provide three (3) factory inspection trips to the apparatus manufacturer's facility.

Transportation, meals, lodging, and other requisite expenses shall be the bidder's responsibility.

TRIP ONE (1) AT PRE CONSTRUCTION
QTY: 1
Pre-construction / blueprint review.

TRIP TWO (2) AT MID-POINT COMPLETION
QTY: 1
Midpoint completion of entire apparatus.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 7
TRIP THREE (3) AT FINAL COMPLETION
QTY: 1
Final inspection upon completion.

DELIVERY
QTY: 1
Delivery of the apparatus to the customer shall remain the bidder's responsibility.

On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, a qualified and responsible representative of the contractor shall demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to representatives of the customer regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus and equipment supplied.

INSTRUCTION MANUALS - TWO (2) SETS - USB
QTY: 1
In accordance with standard commercial practices, applicable to each vehicle (including body and special equipment) furnished under the contract, the following listed manuals and schematics, in the quantity specified, shall be provided at time of delivery of each vehicle.

The contractor shall supply at time of delivery, two (2) USB copies of a complete operation and service manual covering the complete apparatus as delivered and accepted.

The manual shall contain the following:
• Descriptions, specifications, and ratings of chassis, pump (if applicable), and aerial device • Wiring diagrams
• Lubrication charts
• Operating instructions for the chassis, any major components such as a pump and any auxiliary systems
• Instructions regarding the frequency and procedures recommended for maintenance • Parts replacement information

PRODUCTION LEVEL ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
QTY: 1
KME shall provide production level harness drawings for the specific unit to be built.

VEHICLE FLUID PLATE
QTY: 1
As required by NFPA-1901, the contractor shall affix a permanent plate in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of the following fluids used in the vehicle:

A permanent plate in the driving compartment shall specify the quantity and type of the following fluids used in the vehicle:
• Engine oil
• Engine coolant
• Chassis transmission fluid
• Pump transmission lubrication fluid
• Pump primer fluid
• Drive axle(s) lubrication fluid
• Air-conditioning refrigerant
• Air-conditioning lubrication oil
• Power steering fluid
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 8
• Cab tilt mechanism
• Transfer case fluid
• Equipment rack fluid
• Air compressor system lubricant
• Generator system lubricant
• Aerial systems

EXACT BLUEPRINT WITH BID
QTY: 1
A scale drawing of the specific apparatus being proposed shall be submitted WITH THE BID.

Drawings of similar units or demo units shall not be permitted.

Bidders should be clear that this provision is requiring a SCALE drawing of the truck which is actually being bid.

The drawing shall be done at the manufacturer's facility by the manufacturer's engineering department in order to guarantee the accuracy of the drawing.

Failure to comply with this requirement shall be grounds for rejection of the bid!

FAMA MEMBERSHIP
QTY: 1
The apparatus manufacturer must be a current member of the Fire Apparatus Manufacturer's Association (FAMA).

MANUFACTURED IN UNITED STATES
QTY: 1
The entire apparatus shall be assembled within the borders of the Continental United States to insure more readily available parts (without added costs and delays caused by tariffs and customs) and service.

AMP DRAW REPORT
QTY: 1
The bidder shall provide with their bid proposal and at the time of delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

A written load analysis, which shall include the following:
• The rating of the alternator.
• The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: Applicable NFPA-1901. • Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.
• Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items shall be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA-1901.

COOPERATIVE PURCHASING
QTY: 1
The Manufacturer shall be pleased to allow other public agencies to use the purchase agreement resulting from this invitation to bid unless the bidder expressly notes on the proposal form that prices are not available for tag-on.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 9
The condition of such use by other agencies shall be that any such agency must make and pursue contact, purchase order/contract, and all contractual remedies with the successful bidder.

Such tag-ons shall be done so that the original purchasing agency has no responsibility for performance by either the manufacturer or the agency using the contract.

VEHICLE TRANSPORTATION - KME PROVIDED
QTY: 1
Transportation of the completed vehicle from the final manufacturing facility to the end user shall be provided by the manufacturer.
!!! CRITICAL OVERALL HEIGHT REQUIREMENT !!! - "YES
QTY: 1
This vehicle has a critical overall height restriction requirement due to fire station door height or obstruction within the fire department/district.

Maximum overall height of vehicle in the unloaded configuration cannot exceed: ___________" (inches). !!! CRITICAL OVERALL LENGTH REQUIREMENT !!! - "YES
QTY: 1
This vehicle has a critical overall length restriction requirement due to fire station length or obstruction within the fire department/district.

Maximum overall length of vehicle cannot exceed: ___________" (inches).

GENERAL INFORMATION - NFPA 1901
QTY: 1
The proposed apparatus will be constructed to withstand the severe and continuous use encountered during emergency fire fighting services. The apparatus will be of the latest type, carefully designed and constructed with due consideration to the nature and distribution of the load to be sustained.

This proposal details the general design criteria of cab and chassis components, aerial device (if applicable), fire pump and related components (if applicable), water tank (if applicable), fire body, electrical components, painting, and equipment.

All items of these proposal specifications will conform to the fullest extent possible with the National Fire Protection Association Pamphlet No. 1901, latest edition, except as noted in the Statement-of-Exceptions.

KME will furnish satisfactory evidence of our ability to construct, supply service parts and technical assistance for the apparatus specified.

NFPA TREADPLATE CERTIFICATION
QTY: 1
All stepping, standing, and walking surfaces on the body shall meet NFPA #1901 anti-slip standards.

Aluminum tread plate utilized for stepping, standing, and walking surfaces shall be NFPA embossed compliant.

Upon request by the purchaser, the manufacturer shall supply proof of compliance with this requirement.

VERTICAL TREAD PLATE - NON-EMBOSSED
QTY: 1
The following vertical surfaces on the vehicle (if applicable) shall have non-embossed tread plate:

To include but not limited to:
• Rear of cab overlay
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 10
• Rear body overlay
• Front of body overlay
• Front pump house panel
• Custom cab step well
• Fender overlay
• Fender compartment doors
• Interior cab trim
• Upper body walkway walls
• Rescue body interior (walk-In/walk through)
"PUMPER FIRE APPARATUS" NFPA 2016 CHAPTERS
QTY: 1
The unit shall be designed to conform fully to the "Pumper Fire Apparatus" requirements as stated in the NFPA 1901 Standard (2016 Revision), which shall include the following required chapters as stated in this revision:
• Chapter 1 Administration
• Chapter 2 Referenced Publications
• Chapter 3 Definitions
• Chapter 4 General Requirements
• Chapter 5 Pumper Fire Apparatus
• Chapter 12 Chassis and Vehicle Components
• Chapter 13 Low Voltage Electrical Systems and Warning Devices • Chapter 14 Driving and Crew Areas
• Chapter 15 Body, Compartments and Equipment Mounting
• Chapter 16 Fire Pumps and Associated Equipment
• Chapter 18 Water Tanks
NFPA "CHAPTER 22" 110 VOLT SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
QTY: 1
Chapter 22 Line Voltage Electrical Systems

THIRD PARTY TESTING
QTY: 1
If required by the specific chapters of NFPA-1901, the proposed unit shall be tested and certified by independent third party inspectors.

All test work for fire pumps outlined in NFPA 1901, Edition shall be conducted.

The third party inspectors shall provide the manufacturer a complete written examination and test report for each inspection performed at the manufacturer's facility.

This report specifies the points of inspection and results of such examinations and tests.

The inspectors performing the test work on the units are certified to Level II in the required NDT methods, under the requirements outlined in ASNT document CP-189.

The actual person(s) performing the inspection shall present for review proof of Level II Certification in the required NDT methods.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 11
The apparatus manufacturer shall designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify these test results.

Prior to submittal to the automotive fire apparatus manufacturer, the final Report shall be reviewed by the Supervisor of Fire Equipment Services and a Registered Professional Engineer, both of whom are directly involved with the aerial device certification program.

When the unit successfully meets all the requirements outlined in NFPA 1901, current edition, the third party inspector shall issue a Certificate of Automotive Fire Apparatus Examination and Test stating the unit's compliance with NFPA- 1901.
120/240 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TESTING
QTY: 1
All line voltage wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment shall be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of 900 volts for one minute. The test shall be conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuits closed. The test shall be conducted after all bodywork has been completed. The dielectric tester shall have a minimum 500 VA transformer with a sinusoidal output voltage that can be verified.

Electrical polarity verification shall be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made.

The apparatus manufacturer shall perform the following operation test and shall certify that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order.

The generator shall be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system shall be loaded to 100 percent of the nameplate voltage rating.

The following items shall be monitored and documented every 15 minutes:
• The cranking time until the generator starts and runs. • The voltage, frequency, and amperes at continuous full rated load. • The generator oil pressure, water temperature, transmission temperature, hydraulic temperature, and the battery rate charge, as applicable.
• The ambient temperature and altitude.

The generator shall operate at 100 percent of its nameplate wattage for a minimum of two (2) hours.

UL LINE VOLTAGE TESTING
QTY: 1
When the unit successfully meets all the requirements outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 Edition, third party inspectors shall issue a Certificate of Automotive Fire Apparatus Examination and Test stating the unit's compliance with the required line voltage section of NFPA.

SEVERE SERVICE CAB - BASE, 100" - S2020
QTY: 1
The cab shall be a custom tilt style, built specifically for fire service.

The cab shall be a cab over engine design, with integral tilt mechanism and engine access from inside the cab.

The cab interior shall be the "Open-Space" design with no wall, window or vertical support posts between the front and rear crew areas to allow direct communication, better visibility and air circulation in the cab.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 12

CAB MATERIAL
QTY: 1
The cab shall be fabricated from 5052-H 32 aluminum alloy, utilizing the minimum material thickness as follows:
• Cab side panels 0.125 thick (1/8")
• Cab roof 0.125 thick (1/8")
• Forward cab front sheet 0.125 thick (1/8")
• Interior cab panels 0.125 thick (1/8")
• Other panels 0.125 thick (1/8")
• Cab doors 0.1875 thick (3/16")
• Engine enclosure side panels 0.250 thick (1/4")
Cab, sub-frame shall be a welded assembly, fabricated of 6063 structural aluminum alloy. This frame shall extend the full length and width of the cab and be secured to the chassis frame through two (2) rear, urethane, self centering load cushions, two (2) forward pivot brackets, and two (2) cab locks. The cab shall be of entirely welded construction.

The front cab wall shall be of double wall type construction, featuring an inner and outer panel. {No Exceptions}

CRASH TESTING
QTY: 1
To ensure the safety of the cab occupants and cab integrity, proof of third party testing shall be provided.

The cab shall be certified for SAEJ2422 side impact, SAEJ2420 with ECER29 cab front impact, and ECER29 cab roof strength.

Furthermore, proof of testing and certification shall be provided that the cab, in accordance to SAE J2420 was front impact tested at 2.1 times the standard energy required in SAE J2420, thus exceeding the NFPA requirement.

This test shall be performed with no support immediately behind the cab, thus providing an authentic test result.

CAB LENGTH
QTY: 1
Minimum Cab Dimensions:
• Overall width 100"
• Inside width across ceiling 92"
• Front area floor to ceiling 61-3/4"
• Top of front seat to ceiling 44" (depending upon seat type) • Seat back to steering wheel 21-1/4" (depending upon seat type) • Inside width (door to engine enclosure) 24" (driver's side, at floor) • Inside width (door to engine enclosure) 20-1/2" (officer's side, at floor) • Crew seat area width 92"
• Outer crew seat risers to rear wall 41-1/2"
• Centerline axle to rear wall 59-1/2"
Glass Area Dimensions:

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 13
• Windshield (Contour) 3,422 sq. in.
• Side door window, retractable 625 sq. in. each
• Side fixed crew windows 550 sq. in. each

CAB ROOF
QTY: 1
Cab Entry Door Height Dimensions:
• Forward door opening 76" high
• Rear door opening 76" high
The roof will be a flat roof design with radius edges for an aesthetic, streamline appearance. The roof shall be constructed with the same material as the main structure and be internally reinforced using framing which shall span the entire width and length of the cab for maximum structural integrity. This shall allow the roof to support personnel and roof mounted equipment without the need for additional reinforcement. Approximate dimensions:
• Crew area floor to ceiling 53 1/2"
• Top of crew seat to ceiling 35" (depending upon seat type)

TREAD PLATE OVERLAY ON CAB ROOF
QTY: 1
A bright finish tread plate overlay shall be placed on the cab roof.

This overlay shall be placed on the raised roof section, or if a flat roof cab is being utilized, from the area of the “B” post area-rearward, and extending back to the end of the cab roof.

This tread plate overlay shall be sealed with caulking around the edges to prevent moisture from entering the area between the cab roof and the overlay.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
QTY: 1
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, an integral drip rail shall be furnished on each side of the cab roof. The drip rail shall extend the full length of the cab roof.

CAST ANTI-SLIP ENTRY STEPS
QTY: 1
The front entrance steps shall be a minimum of 9" deep.

Each step shall be a cast aluminum, open grate style step fabricated by Cast Products Inc. with a polished aluminum outer surface.

The cab step risers shall be overlaid with.063" tread plate plate.

The rear entrance steps shall be a minimum of 9" deep.

Each step shall be a cast aluminum, open grate style step fabricated by Cast Products Inc. with a polished aluminum outer surface.

The cab step risers shall be overlaid with.063" tread plate plate.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 14

BATTERY ACCESS DOORS
QTY: 1
The battery access door(s) shall be 1/8" tread plate, drop down doors with thumb latches at each side rear cab step well.

SCOTCHLITE INTERIOR OF DOOR PANELS
QTY: 1
Each interior cab door panel shall be equipped with reflective ScotchLite material that shall cover at least 96 in.

CAB DOORS
QTY: 1
Four (4) side-opening doors shall be provided. The cab doors shall be shortened to the floorboard level thus leaving an exposed step well area at each cab entrance. The cab doors shall be totally constructed of aluminum with an extruded aluminum frame and an aluminum outer door skin. The forward cab door opening shall be a minimum of 37" wide and the rear cab door opening shall be a minimum of 37" wide.

The rearward cab doors shall have a radius cutout allowing the door opening to protrude forward over the cab wheel well, while providing full access to the rear crew area. There shall be a heavy duty, piano type, stainless steel hinge on each door of a minimum pin diameter of 3/8". Hinges shall be slotted for ease of horizontal and vertical adjustment. There shall be a cab door seal and the doors shall close flush with the side of the cab. A heavy duty 6" wide belting material shall be utilized to prevent the cab doors from opening greater than 90 degrees.

CAB DOOR INSULATION
QTY: 1
A 1/4" insulation panel shall be installed in each cab door. This insulation panel shall provide an additional acoustical barrier as well as help with heating/cooling properties of the apparatus.

HIDDEN WEATHER STRIP
QTY: 1
The cab doors shall be equipped with a weather strip seal track on the lower portion of the door. Bolt-on tracks shall be provided to allow for a snap-on replaceable weather stripping to be changed easily and shall be fastened in place with nutserts to ensure longevity.

CAB DOOR LATCHES
QTY: 1
Heavy-duty, bright finish cast paddle latches shall be provided on the interior and exterior of each cab door.

Door latch mechanisms which utilize spring steel clamps shall not be considered due to their tendency to both rust and break.

The interior door latch cables/rods are to be designed to reduce adjustment or possible wear at the adjustment turnbuckles.

KEY MODEL #751
QTY: 1
The specified door lock cylinder/s shall be equipped with #751 key/s.

DOOR LOCKS
QTY: 1
Each exterior cab door shall be equipped with keyed locks.

The cab doors shall be capable of being locked from the outside with a key and manually from the inside or with a momentary switch that shall either lock or unlock the doors.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 15
A switch shall be provided on both the driver and officer side of the cab dash.

ELECTRIC WINDOWS
QTY: 1
Each side cab door shall have a tinted retractable window. The window track shall be designed into the door frame extrusion, which shall be extruded with a track groove to house a window track and seal. The window shall be capable of being removed from an access slot designed in the bottom of the door frame.

All side cab doors shall be equipped with electrically operated windows. Power window controls for all doors shall be provided on the driver's lower wing dash panel. The officer side power window control shall be on the officer's lower wing dash panel.

The control for each rear door shall be a rocker type, automotive style switch located on the inside door panel within easy reach.

CAB DOOR WINDOW SILL PROTECTION
QTY: 1
Brushed stainless steel protection caps shall be provided on each door interior window sill.

The caps shall be fabricated from 18-gauge brushed stainless steel and cover from the window edge down over the sill and meet the inner door panel top edge.

DOOR PANELS
QTY: 1
The cab door interior panels shall be covered with a brushed stainless steel panel, at full height.

The panel shall be 16 gauge stainless steel with a brushed finish and shall be designed to allow easy access to the inner door.

WINDSHIELD
QTY: 1
A two piece, symmetrical, safety glass windshield shall be provided on the cab for the driver and officer providing a clear viewing area.

The windshields shall be full width to the center of the front cab support for each side and provide the occupants with a panoramic view.

To provide enhanced peripheral vision on each side of the cab, the windshield and cab structure shall be designed with radius corners, which provide a minimum of 8" of glass area, measured from the glass face to the side edge near the door post.

The windshield shall consist of three (3) layers; the outer light, the middle safety laminate and the inner light.

The thick outer light layer shall provide superior chip resistance, the middle safety laminate layer shall prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage and the inner light shall provide yet another chip resistant layer.

The windshield will be a contour design with 3244 sq. in. of area for improved visibility and style.

The windshield glass shall be designed so it can be used on either the driver or officer side.

Single piece windshields that utilize epoxy or that are bonded to the cab structure shall not be acceptable.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS & WASHERS
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 16
Dual, electric operated, pantographic type windshield wipers shall be provided.

One (1) electric drive motor shall be provided for each wiper.

Wipers shall have "HI/LO" and "INTERMITTENT" operating speeds. "HI/LO" speeds shall be controlled by a steering column control, within the turn signal control stem. "INTERMITTENT" operation shall be controlled by a twist switch within the control on the steering column.

The wipers shall be of the self-parking type.

Windshield washers shall be electric operated wet-arm type with a 1/2 gallon washer fluid reservoir, mounted behind a hinged access door in the officer side front cab step well area. The fluid level shall be visible through a cutout in the access door. This door shall be secured with two thumb latches.

The washer control shall be integral with the intermittent wiper control switch.

There shall be individual removable panels on the front face of the cab for access to the wiper motor assemblies.

Windshield wipers shall survive testing in excess of 3 million cycles in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 “Windshield Wiper Systems – Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles”.

The bidder shall certify that the wiper system design has been “Third party tested” and that the wiper system has met this criteria.

SIDE VIEWING WINDOWS
QTY: 1
A fixed, tinted window with 620 sq. in of glass area shall be provided on each side of the cab behind the forward cab doors.

This window will be the same height as the window in the rear cab door for maximum visibility.

DARK TINT WINDOWS
QTY: 1
The windshield and the forward cab door glass shall be provided with standard DOT, green automotive tint.

If provided, the side cab windows to the rear of the front doors, the rear cab door windows, and any rear viewing windows shall be equipped with a dark, automotive tint.

CAB GRAB RAILS EXTERIOR
QTY: 1
1-1/4" diameter x 28" long, knurled bright anodized aluminum handrails shall be provided.

There will be one (1) at each cab door entrance.

Grab rail stanchions shall be chrome plated and offset when necessary to prevent "hand-pinching" when opening or closing the doors.

Formed rubber gaskets shall be provided between each stanchion base and the cab surface.

CAB GRAB HANDLES, INTERIOR
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 17
Grab rails shall be provided to assist in entry and exiting of the cab. Each grab rail shall be a cast aluminum "D" style handle that shall have a black powder coat finish and shall be located in the following locations:
• One (1) 11" long, horizontally mounted on each front cab door on the interior door panel • One (1) 11" long, horizontally mounted on each rear cab door on the interior door panel INTERIOR "A" & "C" POST GRAB HANDLES-BLACK
QTY: 1
Three (3) 12" long, vertically mounted, one (1) on the driver's side cab interior on the “A” post and one (1) each side of the cab interior on the “C” post in the crew area.

FRONT CAB GRILLE
QTY: 1
A square mirror finished stainless steel grille shall be installed to allow for maximum air flow to the charge air cooler and the radiator. The top of the grille will have a flat area for the manufacturers emblem.

A four (4) inch wide solid band shall extend across the middle of the grill for lettering or lighting options.

SIDE CAB GRILLES
QTY: 1
Two (2) rectangle, mirror finished stainless steel air inlets/outlets shall be provided horizontally above the wheel well opening, one on each side of the cab.

The grilles shall be equipped with a mesh screen to serve as a secondary ember separator.

The design shall permit proper ducting of air through the engine compartment and cooling system.

This system shall be such that particles larger than .039 inches (1 mm) in diameter cannot reach the air filter element.

CAB EXTERIOR REAR WALL
QTY: 1
A bright finish tread plate overlay shall be provided over the entire exterior rear cab wall.

The tread plate overlay shall be sealed with caulking around the edges to prevent moisture from getting between the cab and the overlay.

CAB WHEEL WELL LINERS - ALUMINUM
QTY: 1
The front cab, wheel wells shall be equipped with fully removable bolt-in aluminum inner wheel well liners.

The liners shall extend full depth into the truck frame.

The completely washable wheel well liners shall be designed to protect the cab substructure, inner panels, and other miscellaneous installed components from road salts, debris, dirt accumulation and corrosion.

ALUMINUM CAB FENDERETTES
QTY: 1
The cab wheel well openings shall be trimmed with replaceable, bolt-in, polished aluminum fenderettes.

The fenderettes shall be secured to the cab with stainless steel, threaded fasteners along the internal perimeter of the wheel well.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 18
Dissimilar metal tape and black vinyl trim molding shall be used where the cab and fender meet.

FRONT MUD FLAPS
QTY: 1
Heavy duty, black rubber type mud flaps shall be provided behind the front wheels.

CAB MIRRORS
QTY: 1
Two (2) Velvac V-MAX mirrors shall be furnished (kit 717435). Each mirror shall have a 98.7 sq. inch, flat glass viewing area and a 30 sq, inch, convex viewing area in a one piece, injection molded, chrome plated, ABS, plastic housing.

Each head will be electrically heated and motorized with controls on the driver's lower wing panel.

Mirror heads shall be installed on 17 long, pivoting, tubular, aluminum arms that are installed in model 2030 bus style brackets with one on each side of the front corner cab radius. The arms and heads shall be adjustable for optimum viewing. Each mirror shall have an arrow type turn signal indicator in the outboard area of the flat, glass head. These indicators shall work in conjunction with the turn signals.

Each mirror shall also include a LEM camera for side visibility that is compatible with the on board camera system. This camera shall have CMOS technology to prevent smear or blooming so visibility is maintained under sunlight, glare, and bright headlight conditions.

MIRROR CONTROL
QTY: 1
In addition to the switches on the driver's lower wing panel, the mirror position and heat (if applicable) controls shall be programmed into the multiplex control screen.

DOOR WIDTH, X-MFD, LFD & X-LFD - 100" SS
QTY: 1
Cab Entry Door Width Dimensions:
• Forward door opening 37" wide
• Rear door opening 37" wide
Cab Entry Step Dimensions:
• Forward door recessed step 29 3/4" wide x 8-1/2" deep • Rear door recessed step 25 3/4" wide x 8-1/2" deep

INTERIOR TRIM- GRAY VINYL
QTY: 1
The cab interior shall be constructed to create an ergonomically designed interior to be user friendly and functional for the driver and officer.

The forward overhead panel shall be a fabricated module, which shall have six (6), 3" diameter, adjustable, windshield defroster/heat vents and four (4) comfort vents.

All interior upholstery panels shall be gray in color.

The upholstered cab overhead and side wall portions shall utilize vinyl upholstery with padding underneath to provide additional insulation.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 19

INTERIOR CAB WALL GRAY VINYL
QTY: 1
The interior rear wall of the cab shall be covered with gray vinyl for durability and shall match the other upholstered areas of the cab.

CAB FLOORING
QTY: 1
The floor of the driver’s compartment and the floor of the crew area shall be lined with Baryfol vinyl composite flooring to comply with NFPA noise and heat requirements.

ACOUSTICAL INSULATION
QTY: 1
One (1) inch thick acoustical insulation shall be provided on the cab roof, rear and side walls of the cab.

This material shall be fitted between the cab structural members and secured with adhesive to provide an insulation barrier for noise and heat.

ENGINE ENCLOSURE ACCESS
QTY: 1
A composite, hinged access door shall be provided in the top rearward portion of the engine enclosure.

The door shall allow access to the engine oil, transmission fluid, power steering fluid level dipsticks. The access door shall be provided with a flush mounted latch. The underside of the access door shall be insulated.

HD SOUNDPROOFING/ INSULATION PACKAGE UNDER ENGINE
QTY: 1
The underside of the engine enclosure shall be overlaid with Milcut, MilShield insulation. MilShield can withstand temperatures up to 1300°F. To ensure a clean, smooth surface, this material shall have a heavy aluminum foil covering and shall be retained by aluminum panels fastened to the cab structure as needed. Any gaps in this insulation barrier shall be sealed with 3M #425 aluminized high temperature tape.

HD SOUNDPROOFING/INSULATION BETWEEN UPHOLSTERY
QTY: 1
To further reduce the noise and heat levels inside the cab, 1/4" foam upholstery material shall be installed on all interior surfaces of the engine enclosure, below the upholstery material.

ENGINE ENCLOSURE OVERLAY MATERIAL
QTY: 1
The forward portion of the engine enclosure shall be covered with vinyl material formed overlay to match the balance of the cab interior. To allow maximum "elbow room" for the driver and officer, the forward portion of the engine enclosure shall feature a contour shape. The engine enclosure shall not significantly obstruct the driver's vision in any direction. The enclosure shall be an integral part of the cab structure, which shall be constructed from material providing adequate strength to support radio, map boxes, etc.

The engine enclosure shall be insulated to protect from heat and sound. The noise insulation shall keep the DBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA series 1901 pamphlet.

BRUSHED S/S SCUFF PLATES DS
QTY: 1
A brushed stainless steel scuff plate shall be provided on the vertical surface of the driver side engine enclosure.

The scuff plates shall extend a minimum of 6" above the floor.

BRUSHED S/S SCUFF PLATES OS
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 20
A brushed stainless steel scuff plate shall be provided on the vertical surface of the officer side engine enclosure.

The scuff plates shall extend a minimum of 6" above the floor.

BRUSHED S/S SCUFF PLATES REAR
QTY: 1
A brushed stainless steel scuff plate shall be provided on the vertical surface of the rear engine enclosure.

The scuff plates shall extend a minimum of 6" above the floor.

SUN VISORS
QTY: 1
To provide maximum protection for the driver and officer, two (2) padded vinyl sun visors shall be mounted in the cab overhead on each side.

OVERHEAD PANEL, FABRICATED CENTER THREE WING PANEL
QTY: 1
An overhead console with a center three piece removeable panel assembly shall be provided on the cab roof between the driver and officer to permit installation of the multiplex smaller sized control screens and other components as space allows.

The overhead console shall be painted to match the interior of the cab.

The overhead console shall not obstruct the driver's vision through the officer's side window.

SEAT AND SEAT BELT ANCHOR TESTING
QTY: 1
Each seat belt anchor shall be tested to withstand 3,000lbs of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 210 section 4.2.

Each seat mounting position shall be tested to withstand 20G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 207 section 4.2(c).

Both tests shall be performed and verified at a third party testing and evaluation center.

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS UNDER FRONT SEATS
QTY: 1
There shall be a compartment provided under each front seat.

Each compartment shall be accessible from the front of the seat riser when the door is opened.

DRIVERS SEAT, VALOR AIR SUSPENSION, ABTS
QTY: 1
The driver's seat shall be a Valor, air suspension, race back bucket ABTS LH seat.

The seat shall have a contoured and padded seat cushion with adjustable lumbar support.

The seat shall have a horizontal, slide adjustment and a vertical height adjustment with an adjustable back recline.

The seat air suspension shall be pneumatically controlled from a switch on the forward, lower edge of the seat.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 21
The seat shall be equipped with a red, integrated, 3-point shoulder harness with a lap belt, and a dual retractor belt configuration.

It should have ready reach built into the seat assembly.

OFFICERS SEAT, VALOR - AIR SUSPENSION, ABTS
QTY: 1
The officer's seat shall be a Valor air suspension, ABTS RH, bucket seat.

The seat shall have a contoured and padded seat cushion with adjustable lumbar support.

The seat shall have a horizontal slide adjustment and a vertical height adjustment with adjustable back recline.

The seat air suspension shall be pneumatically controlled from a switch on the forward, lower edge of the seat.

The seat shall be equipped with a red, integrated, 3-point shoulder harness with lap belt, and a dual retractor belt configuration with ready reach built into the seat assembly.

VALOR BUCKET, ABTS, FWD FACING, OUTBOARD, DS
QTY: 1
The driver's side outboard forward facing crew seat shall be a Valor ABTS LH fixed base bucket seat.

The seat shall have a contoured and padded seat cushion.

The seat shall be equipped with a red, integrated, 3-point shoulder harness with lap belt and a dual retractor belt configuration with ready reach built into the seat assembly.

FORWARD FACING SEAT, OUTBOARD, DS
QTY: 1
The driver's side outboard, forward facing, crew seat shall have a flip-up style seat.

VALOR BUCKET ABTS - FORWARD FACING, OUTBOARD, OS
QTY: 1
The officer's side outboard, forward facing, crew seat shall be a Valor ABTS RH fixed base bucket seat.

The seat shall have a contoured and padded seat cushion.

The seat shall be equipped with a red, integrated, 3-point shoulder harness with lap belt and a dual retractor belt configuration with ready reach built into the seat assembly.

FORWARD FACING SEAT, OUTBOARD, OS
QTY: 1
The officer's side outboard forward facing crew seat shall have a flip-up style seat.

VALOR CUSTOM EMBROIDERED EMBLEM ON SEATS
QTY: 1
The seats shall be equipped with a custom embroidered logo, matching the fire department's requirements.

SEAT ADJUSTMENT NOTICE
QTY: 1
If equipped, adjustable seats may be limited by outside factors such as optional installed equipment (ie. ems compartments, battery chargers, SCBA cylinder brackets) and seat placement.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 22

VALOR SEATING MATERIAL - BLACK CORDURA
QTY: 1
The seats shall be upholstered with Black Cordura material with black stitching as provided by Valor.

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
QTY: 1
A Class 1 Vehicle Data Recorder (VDR) system shall be provided.

The system shall include an NFPA compliant, "Black Box" with reporting software that shall be capable of data storage to coincide with the NFPA requirements.

Data storage capabilities shall include interfaces with the following systems:
• Display module (Master Optical Warning Device)
• VDR, date time stamp
• Max Vehicle speed (MPH)
• Vehicle acceleration / deceleration (MPH/Sec.)
• Engine Speed (RPM)
• ABS event
• Data password protected
• Data sampled once per second, in 48-hour loop
• Data sampled min by min for 100 engine hours
• Throttle position (% of Throttle)
• Data software
• PC / Mac Compatible
• Data summary reports
The VDR data shall be downloadable by USB cable to a computer using either Microsoft or Apple operating systems.

SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM
QTY: 1
The apparatus shall be equipped with a Class 1, seat belt warning system.

The system shall consist of a seat belt module and shall display the seating positions through the main, UltraView screen.

FIVE (5) SEATING POSITIONS
QTY: 1
Seat belt and seat cushion sensors shall be provided on the five (5) specified seating positions.

DELETE - 4FRONT - FRONTAL AIR BAG SYSTEM
QTY: 1

EXTERNAL CAB EMS COMPARTMENT, DS
QTY: 1
An externally accessible storage compartment shall be mounted in the cab.

The compartment shall be approximately 23 7/8" deep x 24 1/4 " high x 23 7/8" wide.

The door opening shall be approximately 20" high x 20" wide.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 23
The compartment shall be constructed of aluminum and painted to match the interior color of the cab.

Lastly, it shall be equipped with a hinged flush mount door hinged at the front of the compartment with a painted finish.

The door shall be held in the open position by a gas shock, stay arm.

JOB COLOR COMPT DS INTERIOR W/SPATTER PAINT
QTY: 1
The interior of the compartments shall be a finish painted, job color with a scuff resistant, webbing type paint of a contrasting color applied over the painted surfaces.

LIGHTING
QTY: 1
The EMS compartment shall be equipped with A Amdor LED interior light(s).

The lighting shall be wired to automatically activate when the compartment door is open and the master battery switch is in the "on" position.

EXTERNAL CAB EMS COMPARTMENT, OS
QTY: 1
An externally accessible storage compartment shall be mounted in the cab.

The compartment shall be approximately 23 7/8" deep x 24 1/4 " high x 23 7/8" wide.

The door opening shall be approximately 20" high x 20" wide.

The compartment shall be constructed of aluminum and painted to match the interior color of the cab.

Lastly, it shall be equipped with a hinged flush mount door hinged at the front of the compartment with a painted finish.

The door shall be held in the open position by a gas shock stay arm.

JOB COLOR COMPT OSINTERIOR W/SPATTER PAINT
QTY: 1
The interior of the compartments shall be finish, painted, job color with a scuff resistant, webbing type paint of a contrasting color applied over the painted surfaces.

LIGHTING
QTY: 1
The EMS compartment shall be equipped with A Amdor LED interior light(s).

The lighting shall be wired to automatically activate when the compartment door is open and the master battery switch is in the "on" position.

CAB EMS COMPARTMENT
QTY: 1
A storage compartment shall be mounted against the rear wall of the cab crew area. The compartment shall be approximately 18" deep x 53" high (depending on roof height) x 36" wide. The door opening shall be approximately 49" high x 32" wide.

The compartment shall be constructed of smooth aluminum and shall be equipped with a roll-up door.

The compartment shall be painted with textured paint, matching the interior color of the cab.

ADJUSTABLE SHELVE(S)
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 24
QTY: 2
A adjustable shelf shall be provided in the EMS compartment. The shelf shall be constructed from 3/16" brush aluminum mounted to uni-strut tracking material.

LIGHTING
QTY: 2
The EMS compartment shall be equipped with the noted quantity Amdor LED interior light(s). The lighting shall be wired to automatically activate when the compartment door is open and the master battery switch is in the "on" position.

KEYED LOCK FOR EMS COMPARTMENT
QTY: 1
The EMS compartment door shall be equipped with a keyed lock.

ENGINE ENCLOSURE STORAGE MODULE
QTY: 1
A storage module shall be installed on the center doghouse area between the driver and officer.

The module shall be constructed of 1/8" aluminum and the finish shall match the cab interior finish.

The module shall include two (2) cup holders, a pen tray, a flat open storage area for notebooks, six (6) divided storage area's for 3-ring binders, and four (4) slide in storage area's two (2) accessible from each side of the cab.

COMPUTER TERMINAL IN FRONT OF OFFICER
QTY: 1
There shall be a flat working surface area in front of the officer.

HEATER/DEFROSTER & ACCESSORIES
QTY: 1
A climate-control system shall be provided for total cab environmental comfort as well as provide heat, cooling and defrost capabilities to various areas in the cab.

The system shall consist of a single evaporator unit, mounted in the center overhead of the cab.

The ceiling mounted external evaporator/heater unit shall include the following:
• Heavy-duty, high output blower.
• High efficiency coil that includes "rifled" tubing and oversized header tubes for maximum refrigerant distribution.
• Four (4) 2" diameter, adjustable louvers; two (2) each side of the cab overhead, facing the driver and officer seat positions.
• Six (6) larger louvers evenly spaced, forward of the overhead assembly, facing the windshield. • Multi-vent defroster louvers positioned above the windshield will provide adequate airflow for windshield defrost.
• Four (4) lower vents shall be provided, one (1) below the driver and officer seat positions and one (1) under each outboard rear facing crew seat.
• Twelve (12) vents shall be provided on the HVAC unit for crew comfort. • Damper controls shall be pneumatically operated to provide air discharge to the windshield, front overhead air discharge louvers as required.
• An adjustable electric water valve to control the amount of heat.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 25
• Housing shall be fully insulated and enclosed.
• BTU: 63,200 A/C
• BTU: 78,000 Heat
• CFM: 680 Heat as mounted in the cab
• CFM: 680 A/C as mounted in the cab
The ceiling mounted evaporator unit/s shall be designed with an ergonomically designed cover to provide maximum headroom and a pleasing appearance with a crinkle coat texture and include a deep well condensate collection pan, which shall be drained by a gravity system into the rear corners of the engine compartment utilizing stainless steel drain poles.

Evaporator units shall be mounted on the cab roof, enclosed by aluminum panels painted white. The evaporator louvers and controls shall penetrate the cab roof into occupant compartments to the least extent practicable. Evaporator units shall be mounted on the cab ceiling, enclosed by a black painted aluminum cover.

A serviceable foam intake filter shall be installed on the rear of the evaporator.

All defrost/heating systems will be plumbed with one (1) seasonal shut-off valve mounted in the officer side wheel well area.

A 12-volt roof top dual condenser shall be mounted on the cab roof. The condenser shall be designed with high performance, long life fan assemblies with sealed housings and shaft. The condenser and coil design shall include rifled tubing for maximum efficiency. Each coil shall be painted black. The condenser unit must include a receiver drier with a high and low pressure switch. The wire harness shall include necessary wiring for the clutch circuit as well as a separate power relay circuit.

Mounting design shall enable easy servicing of all components and unit replacement if necessary.

The system shall utilize one (1) Valeo TM-31 HD engine mounted compressor driven by a Poly “V” serpentine belt installed in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. The system shall use R134a refrigerant. The air conditioner lines shall be EATON GH001 EverCool SAE J2064 Type E hose secured using EATON E-Z Clip system components.

Air conditioning hoses shall be #10 hose for discharge and #12 hose for suction with steel hose and end fittings provided at the compressor. The heater hose installation shall not incorporate a copper tube manifold.

The air conditioning system shall be configured to only operate when the vehicle's engine is running. The blowers, in both evaporators, shall be in operation whenever the air conditioning system is activated.

Heater-defroster shall have a three-speed electric fan with illuminated controls. The controls system shall actuate the air-distribution system with air cylinders, which are to be separated from the air brake system by an 85-90 psi pressure protection valve.

The 12-volt system for the air conditioners shall have first priority to be load managed.

The heater/defroster unit shall clear the windshield in half-the-time required by SAE standards.

PAINT ROOF MOUNTED CONDENSOR
QTY: 1
The roof mounted, air conditioning, condenser housing(s) shall be painted to match the cab roof color.

TREAD PLATE OVERLAY ON ROOF MOUNTED CONDENSOR
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 26
The roof mounted air conditioning condenser housing shall have a tread plate overlay on the top of the unit.

HVAC CONTROLS
QTY: 1
HVAC controls shall be provided on the driver's overhead wing panel, consisting of a mode selector control, front fan speed, rear fan speed, air conditioning on/off and temperature range selection.

The controls shall be clearly labeled, adequately backlit.

The multiplex system control screen shall also contain all controls for the cab HVAC control system.

ACTIVE AIR PURIFICATION SYSTEM
QTY: 1
An Active Air Purification system shall be provided. The system utilizes RGF’s Photohydroionization® Cell (PHI-Cell®) technology which produces hydro-peroxides, and hydroxide ions. The resulting Advanced Oxidation Process reduces airborne mold, bacteria, viruses and odors up to 99%.

The unit shall have a stainless steel housing and contain a fan to move air across the PHI cell and out of the housing.

The system shall be wired to the vehicle 12 volt system. The unit shall be powered on either when the shore power is connected or the apparatus ignition power is switched on. The air purification system shall be installed in the crew area as specified.

CAB TILT SYSTEM
QTY: 1
A hydraulic cab lift system shall be provided, consisting of an electric-powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves.

The cab tilt mechanism shall be custom designed for ease of maintenance and consist of two (2) hydraulic cylinders connect to the cab and the frame assembly.

Hydraulic lines shall be rated at 20,000 PSI burst pressure.

The hydraulic cylinders shall be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position.

Hydraulic cylinders shall be detachable to allow removal of the engine for major service.

A remote cable operated mechanical cylinder stay bar and release shall be provided to insure a positive lock in the tilted position.

The two (2) rear cab latches shall be of the hydraulic pressure release, automatic re-latching type and provide an automatic positive lock when the cab is lowered.

The tilt pump shall be electric over hydraulic type, with a pressure rating of not less than 4,000 PSI. Additionally, the cab tilt device shall be both electrically and hydraulically interlocked to prevent inadvertent activation of the cab tilt system.
• A "CAB NOT LATCHED" indicator shall be provided in the cab dash-warning cluster. • A dual switch control system shall be provided for the cab tilt, located on the passenger side of the vehicle or on the optional tether control. System shall consist of two (2) position toggle switch along with a rubber covered push button momentary switch, which must be activated for the cab to raise or lower.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 27

MANUAL CAB TILT
QTY: 1
An auxiliary, manual cab, lift backup system shall be furnished inside the passenger side of the pump enclosure or front compartment for use in the event of total electrical shutdown.

The removable handle shall be provided as loose equipment.

SECONDARY SAFETY LOCK
QTY: 1
A secondary, swing down, safety bar shall be applied to the driver side cab tilt cylinder with a manual lock to engage the lock, as required for extended service operations.

PARKING BRAKE/CAB TILT INTERLOCK
QTY: 1
The cab tilt control shall be equipped with an interlock.

This shall disable the cab tilt system in the event the parking brake is not applied.

FRAME ASSEMBLY
QTY: 1
The chassis frame shall be assembled in its entirety at the manufacturer's facility. This will prevent any split responsibility in warranty or service.

The frame shall consist of two (2) channels, fastened together by cross members. All structural fasteners used in the frame shall be Grade 8 hardware. Hardened steel washers shall be used under all bolt heads and nuts to avoid stress concentrations. Top flange shall be free of bolt heads. All spring hangers shall be machined, steel castings. Frame assemblies that are welded or assembled with Huck type fasteners are not acceptable.

Each main frame rail shall be 10-1/4" x 4" x 3/8", fabricated from Domex 110,000 PSI minimum yield steel, with a minimum section modulus of 18.396 cu in. and a resisting bending moment (RBM) of 2,023,560 inch pounds. Frames are built for the specific apparatus under construction so that no unnecessary holes or modifications are made to the frame assembly.

The chassis frame assembly, consisting of frame rails, cross members, axles, and steering gear(s), shall be finish painted before installation of any electrical wiring, fuel system components, or air system components. All components or brackets fastened to the frame rails shall be cleaned, primed, and painted prior to being attached to the frame rails.

FRONT BUMPER
QTY: 1
A 12" high, 101" wide, two (2) ribbed, bright finish, stainless steel, front bumper shall be provided.

The bumper shall be a wrapped design to match the contour of the front cab sheet.

FRONT BUMPER EXTENSION
QTY: 1
The bumper shall be extended 7" with a polished aluminum, tread plate, gravel shield enclosing the top and ends.

TOW EYES
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 28
Two (2) painted steel tow eyes shall be fastened directly to the bumper support structure that extends below the bumper.

The tow eyes shall be fastened with grade 8 bolts and nuts.

FRONT AXLE
QTY: 1
The Steertek NXT front axle beam shall be rated to carry 22,000 lbs. and consist of a fabricated box cross section construction with 100ksi plate and a continuous beam architecture to minimize stress points for added durability.

The axle shall incorporate a removable kingpin feature for ease of kingpin serviceability. The knuckles shall allow for compatibility with disc brakes mounted at the 12 o’clock position and with drum brakes, and allow for wheel cut up to 45 degrees. They shall also utilize premium kingpin bushings and seals to provide enhanced protection from the elements to improve bushing life. Oil seals with viewing window shall be provided.

The suspension shall consist of multi-leaf parabolic springs rated at 22,000 lbs with double wrapped front eye that are packaged within an integrated clamp group that allows for ease of OEM assembly on to the axle beam and reduced part count. The clamp group bolts are tightened on the top of the clamp group opposed to the traditional U-bolt on the bottom making it easier to access with a torque wrench for servicing. The spring shall also include a lower shock attachment with an upturned eye. The springs will contain threaded pin bushings to allow simplification of spring alignment as well as long service life and improved ride quality. The suspension and spring geometry will be optimized to provide improved bump steer and Ackermann. Two ZF Sachs twin-tube shocks shall be provided with the front suspension assembly. The shocks shall be specially developed for parabolic leaf springs with a digressive characteristic curve using a patented piston system. The shocks shall feature multi-stage piston and base valves. The combination of valves shall achieve the desired damping characteristics that are ideal for the application.

Meritor EX-225 H, 17" disc brakes shall be provided for the front axle.

The front brakes shall be full air actuated with automatic, slack adjustment.

STEERING SYSTEM
QTY: 1
A dual power steering system shall be provided utilizing a Sheppard model #M110 main steering gear on the driver side of the chassis and a Sheppard model #M90 steering gear on the officer side of the chassis.

The power steering gear on the officer side of the chassis shall increase performance in turning the officer side wheel assembly, reducing loads and forces on the main gear and components.

The steering system shall be designed to maximize the turning capabilities of the front axle no matter the rating and tire size.

The use of a power assist cylinder on the officer side of the chassis is NOT ACCEPTABLE on front axles of this capacity.

The system shall be designed utilizing an engine driven hydraulic pump, with a maximum operating pressure of 2000 PSI.

Steering system components shall be mounted in accordance with the steering gear manufacturer's instructions.

STEERING COLUMN
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 29
QTY: 1
The steering column shall be a “Douglas Autotech” tilt and telescope column.

A lever mounted on the side of the column shall control the tilt and telescope features.

The steering shaft from the column to the miter box shall have a rubber boot to cover the shaft slip and a second rubber boot to seal the passage hole in the floor.

There shall be a ergonomically designed, self-canceling lever, that shall control the following functions:
• Left and right turn signals
• High beam activation
• Two speed with intermittent windshield wiper control
• Windshield washer control
18" STEERING WHEEL
QTY: 1
The steering wheel shall be a four (4) spoke, vinyl padded, minimum 18" diameter, with a center hub mounted horn button.

REAR AXLE
QTY: 1
Rear axle shall be a single, Meritor RS-30-185 with a capacity of 31,000 lbs. (Minimum). Axle shall be a single reduction axle with hypoid gearing and oil-lubricated wheel bearings.

Oil seals shall be provided as standard equipment.

REAR BRAKES
QTY: 1
Brakes shall be "S" Cam, 16-1/2" x 8 5/8" size, and shall be full air actuated with automatic, slack adjusters.

VEHICLE TOP SPEED NFPA STATEMENT
QTY: 1
The rear axle/s (will/shall) be geared for a vehicle top speed in accordance with NFPA sections 4.15.2 and 4.15.3.

Units with GVWR over 26,000 pounds (will/shall) be limited to 68 mph. If the combined tank capacity is over 1250 gallons of foam and water or the GVWR is over 50,000 pounds, the vehicle top speed (will/shall) be limited to 60 mph or the fire service rating of the tires, whichever is lower.

REAR SUSPENSION
QTY: 1
The drive axle, air-ride suspension shall be a heavy-duty, severe fire service rated, 31,000 lb. capacity Neway model AD-130 with heavy-duty, air springs and heaviest duty, available hardware and urethane bushings.

Dual air leveling valves shall be provided for side to side leveling of air suspension.

The suspension shall be self-leveling from front to back and side to side and shall have restricted inlet and outlet ports to control sudden air loss.

The suspension shall be provided with quick-change type air bags and spring loaded snubbers.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 30
The Neway rear suspension warranty will be three (3) years.

FRONT WHEELS
QTY: 1
The front wheels shall be 22.5" x 12.25" ten stud, hub piloted, polished aluminum disc type.

FRONT TIRES
QTY: 1
The front tires shall be Goodyear 425/65R22.5, "20 Ply", tubeless, radial Armor Max MSA, on/off road tread.

The tires shall be fire service rated up to 22,800 lbs and shall have a top speed of 68 mph when inflated to 120 psi.

REAR WHEELS
QTY: 1
The single rear axle wheels shall be 22.5" x 9" ten stud, hub piloted polished aluminum disc type.

REAR TIRES
QTY: 1
The rear tires shall be Goodyear 315/80R22.5, "20 Ply", tubeless, radial, G751-MSA, highway tread.

The tires shall be fire service rated up to 35,400 lbs and shall have a top speed of 68 mph when inflated to 130 psi.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
QTY: 1
Each tire shall be equipped with an LED tire alert pressure management system (Vecsafe equal) that shall monitor tire pressure. A chrome plated brass sensor shall be provided on the valve stem of each tire.

The sensor shall calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 20 and 120 psi.

The sensor shall activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 8 psi.

AIR BRAKE SYSTEM
QTY: 1
A dual circuit, air operated braking system, meeting the design and performance requirements of FMVSS -121 and the operating test requirements of NFPA 1901 current edition shall be installed.

The air system shall provide a rapid air build-up feature and low-pressure protection valve with light and buzzer, designed to meet the requirements of NFPA 1901, current edition.

ABS SYSTEM
QTY: 1
An Anti-Skid Braking System (ABS) shall be provided to improve braking control and reduce stopping distance. This braking system shall be fitted to all of the axles. All electrical connections shall be environmentally sealed, water, weatherproof, and vibration resistant.

The system shall constantly monitor wheel behavior during braking. Sensors on each wheel shall transmit wheel speed data to an electronic processor which shall sense approaching wheel lock causing instant brake pressure modulation up to 5 times per second in order to prevent wheel lockup. Each wheel shall be individually controlled.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 31
To improve service trouble shooting, provisions in the system for an optional diagnostic tester shall be provided. The system shall test itself each time the vehicle is started. A dash-mounted light shall go out once the vehicle has attained 4 mph after successful ABS start-up. A warning light shall signal malfunction to the operator. The system shall consist of a wheel mounted toothed ring, sensor, sensor clip, electronic control unit and solenoid control valve. The sensor clip shall hold the sensor in close proximity to the toothed ring.

The system shall also control application of the auxiliary engine exhaust or drive line brakes to prevent wheel lock.

AIR RESERVOIRS
QTY: 1
There shall be a minimum of three (3) air reservoirs installed in conformance with best automotive practices.

An additional 800 cu. in. air reservoir shall be provided for an air manifold.

Reservoir capacity total shall be a minimum of 5500 cubic inches.

A pressure protection valve shall be installed to prevent the use of air horns or other air operated devices should the air system pressure drop below 80 psi (552 kPa).

The air reservoirs shall be color coded to match the air lines for easy identification, maintenance, and troubleshooting.

The reservoirs shall be painted the following colors:
• Wet Tank Black
• Primary Tank Green
• Secondary Tank Blue
• Auxiliary Tank(s) Yellow.
1/4 TURN DRAIN VALVES SIDE OF BODY
QTY: 1
For ease of daily maintenance, each air system reservoir shall be equipped with a brass 1/4 turn drain valve.

The brass, quarter turn, air tank drains shall be remotely mounted to the side of the body on a labeled panel just forward of rear wheel for ease of maintenance.

HEATED AIR DRYER
QTY: 1
A Bendix AD-IS heated air dryer system shall be furnished. The function of the AD-IS dryer reservoir module (DRM) is to provide an integrated vehicle air dryer, secondary reservoir, purge reservoir, governor, and a number of the charging valve components in a module. The DRM dryer module includes an integrated solution air dryer (AD-IS), a reservoir including a separate purge reservoir section, a governor, and four pressure protection valves which have been designed as an integrated, air supply system.

The function of the AD-IS air dryer is to collect and remove air system contaminants in solid, liquid and vapor form before they enter the brake system. It provides clean, dry air to the components of the brake system which increases the life of the system and reduces maintenance costs. Daily, manual, draining of Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 32
the reservoirs is eliminated. The function of the pressure protection valves is to both control the order in which the components receive air from the AD-IS air dryer, as well as to protect each reservoir from a pressure loss in the other reservoir or a pressure loss in an air accessory.

An automatic, moisture ejector on the primary or wet tank shall also be furnished.

REINFORCED BRAIDED AIR BRAKE HOSE
QTY: 1
All airlines in the chassis shall be Aeroquip FC350 Series polyester and wire braided reinforced air brake hose with reusable steel fittings adequately protected from chafing.

All of the airlines ends will be color coded to correspond with an air system schematic and shall be adequately protected from heat and chafing and will be clamped in a neat workman-like manner.

WABCO AIR COMPRESSOR
QTY: 1
Air compressor shall be a Wabco brand, with a minimum of 18.7 cubic feet per minute capacity on L9 X15 models and 25.9 cubic feet per minute on X12 models.

Air brake system shall be the quick build up type.

The air compressor discharge line shall be stainless steel braid reinforced Teflon hose.

The chassis air system shall meet NFPA 1901, latest edition for rapid air pressure build-up within sixty (60) seconds from a completely discharged air system.

This system shall provide sufficient air pressure so that the apparatus has no brake drag and is able to stop under the intended operating conditions following the sixty (60) seconds build-up time.

BRAKE TREADLE VALVE
QTY: 1
A Bendix dual brake treadle valve shall be mounted on the floor in front of the driver.

The brake control shall be positioned to provide unobstructed access and comfort for the driver.

PARKING BRAKE CONTROL
QTY: 1
Parking brake shall be of the spring-actuated type, mounted on the rear axle brake chambers.

The parking brake control shall be mounted on the driver lower wing panel.

A red, indicator light shall be provided in the driver dash panel that shall illuminate when the parking brake is applied.

ENGINE
QTY: 1
Engine shall be a Cummins, Model X15 605, diesel, turbo-charged, per the following specifications:
• Max. Horsepower 605 HP @ 1600 RPM
• Governed Speed 2100 RPM
• Peak Torque 1850 lb. ft. @ 1150 RPM
• Cylinders Six (6)
• Operating Cycles Four (4)
• Bore Stroke 5.39 x 6.65 in.
• Displacement 912 cu. in.
• Compression Ratio 17.2:1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 33
• Governor Type Limiting Speed
Engine oil filters shall be engine manufacturers branded or approved equal.

Engine oil filters shall be accessible for ease of service and replacement.

ENGINE IQA CERTIFICATION - X15
QTY: 1
The Cummins X15 engine shall be certified by Cummins Power Systems for installation in the manufacturers custom chassis.

SECONDARY BRAKING
QTY: 1
An engine compression brake shall be furnished for increased braking capabilities.

Controls shall be as provided by the engine manufacturer and shall be activated by releasing the throttle pedal to the idle position.

The engine compression brake shall have dash mounted control switches to turn the brake on or off as well as to control the operational level of the brake.

The engine brake shall be wired in such a manner so as to illuminate the chassis brake lights when the engine brake is engaged and operating.

The engine brake shall be interlocked with the PTO operation and shall automatically disengage any time the apparatus is operating with the PTO active.

ENGINE AIR CLEANER
QTY: 1
An engine air cleaner shall be provided. The air cleaner shall include a dry type element and shall be installed in accordance with the engine manufacturer's recommendations.

The air cleaner shall be located to the rear of the engine, with streamline air pipes and hump hose connections from the inlet to the air cleaner and from the air cleaner to the turbo.

The air cleaner shall be easily accessible when the cab is tilted.

The air cleaner shall be plumbed to the air intake system that shall include a self sealing connection between the cab and air cleaner assembly to allow the cab to be tilted.

To draw fresh clean air, the intake for the air cleaner shall be on the side of the cab on the driver's side.

The inlet shall be a minimum of 41" above the ground to allow the vehicle to navigate through water without any part of the air intake system being below the frame rail, preventing any type of water intake.

There will be no exceptions.

EMBER SEPARATOR
QTY: 1
An ember separator shall be installed in the chassis air intake system.

The ember separator housing must be easily accessible when the cab is tilted.

ACCELERATOR PEDAL - FLOOR MOUNT
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 34
A floor mount accelerator pedal shall be installed on the floor in front of the driver.

The pedal shall be positioned for comfort with ample space for fire boots and adequate clearance from the brake pedal control.

REMOTE THROTTLE & INTERLOCK HARNESS
QTY: 1
An apparatus interface wiring harness for the engine shall be supplied with the chassis. If applicable, separate circuits shall be included for pump controls, “Pump Engaged” and “OK to Pump” indicator lights, open compartment ground, start signal, park brake ground, ignition signal, master power, customer ignition, air horn solenoid switch, high idle switch and high idle indication light.

The engine ECM (Electronic Control Module) discreet wire remote throttle circuit shall be turned off for use with a J1939 based pump controller or when the discreet wire remote throttle controls are not required.

COOLING SYSTEM
QTY: 1
The radiator and the complete cooling system shall meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

To provide maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core shall be constructed using long life aluminum alloy.

The core shall be made of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The tubes shall be brazed to aluminum headers.

No solder joints or leaded material of any kind shall be acceptable in the core assembly.

The radiator core shall have a height of 35.92" x a width of 37.62".

Supply and return tanks made of glass-reinforced nylon shall be crimped on to the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly.

The radiator shall be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

There shall be a full steel frame around the entire radiator core assembly.

The radiator core assembly shall be isolated within the steel frame by rubber inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator shall be mounted in such a manner as to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven ground.

The radiator assembly shall be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators.

The cooling system shall include a surge tank mounted to the top of the radiator framework that shall remove air in the system.

The surge tank shall be equipped with a sight glass to monitor the level of coolant.

The radiator shall be equipped with a dual seal cap that shall allow for expansion and recovery of coolant into a separate integral chamber.

The cooling system shall be designed for a maximum of fifteen (15) PSI operation.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 35
A drain port shall be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Extended life engine coolant shall provide anti-freeze protection to -30° F.

The mixture shall be per the engine manufacture's specifications.

COOLING SYSTEM CRITERIA
QTY: 1
The engine cooling system shall be certified by the engine manufacturer to meet cooling index requirements for a minimum ambient temperature or 110-degrees Fahrenheit.

TRANSMISSION COOLER
QTY: 1
A shell and tube transmission oil cooler shall be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.

The cooler shall have an aluminum shell and copper tubes.

The cooler shall be assembled using pressed in rubber tube sheets to mechanically create a reliable seal between the coolant and the oil.

No brazed, soldered, or welded connections shall be used to separate the coolant from the oil.

RADIATOR CROSS MEMBER
QTY: 1
The radiator installation shall include a radiator cross member for additional strength and durability.

This cross member shall be designed so the angle of approach is not affected.

HEAVY DUTY RADIATOR SKID PLATE
QTY: 1
The radiator installation shall include a heavy-duty radiator skid plate to protect the radiator from debris or obstructions under the chassis.

The skid plate shall be designed so the angle of approach is not effected.

This skid plate design shall include wire cover wing plates for additional protection to wires and hoses on each side of the radiator assembly.

The skid plate shall be painted to match the chassis.

CHARGED AIR COOLER (STACK MOUNT)
QTY: 1
The charge air cooler shall be constructed of aluminum with cast aluminum side tanks.

To not restrict air flow to the radiator, the charge air cooler shall designed to be an integral part of the radiator assembly, mounted directly on top of the radiator.

Rubber isolators shall be used at the mounting points to reduce transmission of vibrations.

Where applicable, the charge air cooler pipes shall be constructed of appropriately sized aluminized steel tubing with 0.06” wall thickness and formed hose barbs.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 36
The connections between these pipes, the engine and charged air cooler, shall be made using high temperature silicone hoses rated for use in temperature up to 500°F, and heavy duty constant tension TBolt spring hose clamps.

These connections shall adequately allow for movement of the engine relative to the charged air cooler.

Charge air coolers that are located in front of the radiator, that block or restrict air flow into the engine radiator or introduce above ambient temperature air into the radiator in any way shall not be used.

ENGINE FAN
QTY: 1
The engine cooling system shall incorporate a heavy duty fan, installed on the engine and include a shroud.

The fan shall be equipped with an air operated clutch fan, which shall activate at a pre-determined temperature range.

Recirculation shields shall be installed to ensure that air which has passed through the radiator is not drawn through it again.

COOLANT RECOVERY
QTY: 1
A coolant recovery system shall be provided and located near the battery box.

HEATER AND COOLANT HOSES/PIPING
QTY: 1
All coolant piping shall be powder coated steel tubing and formed hose barbs.

All engine enclosed connections between coolant pipes shall be made using silicone hoses rated from - 60F to+500F.

The connections will use constant torque hose clamps. Continental Blue Xtreme blue heater hoses shall be furnished for the heater system.

LOW COOLANT INDICATOR
QTY: 1
A low engine coolant indicator light located in the dash instrument panel shall be provided. An audible alarm shall be provided to warn of the low coolant condition.

TRANSMISSION
QTY: 1
An Allison World Transmission, Model 4500EVS (Wide Ratio), electronically controlled, automatic transmission shall be provided.

Transmission specifications shall be as follows:
• Max. Gross Input Power 600 HP
• Max. Gross Input Torque 1770 lb. ft.
• Input Speed (Range) 1700- 2300 RPM
• Direct Gear (Pumping) 4th (Lock-up)
Transmission installation shall be in accordance with the transmission manufacturer's specification.

The transmission shall be readily and easily removable for repairs or replacement.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 37
One (1) PTO opening shall be provided on both the left and right side of the converter housing (positions one (1) o'clock and eight (8) o'clock).

SIX (6) SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION - 4500 SERIES
QTY: 1
The transmission shall be calibrated for six (6) forward gears and one (1) reverse gear.

Each gear shall have the following ratios:
• First 4.70:1
• Second 2.21:1
• Third 1.53:1
• Fourth 1.00:1
• Fifth 0.76:1
• Sixth 0.67:1
• Reverse -5.55:1

ALLISON TRANSMISSIONS TOUCH PAD SHIFTER
QTY: 1
An illuminated, touch-pad type, shift control shall be mounted in the cab on the driver's lower wing panel.

Shift control shall be approved by the transmission manufacturer.

TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL SENSOR
QTY: 1
The transmission shall be equipped with the oil level sensor (OLS); this sensor shall allow the operator to obtain an indication of the fluid level from the shift selector.

The sensor display shall provide the following checks, correct fluid level, low fluid level and high fluid level.

ALLISON PARK TO NEUTRAL
QTY: 1
The transmission, upon application of the parking brake, shall automatically shift into neutral.

ALLISON PRESELECT PROGRAMMING
QTY: 1
The transmission shall have Allison Pre select enabled to automatically downshift when the secondary engine brake is active.

PRESELECT PROGRAMMED FOR 4TH GEAR
QTY: 1
The transmission shall be programmed to automatically downshift to 4th gear.

This feature shall be enabled/disabled with the main on/off switch for the engine brake.

TES 295 SYNTHETIC TRANS FLUID 4000 EVS
QTY: 1
TES 295 transmission fluid shall be utilized to fill the 4000 EVS transmission.

DRIVE LINES
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 38
Drive lines shallbe Dana (Spicer) 1810 heavy duty series or equal, with "glide coat" splines on all slip shafts.

The manufacturer shall utilize an electronic type balancing machine to statically and dynamically balance all drive shafts.

The manufacturer shall provide proof of compliance with all drive shaft manufacturer's standards and specifications. {No Exceptions}
Where applicable, the universal joints shall be the half loop style joints.

DEF TANK
QTY: 1
A five (5) gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank shall be provided and installed. The tank shall be mounted in the area of the battery box and shall be accessible through a door in the crew area step well.

The tank shall include an internal heater that will be fed by engine coolant directly from the engine block to ensure it is always kept at the proper temperature per EPA requirements. The tank shall include a temperature sensor to control the flow of the engine coolant from the heater valve to the DEF tank.

A DEF fluid level sensor shall be provided with the DEF tank and connected to the level gauge on the dashboard.

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL GAUGE
QTY: 1
Diesel Exhaust Fluid level (E-1/2-F); low fuel level warning @ 1/8 tank

EXHAUST SYSTEM
QTY: 1
The exhaust system shall be installed in accordance with the engine manufacturer's requirements and meet all Environmental Protection Agency and State noise level requirements.

Exhaust system components shall be securely mounted and easily removable.

The diesel particulate filter/muffler shall be fabricated from stainless steel and of a size compatible with the engine exhaust discharge.

Exhaust tubing shall be a minimum of 16 gauge stainless steel from the turbocharger on the engine to the inlet of the diesel particulate filter. Any flexible exhaust tubing shall be HDT stainless steel type.

To minimize heat build-up, exhaust tubing within the engine compartment shall be wrapped with an insulating material. Exhaust shall be wrapped from the turbocharger to the entrance of the muffler. Material shall be held in place with worm gear type clamps.

An exhaust diffuser shall be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits the tailpipe.

If the electrical system is hardwired or V-Mux multiplex, separate "regeneration" enable and prohibit switches shall be provided under the dash board on the driver's side. Each switch shall be provided with a spring loaded protective cover and shall be clearly marked as to function. If the electrical system is Class1 ES-key, the regeneration switches shall be incorporated into the ultra-view screen.

The vehicle shall be equipped with SCR technology that uses a urea based diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) and a catalytic converter to significantly reduce oxides of nitrogen (NOx) emissions.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 39
The SCR system shall reduce levels of NOx (oxides of nitrogen emitted from engines) by injecting small quantities of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) into the exhaust upstream of a catalyst, where it vaporizes and decomposes to form ammonia and carbon dioxide.

TAILPIPE
QTY: 1
The exhaust tailpipe extending from the SCR catalyst to the side of the vehicle shall be constructed from 16-gauge stainless steel tubing.

The exhaust discharge shall be on the officer side of the apparatus forward of the rear axle.

FUEL COOLING SYSTEM
QTY: 1
A fuel cooling system shall be provided. The heat exchanger shall be a tube and fin type and shall be a separate unit. The cooler shall be mounted forward of the radiator and plumbed to the fuel return line.

FUEL TANK
QTY: 1
Fuel tank shall be a minimum of sixty-five (65) gallon capacity. It shall have a minimum, fuel filler neck of 2" ID and 1/4 turn fill cap. A 1/2" minimum diameter drain plug shall be provided. The tank shall be fabricated from hot rolled, pickled and oiled steel. Provisions for an additional feed line and fuel level float shall be provided for future use. The fuel tank shall be installed behind the rear wheels between the frame rails. The fuel tank shall meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95% of tank volume. The fuel tank shall be able to withstand a longitudinal acceleration of -23.0g at 0.166 seconds in accordance to SAE J211 standards using a channel frequency class 600 filter. Testing shall be performed at and verified by a third party testing and evaluation center.

STAINLESS STEEL FUEL TANK STRAPS
QTY: 1
The straps supporting the diesel fuel tank shall be made of Type 304L stainless steel with grade 8, zinc coated steel hardware.

There will be no exceptions.

FUEL TANK MOUNTING STRAP ISOLATION MATERIAL
QTY: 1
The fuel tank mounting straps shall utilize dense rubber between the straps and the fuel tank to prevent chaffing.

FUEL LINES
QTY: 1
Fuel lines shall be an Aeroquip FC332 AQP Series fiber reinforced hose. The lines shall be sized to meet engine manufacture's requirements, and shall be carefully routed and secured along the inside of the frame rails.

DUAL FUEL LINE SHUT-OFF VALVES
QTY: 1
A fuel line shut-off valve shall be provided on both the inlet and outlet side of the primary fuel filter to allow for easy removal of the filter.

The valves shall be labeled "Fuel Shut-Off".

No reserve feature shall be included in the tank.

FUEL TANK SERVICEABILITY PROVISIONS
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 40
An additional eight feet of fuel line shall be provided.

The line shall be coiled and secured above the fuel tank to improve serviceability of the tank.

HEATED FUEL- WATER SEPARATOR
QTY: 1
A Racor 400 series heated fuel filter/water separator shall be provided in the fuel system.

A "water in fuel" indicator shall be provided on the dash.

FUEL POCKET
QTY: 1
A fuel fill shall be provided in the driver and officer side rear wheel well areas.

A Signature 4 composite fuel pocket with a brushed stainless steel door shall be provided.

A tethered cap shall be provided as part of the assembly.

A label indicating "Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Only" shall be provided adjacent to the fuel fill.

PUMPER BODY ELECTRICAL
QTY: 1

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
QTY: 1
All electrical wiring in the chassis shall be GXL cross link insulated type. Wiring is to be color coded and include function codes every three (3) inches on both sides. Wiring harnesses shall be routed in protective, heat resistant loom, securely and neatly installed. Two (2) power distribution centers shall be provided in central locations for greater accessibility. The power distribution centers shall contain thermal automatic reset breakers, power control relays, flashers, diode modules, daytime driving light module, and engine and transmission data links. All breakers and relays shall have a capacity substantially greater than the expected load on the related circuit, thus ensuring long component life. Power distribution centers shall be composed of a system of interlocking plastic modules for ease in custom construction.

The power distribution centers are function oriented. The first is to control major truck function. The second shall control center to overhead switching and interior operations. Each module is single function coded and labeled to aid in troubleshooting. The centers will also have accessory breakers and relays for future installations. All harnesses and power distribution centers shall be electrically tested prior to installation to ensure the highest system reliability.

All external harness interfaces shall be of a triple seal type connection to ensure a proper connection. The cab/chassis and the chassis/body connection points shall be mounted in accessible locations. Complete chassis wiring schematics shall be supplied with the apparatus. 12 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TESTING
QTY: 1
The apparatus low voltage electrical system shall be tested and certified by the manufacturer. The certification shall be provided with the apparatus. All tests shall be performed with the air temperature between 0°F and 100°F.

The following three (3) tests shall be performed in order. Before each test, the batteries shall be fully charged.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 41
The engine shall be started and kept running until the engine and engine compartment temperatures are stabilized at normal operating temperatures and the battery system is fully charged. The engine shall be shut off and the minimum continuous electrical load shall be activated for 10 minutes. All electrical loads shall be turned off prior to attempting to restart the engine. The battery system shall then be capable of restarting the engine. Failure to restart the engine shall be considered a test failure.

The minimum continuous electrical load shall be activated with the engine running at idle speed. The engine temperature shall be stabilized at normal operating temperature. The battery system shall be tested to detect the presence of battery discharge current. The detection of battery discharge current shall be considered a test failure.

The total continuous electrical load shall be activated with the engine running up to the engine manufacturers governed speed. The test duration shall be a minimum of 2 hours. Activation of the load management system shall be permitted during this test. However, an alarm sounded due to excessive battery discharge, as detected by the system, or a system voltage of fewer than 11.7 volts DC for a 12- volt system, for more than 120 seconds, shall be considered a test failure.

Following completion of the preceding tests, the engine shall be shut off. The total continuous electrical load shall be activated and shall continue to be applied until the excessive battery discharge alarm is activated.

The battery voltage shall be measured at the battery terminals. With the load still applied, a reading of fewer than 11.7 volts shall be considered a test failure. The battery system shall then be able to restart the engine.

At the time of delivery, documentation shall be provided with the following information:
• Documentation of the electrical system performance test • A written load analysis of the following;
• Nameplate rating of the alternator
• Alternator rating at idle while meeting the minimum continuous electrical load • Each component load comprising the minimum continuous electrical load. • Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.
• Each individual intermittent load.

CHASSIS WIRING INSTALLATION
QTY: 1
The wiring harness contained on the chassis shall be designed to utilize wires of stranded copper or copper alloy of a gauge rated to carry 125% of maximum current for which the circuit is protected without exceeding 10% voltage drop across the circuit. Wiring shall be uniquely identified by color code or circuit function code, labeled at a minimum of every three (3) inches. The identification of the wiring shall be referenced on a wiring diagram. All wires conform to SAEJ1127 (Battery Cable), SAEJ1128 (Low Tension Primary Cable), SAEJ1560 (Low Tension Thin Wall Primary Cable).

The covering of harnesses shall be moisture resistant loom with a minimum rating of 289° Fahrenheit and a flammability rating of VW-1 as defined in UL62. The covering of jacketed cable shall have a minimum rating of 289° Fahrenheit.

All circuits shall conform to SAEJ2202. All circuits must be provided with low voltage over current protective devices.

All exposed electrical connections will be coated with “Z-Guard” to prevent corrosion.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 42

DIRECT BATTERY GROUNDING STRAP
QTY: 1
Direct grounding straps shall be mounted to the following areas; frame to cab, frame to body and frame to pump enclosure.

All exposed electrical connections shall be coated with "Z-Guard 8000" to prevent corrosion.

EMI/RFI PROTECTION
QTY: 1
The apparatus shall incorporate the latest designs in the electrical system with state of the art components to insure that radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) and radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at the source.

EMI/RFI susceptibility is controlled by utilizing components that are fully protected and wiring that utilizes shielding and loop back grounds where required. The apparatus shall be bonded through wire braided ground straps. Relays and solenoids that are suspect to generating spurious electromagnetic radiation are diode protected to prevent transient voltage spikes.

In order to fully prevent the radio frequency interference the purchaser may be requested to provide a listing of the type, power output, and frequencies of all radio and bio medical equipment that is proposed to be used on the apparatus.

SEQUENCER
QTY: 1
A sequencer shall be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation shall allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

Emergency light sequencing shall operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights shall be activated one by one at half second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators shall flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer shall deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

MULTIPLEX ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
QTY: 1
A multiplex electrical management system shall be utilized on the chassis for all functions applicable.

The system shall consist of the following components:

A computer interface used to not only program the multiplex system but also serve as a factory direct gateway into the vehicle from any authorized service facility.

A Universal System Manager (USM), which acts as the main controlling component of the multiplexing system shall be provided and factory programmed to DOT, NFPA, SAE, the manufacturer and {Company} specifications. The programming shall be done by the manufacturer's engineering department.

The ES-Key system installation shall comply with SAE J551 requirements regarding Electromagnetic and Radio Frequency interference (EMI, RFI), as well as utilize components and wiring practices that insure Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 43
the system is protected against corrosion, excessive temperatures, water, excessive physical, and vibration damage by any equipment installed on the vehicle at the time of delivery.

A series of Multiplexing Input/Output Modules shall be installed. The Input/Output modules shall permit the multiplexing system to reduce the amount of wiring and components used as compared to nonmultiplexed apparatus. These modules shall vary in I/O configuration, be waterproof allowing installation outside of enclosed areas and shall possess individual output internal circuit protection. The modules shall also have three status indicators visible from a service persons vantage point that shall indicate the status of the module. In the event a load requires more than 7.5 AMPS of operating current, the module shall activate a simple relay circuit integral to any of the 3 dillblox assemblies installed in the cab.

Diagnostic software shall be provided to download data from the on board ES-KEY system. This software shall have the ability to view system input/output (I/O) information, and include a connection from a computer to the vehicle.

INTER-LOCK MODULE FOR MULTIPLEX SYSTEM
QTY: 1
A multiplex module, which is the interface between the multiplexing system and the pump system shall be provided.

This module shall serve as the interface between the operator, engine, transmission and pumping system.

The module shall be installed in the driver's side dash. There shall be a pump diagnostic view in the UltraView screen that shall indicate to service personnel the interlock state of the apparatus.

In the event of a multiplexing error involving pump operation, an override can be activated to ensure reliable pumping operations at ALL times.

The multiplex system shall be able to provide automatic and/or manual activation of engine “Fast Idle”, to maintain adequate alternator output and thus, chassis voltage.

There will be no exceptions.

ALTERNATOR
QTY: 1
There shall be a Delco Remy Model 55SI, 430 amp brushless, serpentine belt, driven alternator.

The brushless design of the 55SI transfers magnetic fields between the rotor and stator air-gap without brushes.

The alternator installation shall be designed to provide maximum output at engine idle speed, by using Remote Sense in order to meet the minimum continuous electrical load of the apparatus as required.

The alternator shall carry a 3 Year/Unlimited Mile warranty.

BATTERIES
QTY: 1
Six (6) Exide # 31XHD, maintenance free batteries shall be provided.

Each battery shall be rated at 925 CCA and shall have a reserve capacity of 180 minutes.

Wiring for the batteries shall be 4/0 welding type dual path starting cables for SAEJ541.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 44

BATTERY STORAGE, STEEL
QTY: 1
Batteries shall be securely mounted in fixed 3/16” stainless steel trays located on each side of the chassis frame.

Complete access shall be provided when the cab is fully tilted.

Batteries shall be mounted on non-corrosive matting material.

The battery tray shall be able to withstand a longitudinal acceleration of -46.5g at 0.246 seconds in accordance to SAE J211 standards using a channel frequency class 600 filter.

Testing shall be performed at and verified by a third party testing and evaluation center.

COLE HERSEE BATTERY JUMPER STUDS
QTY: 1
A set of Cole Hersee battery jumper studs, model #46210-02 (red) and #46210-03 (black) shall be provided to allow the battery system to be jump started or charged from an external source.

The studs shall be located on the bottom of the battery box on the driver's side of the chassis.

Each stud shall be equipped with both a rubber protector cap and a 2” square non-conductive plate to prevent accidental shorting.

BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH
QTY: 1
The chassis batteries shall be wired in parallel to a single 12 volt electrical system, controlled through a heavy duty master disconnect switch.

The master disconnect switch shall be located within easy access of the driver upon entering or exiting the cab.

SHORELINE INLET
QTY: 1
A 12 volt, polarized battery charging receptacle, with a weather tight cover, shall be provided.

This receptacle shall allow a purchaser supplied external 12 volt battery charger to be utilized.

A label shall be provided indicating voltage and amperage ratings.

SHORELINE INLET LOCATION
QTY: 1
The shoreline receptacle shall be located in the driver's cab step well in a pre-determined location by KME.

SHORELINE INLET LABEL
QTY: 1
A shoreline power receptacle information plate shall be permanently affixed at or near the power inlet.

The plate shall indicate the following:
• Type of Line Voltage
• Current Rating in Amps Power Inlet Type (DC or AC).

BLUE SEA #4365 ACCESSORY PANEL
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 45
A Blue Sea model 4365 accessory panel will be provided. The accessory panel shall include one (1) 12- volt power port, Two (2) dual USB charging ports, along with a power switch with built in circuit breaker.

The accessory panel shall be mounted in the center dash panel.

POWER POINT FOR OS EMS COMPARTMENT
QTY: 1
The officers side EMS compartment shall be equipped with a Blue Sea 5025 power point with power and ground connections conveniently positioned in the upper area inside the compartment, connected directly to the chassis batteries.

EMS COMPARTMENT POWER POINT
QTY: 1
The interior EMS compartment shall be equipped with a Blue Sea 5025 power point capable of 60 amps with power and ground connections conveniently positioned in the upper area inside the compartment, connected directly to the chassis batteries.

POWER POINT FOR DS EMS COMPARTMENT
QTY: 1
The drivers side EMS compartment shall be equipped with a Blue Sea 5025 power point with power and ground connections conveniently positioned in the upper area inside the compartment, connected directly to the chassis batteries.

KUSSMAUL USB CHARGING PORTS IN REAR CREW AREA - IN
QTY: 2
Two (2) Kussmaul USB charging ports shall be installed in the cab of the truck for fire department accessory devices.

Each port shall have two (2) USB connections and shall have a 5 volt, 4.2 amp max output.

The ports shall be located in the rear crew area, one (1) in each rear facing seat base.

POWER AND GROUND STUD FOR ACCESSORIES IN DASH
QTY: 1
One (1) dedicated circuit; 12 volt, 40 Amp, power and ground on 3/8 stud and fused at battery shall be provided in the cab dash.

The circuit shall be for future installation of radios or accessories.

BLUE SEA FUSE BLOCK - 6 CIRCUIT IN BODY COMPARTMEN
QTY: 12
A Blue Sea 5025B, 6 circuit fuse block, shall be installed in a body compartment(s), high on the upper front (right) corner of the inside wall.

This block has a maximum amperage of 60 Amps per block and 30 Amps per circuit.

BLUE SEA FUSE BLOCK - 12 CIRCUIT BEHIND OFFICER SE
QTY: 1
A Blue Sea 5026B, 12 circuit fuse block, shall be installed behind the officers seat.

This block has a maximum amperage of 60 amps per block and 30 amps per circuit and shall be connected to battery power.

USB POWER POINT - REAR FACING SEATING AREA
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 46
QTY: 1
Two (2) Blue Sea 1045 power points with two (2) USB ports each shall be installed in the rear of the cab on the back of the engine enclosure in a housing designed to surface mount the power point.

One power point shall be installed on each side of the rear side of the engine enclosure near the rear facing seat base.

Each power point shall be rated for 4.8 amps total.

IGNITION STUD - REAR CREW AREA
QTY: 1
An ignition stud shall be installed in the rear crew area for items needing an ignition circuit ( ie. mobile radio).

This stud has a maximum amperage of 20 Amps.

WHELEN 6" ROUND WHITE/RED LED INTERIOR LIGHTS (4)
QTY: 1
Four (4) Whelen # 60CREGCS, 6" round, interior LED combination red/white dome lights shall be furnished in the cab, with two (2) in the forward section and two (2) in the rear crew section.

Each dome light shall have individual switches to control the red or white LEDs.

Each dome light shall also activate when the respective, adjacent cab door is opened.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT WORK LIGHTS - TECNIQ LED
QTY: 1
Two (2) Tecniq model #E18 LED lights shall be provided inside the engine enclosure that will provide 800 lumens each.

Each light shall have their own independent switch incorporated into the light head.

DASH & CENTER CONSOLE - 100" PREDATOR SS
QTY: 1
Where standard features are controlled through physical switches they will be indicated as such in the appropriate part of this specification. All optional features that are controllable from the cab will be controllable through the display screen.

The dash consoles shall be custom formed overlaid aluminum housings to create an ergonomically designed interior that will be user friendly and functional for the driver and officer.

The cab instruments and controls will be labeled with international symbols and located in the following zones:
• Driver Gauge Left: Located to the left of the instrument panel, this zone houses the ignition, engine start, and fast idle switches.
• Driver Gauge Right: Located to the right of the instrument panel, this zone houses power take-off and ladder power switches when those features are specified. • Driver Knee Left: Located at the driver’s left knee area, this zone is the standard location for pump controls, and for the Engine Emergency Shut-Down when specified. • Driver Knee Right: Located at the driver’s right knee area, this zone houses optional chassis related switches such as the Fuel Priming Pump, Engine Fan Override, and ATC Disable. • Driver Lower Wing: Located on the engine tunnel and angled toward the driver, this zone houses the majority of the controls that the driver may need to access while operating. Within the easiest Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 47
reach of the driver are the park brake, transmission shift, Vehicle Information Display, and any optional retarder controls. Standard switching in this zone includes power window controls, hazard flasher, headlights, marker lights, and mirror adjustment. Also located in this zone will be switching for any optional features that are more likely to be used while driving such as auxiliary brakes, siren brake, drive axle locks, and automatic tire chains.
• Center Lower: Located on the engine tunnel between the driver and officer and parallel to the cab front, this zone houses the standard 12 volt sockets and USB chargers. It will also house any optional communications devices that are more likely to be accessed while driving such as an arrowhead controller or a stereo radio.
• Driver Overhead: Located in the overhead console directly above and facing the driver, this zone houses tactile switches (when specified) for control of emergency devices such as warning lights, scene lights, dump chute valves, and other emergency related items. If not specified these controls are available through the Vehicle Information Center.
• Driver Overhead Wing: Located in the overhead console and angled toward the driver, this zone houses the heating and air conditioning tactile switches provided as standard. • Center Overhead: Located overhead between the driver and officer and parallel to the cab front, this zone houses any communications devices such as siren heads or two-way radios that cannot be fit in the Officer Lower Wing: Located on the engine tunnel and angled toward the officer, this zone houses optional feature switching as specified for control by the officer. • Officer Overhead Wing: Located in the overhead console and angled toward the officer, this zone is houses optional switching or gauges that cannot be located in other zones and that is intended solely for use by the officer.
• Officer Overhead: Located in the overhead console directly above and facing the officer, this zone houses optional larger communications equipment that cannot be located in other zones, and that is practical for use solely by the officer.

Exact locations of each switch or control will be dictated by the Dash Layout document created during the design process and will adhere to these guidelines unless otherwise specified.

CAB DASH PANELS
QTY: 1
The apparatus cab shall be outfitted with backlit gradient dash and overhead panels. These gradient panels shall be utilized across the entire front of the cab dash and include the instrument cluster and brow panels. The panels shall be constructed from 3mm aluminum composite panels with second surface screen printed 15 mil Bayfol UV-1 polycarbonate graphic overlays, to provide scratch and UV protection.

A carbon-graphite shaded graphic overlay shall be provided.

CONTROL SWITCHING THROUGH MULTIPLEX TOU
QTY: 1
Switching for the emergency and auxiliary systems shall be performed through the multiplex control screen.

Switching shall programmed through various menus that are accessible from the display buttons.

CONTROL SWITCHES IN CAB FOR LIGHT ABOVE WINDSHIELD
QTY: 1
Controls shall be provided in the cab control system (or optional mechanical switch) to activate the HiViz, FireTech, LED brow light.

CONTROL SWITCH IN CAB FOR OFFICER SIDE OF BODY LIG
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 48
Controls shall be provided in the cab control system (or optional mechanical switch) to turn the officer side of body lights on and off.

CONTROL SWITCH IN CAB FOR DRIVER SIDE OF BODY LIGH
QTY: 1
Controls shall be provided in the cab control system (or optional mechanical switch) to turn the driver side of body lights on and off.

CONTROL SWITCHES IN CAB FOR BEHIND FRONT CAB DOOR
QTY: 1
Controls shall be provided in the cab control system (or option mechanical switch) to turn the lights at the cab doors on and off.

CONTROL SWITCH IN CAB FOR REAR OF BODY LIGHTS
QTY: 1
Controls shall be provided in the cab control system (or optional mechanical switch) to turn the rear of body lights on and off.

SEPARATE SWITCH IN CAB FOR HULL REVERSE LIGHTS
QTY: 1
The hull lights shall also be switched with a separate switch located in the cab.

HULL LIGHTS TO ACTIVATE WITH TURN SIGNAL
QTY: 1
The hull auxiliary wheel well lights shall be activated with the turn signal circuit.

ADDITIONAL SWITCHES - DRIVER OVERHEAD
QTY: 1
Twelve switches shall be provided in the driver overhead zone.

DRIVER'S DASHBOARD PANEL, 100" PREDATOR SS
QTY: 1
The main instrument panel shall be centered in front of the driver and shall be mechanically fastened to the main dash assembly. The panel shall contain the primary gauges, an instrument warning light cluster and the ignition and engine start switches.

Each gauge shall be designed with an integral red warning light with a pre-programmed warning point.

Gauges monitoring drive-train component status shall be of the direct data bus type capable of displaying information broadcast on the J 1939 data-link.

Each gauge warning indicator shall be capable of activating an audible alarm inside the dashboard.

Additional auxiliary control switches and instruments (if applicable) shall be located within the center or overhead panel located near the driver's position.

DRIVER DASH LCD VIRTUAL DISPLAY
QTY: 1
The main instrument panel shall be centered in front of the driver and shall have a hinged bottom with two ¼ turn latches at the top. The driver panel and all other cab interior dash and overhead panels will be an anti-glare surface.

Contained within this panel will be virtual driver display via a 12.3” LCD screen including but not limited to displaying all gauges and instrument warning light cluster functions The upper left side of the driver dash panel shall also include an ignition-on switch, fast idle switch and a round engine start button which shall include a lighted indicator on the perimeter to light up when engine is ready to start and turning off when the engine is started.

The driver LCD virtual display shall include:

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 49
• 12.3” Color TFT Display
• Stand Alone Architecture
• Automatic Adjustment for Light Conditions
• 3 x BNC Analog Video Input
• Fully Programmable Features w/Graphical HMI:CGI Studio • Two Year Warranty
The primary gauge display shall consist of:
• Vehicle speedometer, (0-80 mph)
• Engine tachometer, (0-3000 rpm)
• Engine oil pressure, (0-100 psi); low oil warning
• Engine coolant temperature (100-250 °F); high engine temp warning • Transmission oil temperature (100-350 °F); high transmission fluid temp warning • Vehicle battery voltage (0-18 VDC); low voltage warning • Front air system gauge (0-150 psi); low air pressure warning at 65 psi • Rear air system gauge (0-150 psi); low air pressure warning at 65 psi • Fuel level (E - 1/2 - F); low fuel level warning
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level (E-1/2-F)
• Air cleaner restriction gauge (0-40), warning at 25"
• Engine hours as maintained by the engine ECU
Additional auxiliary control switches and instruments (if applicable) shall be located within the dash panel and overhead panel located near the driver's position.

INDICATOR CLUSTER
This display, also contained in the Driver Dash Virtual Display Module, includes the system control unit that collects data from the vehicle data bus (J1939), analog sensors, and switches throughout the vehicle. This data shall be presented using simulated gauges and telltales.

On the Road displays include:
• Odometer, trip information, fuel economy information; all gauge data, and virtually any other data available on the vehicle that the display has access to, either through the data bus or via analog inputs.

The displays that can be accessed when the parking brake is set include:
• "Right And Left Directional" arrows (green in color)
• "Hi Beam" indicator (blue in color)
• "Battery ON" indicator (green in color)
• "Parking Brake ON" indicator (red in color)
• "Check Transmission" indicator (amber in color)
• "Cab Not Latched" indicator (red in color)
• "Stop Engine" indicator (red in color)
• "Check Engine" indicator (amber in color)
• "ABS Warning" indicator (yellow in color)
• "Low Coolant Level" (yellow in color)
• "Water In Fuel" indicator (amber in color)
• "DPF Regeneration" (amber in color)
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 50
• "Exhaust High Temperature" (amber in color)
• "Engine Diagnostic Fault" (amber in color)
• "Retarder On" (green in color)
Listed below are indicators that may be included, depending upon the vehicle configuration:
• "Wait To Start" indicator (amber in color)
• "Exhaust System Fault" (amber in color)
• "Topps System Fault" (amber in color)
• "PTO Engaged" (green in color)
• "Ok to Pump" (green in color)
• "Auto Traction Control" (amber in color)

FAST IDLE
QTY: 1
A fast idle for the electronic controlled engine shall be provided.

The fast idle shall be controlled by an ON/OFF switch on the left side of the main gauge panel.

An electronic interlock system shall prevent the fast idle from operating unless the transmission is in "Neutral" and the parking brake is fully engaged.

If the fast idle control is used in conjunction with a specified engine/transmission driven component or accessory, the fast idle control shall be properly interlocked with the engagement of the specified component or accessory.

ADDITIONAL SWITCHES - DRIVER LOWER WING
QTY: 1
Three switches shall be provided in the driver lower wing zone.

ENGINE COMPRESSION BRAKE CONTROLS
QTY: 1
Engine brake controls shall be provided on the dash within easy reach of the driver.

CLASS-1 ES-KEY ULTRAVIEW 780 DISPLAY
QTY: 1
A 7 inch full color display shall located on the driver's lower wing panel. The display shall provide key information and control within easy sight and reach.

The screen shall be programmed with the following features:
• Chassis Instrument Display
• Back-up camera
• Seat Occupant Display
• Compartment open display
• HVAC Controls
• Power Mirror Controls
• DPF Filter Regeneration Controls
• Warning light controls
• Scene light controls
• Horn selector switch options
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 51
• Gauge back-light dimming
• Rocker switch back-light dimming
• Display screen dimming with day/night feature
• Multiplex system diagnostics
• Generator Controls

ADDITIONAL SWITCHES - OFFICER LOWER WING
QTY: 1
Three switches shall be provided in the officer lower wing zone.

CAMERA SYSTEM
QTY: 1
An ASA Voyager rear vision camera model # VCMS155 shall be provided to allow the driver to visually see the rear of the apparatus while in the cab.

The rear vision camera shall be mounted on the rear of the apparatus and shall be wired to automatically activate when the chassis transmission is placed in reverse.

CAMERA SYSTEM
QTY: 1
The video output from the camera(s) shall be displayed on the Ultraview, display panel.

CUST PUMP/TANK/RES CHASSIS LED MARKER LIGHTS
QTY: 1

DOT MARKER LIGHTS AND REFLECTORS
CAB STEP LIGHTS, TECNIQ EON 3 LED, ALL DEVICES
QTY: 4
Polished, stainless steel, TecNiq Eon, 3-LED, horizontal surface mounted chassis step lights shall be provided and controlled with marker light actuation.

Step lights shall be located to properly illuminate all chassis access steps and walkway areas and shall include a mounting gasket to provide a watertight seal.

OPTRONICS LED MARKER LIGHTS @ FRONT ROOF EDGE OF C
QTY: 1
Two (2) amber DOT approved, Optronics MCL13 Light Emitting Diode (LED) cab marker lamps shall mounted on the top, front outside edge of the cab roof.

TRACTOR ALIGNMENT LIGHT ON TRACTOR CAB ROOF LA COU
QTY: 1
Three (3) Truck-Lite #35207Y LED indicator lights, with Truck-Lite #35720 armored brackets, energized by the running light circuit and mounted vertically on the back of the tractor cab air conditioning unit.

These lights shall indicate the trailers position in relationship to the tractor cab and all three (3) lights shall be visible, between the aerials handrails, to the tiller operator when the tractor and trailer are in an inline configuration.

The tiller alignment lights will be mounted with the two (2) outer lights to be in the vertical position and the middle light to be in the horizontal position.

DUAL MODULE W/ CODE 3 65STA LED TURN SIGNAL & REQ
QTY: 1
Two (2) Code 3 65STA arrow shaped, amber LED turn signals shall be provided, one (1) in each side of the dual light module above the headlights.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 52
The NFPA required, Zone "A" lower warning lights shall be incorporated into each side dual light module noted above.

DUAL HEADLIGHTS LED FIRETECH HIVIZ
QTY: 1
Two (2) dual, Firetech HiViz LED headlight modules with a bright finish bezel shall be furnished, one (1) each side, on the front of the cab. Each head light module shall incorporate an individual LED low beam and a LED high beam headlight. High beam actuation shall be controlled on the turn signal lever.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS
QTY: 1
The chassis head lights shall have integrated circuitry to actuate the low beam headlights.whenever the chassis engine is running.

The daytime running lights shall be interlocked with the parking brake.

FRONT BROW LIGHT
QTY: 1
One (1) HiViz LEDs "FireTech" Scene light, model FT-B-65-ML3-W shall be provided.

The light instrument shall be low in profile with a mounting bracket allowing installation at the top edge of the windshield.

The housing shall be made of a extruded 6061 aluminum; approx 65" wide and less than 3" tall.

The scene light shall have 53 LEDs divided amongst 4 independent circuits; circuit one featuring 6x 5w LEDs passing light through a 10 degree optic, circuit two featuring 18x 5w LEDs passing light through a 25-40 degree "flood" range, and circuit three featuring 24x 5w LEDs passing light through a 60-90 degree "scene" optic.

Circuit four shall consist of 3 amber colored diodes that act as SAE-J2042 compliant identification lamps.

The circuitry shall feature a PWM LED driver with an onboard electronic thermal manager.

Additionally, the bar shall meet CISPR25 EMI requirements.

The light shall operate on 12v DC, generate 25,143 lumens and draw 21 amps.

The light shall be adjustable vertically up to 15 degrees.

Mounting shall be possible in any direction while still meeting NFPA 1901 compliance requirements.

The housing color shall be White. The light shall feature a limited Lifetime warranty.

WIRE UPGRADE FOR 12V HIGH AMP LIGHT - (1) BROW LIG
QTY: 1

NFPA COMPLIANT WARNING LIGHT PACKAGE
QTY: 1
The following warning light package shall include all of the minimum warning light and actuation requirements for the current revision of the NFPA 1901 Fire Apparatus Standard.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 53
The lighting as specified shall meet the requirements for both "Clearing Right of Way" and "Blocking Right of Way" which includes disabling all white warning lights when the apparatus is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.

WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN - NFPA FLASH PATTERN
QTY: 1
All of the perimeter warning lights shall be set to a default NFPA compliant flash pattern as provided by the light manufacturer.

LIGHT PACKAGE ACTUATION/CONTROLS
QTY: 1
The entire warning light package shall be actuated with a single warning light switch located on the cab switch panel. The wiring for the warning light package shall engage all of the lights required for "Clearing Right of Way" mode when the vehicle parking brake is not engaged. An automatic control system shall be provided to switch the warning lights to the "Blocking Right of Way" mode when the vehicle parking brake is engaged.

LIGHT PACKAGE NFPA CERTIFICATION
QTY: 1
The warning light system(s) specified above shall not exceed a combined total amperage draw of 45 AMPS with all lights activated in either the "Clearing Right of Way" or the "Blocking Right of Way" The warning light system(s) shall be certified by the light system manufacturer(s), to meet all of the requirements in the current revision of the NFPA 1901 Fire Apparatus Standard as noted in the General Requirements section of these specifications.

The NFPA required "Certificate of Compliance" shall be provided with the completed apparatus.

Any large truck as defined by NFPA shall have the lower zone warning lights mounted no higher than 62" to the optical center of the warning light from ground level. {No Exceptions}

LIGHTS BAR
QTY: 1
A Whelen # F4N1QLED "Freedom Series IV", 81" cab roof warning light bar shall be furnished and rigidly mounted on top of the cab roof.

The light bar shall be equipped with the following:
• Clear Lenses
• Two Front Corner Red Linear LEDs
• Twelve Red Forward Facing Linear LEDs
• Two White Forward Facing Linear LEDs
• Two Red End Linear LEDs.

If equipped, the forward facing white lights shall be automatically disabled for the "Blocking Right of Way" mode.

ZONE A WARNING LIGHTS - STEADY BURN IN LIGHTBAR
QTY: 1
C-UPPER, WHELEN LED MCFLED2R, MICRO FREEDOM LIGHT
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 54
Two (2) Whelen, MCFLED2R, "Micro Freedom", mini warning, light bars shall be furnished and rigidly mounted so that each light faces the rear, one (1) on each side at the rear of the body.

UPPER ZONE C WARNING LIGHT LENS - RED
QTY: 1
The upper zone C warning lights shall include red LEDs and a red lens if available from the manufacturer.

If a red lens is unavailable, a clear lens shall be included.

B/D-UPPER FRONT, COVERED BY LIGHTS IN ZONE A-UPPER
QTY: 1
The lighting requirement for this area is covered by the lights noted in Zone "A" - Upper.

B/D-UPPER REAR, COVERED BY LIGHTS IN ZONE C-UPPER
QTY: 1
The lighting requirement for this area is covered by the lights noted in Zone "C" - Upper.

A-LOWER FRONT MOUNTING, CUSTOM CHASSIS
QTY: 1
The lower Zone A warning lights shall be mounted in the custom chassis headlight bezels.

A-LOWER FRONT, WHELEN M6 SUPER LEDS
QTY: 1
Two (2) Whelen, M6* super LED light heads shall be provided and installed one (1) each side.

LOWER ZONE A WARNING LIGHT LENS - RED
QTY: 1
The lower zone A warning lights shall include red LEDs and a red lens if available from the manufacturer.

If a red lens is unavailable, a clear lens shall be included.

LOWER ZONE A WARNING LIGHT BEZEL - CHROME
QTY: 1
The lower zone A warning lights shall include red leds and a chrome bezel if available from the manufacturer. If a chrome bezel is unavailable, a black bezel shall be included.

C-LOWER REAR, WHELEN M6 SUPER LEDS
QTY: 1
Two (2) Whelen M6* super LED light heads shall be provided and installed with one (1) on each side directly below the DOT stop, tail, turn and backup lights.

LOWER ZONE C WARNING LIGHT LENS - RED
QTY: 1
The lower zone C warning lights shall include red LEDs and a red lens if available from the manufacturer.

If a red lens is unavailable, a clear lens shall be included.

B/D-LOWER FRONT MOUNTING, CUSTOM CHASSIS
QTY: 1
The lower Zone B D warning lights shall be mounted on the sides of the custom chassis front bumper.

B/D-LOWER FRONT, WHELEN M6 SUPER LEDS
QTY: 1
Two (2) Whelen, M6* super LED light heads shall be provided and installed with one (1) on each side.

LOWER ZONE B/D FRONT WARNING LIGHT LENS - RED
QTY: 1
The lower zone B/D front warning lights shall include red LEDs and a red lens if available from the manufacturer. If a red lens is unavailable, a clear lens shall be included.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 55

LOWER ZONE B/D FRONT WARNING LIGHT BEZEL - CHROME
QTY: 1
The lower zone B/D front warning lights shall include a chrome bezel if available from the manufacturer. If a chrome bezel is unavailable, a black bezel shall be included.

B/D-LOWER MID, WHELEN M6 SUPER LEDS
QTY: 1
Two (2) Whelen M6* super LED light heads shall be provided and installed with one (1) on each side.

LOWER ZONE B/D MID WARNING LIGHT LENS - RED
QTY: 1
The lower zone B/D mid warning lights shall include red LEDs and a red lens if available from the manufacturer. If a red lens is unavailable, a clear lens shall be included.

LOWER ZONE B/D MID WARNING LIGHT BEZEL - CHROME
QTY: 1
The lower zone B/D mid warning lights shall include a chrome bezel if available from the manufacturer. If a chrome bezel is unavailable, a black bezel shall be included.

B/D-LOWER REAR, WHELEN M6 SUPER LEDS
QTY: 1
Two (2) Whelen M6* super LED light heads shall be provided and installed with one (1) on each side.

LOWER ZONE B/D REAR WARNING LIGHT LENS - RED
QTY: 1
The lower zone B/D rear warning lights shall include red LEDs and a red lens if available from the manufacturer. If a red lens is unavailable, a clear lens shall be included.

LOWER ZONE B/D REAR WARNING LIGHT BEZEL - CHROME
QTY: 1
The lower zone B/D rear warning lights shall include a chrome bezel if available from the manufacturer. If a chrome bezel is unavailable, a black bezel shall be included.

OUTRIGGER WARNING LIGHTS
QTY: 1
One (1) Whelen M6* super LED light shall be mounted on each of the outrigger cover panels, for a total of two (2).

Each light head shall be equipped with red LEDs and a colored lens.

The lights shall be installed with a chrome plated mounting flange.

LIGHT ACTIVATION, PRIMARY WARNING
QTY: 1
The outrigger warning lights shall be energized by the ladder power circuit.

The outrigger warning lights shall also be energized by the primary warning light switch.

GROUND LIGHTS
QTY: 1
One (1) Amdor Luma Bar, H2O, LED 20" ground light shall be provided under each side cab door entrance step, four (4) total.

Each light shall illuminate an area at a minimum 30" outward from the edge of the vehicle.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 56

GROUND LIGHTS BELOW LOCKER COMPARTMENT
QTY: 1
One (1) Amdor Luma Bar, H2O, LED 20" ground light shall be provided under each locker compartment, total of two (2).

GROUND LIGHTS BELOW MID-SHIP COMPARTMENT
QTY: 1
One (1) Amdor Luma Bar, H2O, LED 20" ground light shall be provided under each mid ship compartment, total of two (2).

GROUND LIGHTS REAR BODY CORNERS
QTY: 1
One (1) Amdor Luma Bar, H2O, LED 20" ground light shall be provided under each rear body corner, two (2) total.

CAB AND BODY GROUND LIGHTS ACTIVATE WITH MASTER SW
QTY: 1
The ground lights shall be activated by a master ground light switch in the cab and shall be wired through the load management system.

AERIAL LADDER, LADDER POWER SWITCH IN CAB
QTY: 1
There shall be an aerial device power engagement switch located in the cab switch console. An aerial device PTO/hour meter shall be furnished. See ladder description for details.

CHASSIS DIAGNOSTICS SYSTEM
QTY: 1
Diagnostic ports shall be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel shall allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership.

Diagnostic switches shall allow engine and ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic system shall include the following:
• A single port to monitor the engine, transmission and ABS system and diagnostics of the roll sensor (if applicable)
• Engine diagnostic switch (blink codes)
• ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes)
• Allison Transmission Codes (through touch pad shifter) VOLTAGE MONITORING SYSTEM - 12 VOLT
QTY: 1
A voltage monitoring system shall be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system shall provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm shall activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.

INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE-OUT SYSTEM
QTY: 1
A system shall be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

ELECTRICAL HARNESS INSTALLATION - 12 VOLT
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 57
QTY: 1
To ensure dependability, all 12-volt wiring harnesses installed by the manufacturer shall conform to the following specifications:
• SAE J 1128 - Low tension primary cable
• SAE J 1292 - Automobile, truck, truck-tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring • SAE J 163 - Low tension wiring and cable terminals and splice clips • SAE J 2202 - Heavy duty wiring systems for on-highway trucks • NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus
• FMVSS 302 - Flammability of interior materials for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses
• SAE J 1939 - Serial communications protocol
• SAE J 2030 - Heavy-duty electrical connector performance standard • SAE J 2223 - Connections for on board vehicle electrical wiring harnesses • NEC - National Electrical Code
• SAE J 561 - Electrical terminals - Eyelet and spade type • SAE J 928 - Electrical terminals - Pin and receptacle type A.

For increased reliability and harness integrity, harnesses shall be routed throughout the cab and chassis in a manner which allows the harnessing to be laid into its mounting location. Routing of harnessing which requires pulling of wires through tubes is never allowed at the manufacturer.

Wiring shall be run in loom or conduit where exposed, and have grommets or other edge protection where wires pass through metal. Wire colors shall be integral to each wire insulator and run the entire length of each wire. Harnessing containing multiple wires and uses a single wire color for all wires shall not be allowed. Function and number codes shall be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 3.00" intervals. All wiring installed between the cab and into doors shall be protected by a wire conduit to protect the wiring. Exterior exposed wire connectors shall be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed utilizing the following guidelines:
• All holes made in the roof shall be caulked with silicon. {No Exceptions} Large fender washers, liberally caulked, shall be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. • Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area shall be mounted in a manner that shall not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area shall be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.
• For low cost of ownership, electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance shall be quickly accessible. For ease of use, a coil of wire shall be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work. • Corrosion preventative compound shall be applied to non-waterproof electrical connectors located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections shall require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation of the plug.
• Any lights containing non-waterproof sockets in a weather-exposed area shall have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. • All electrical terminals in exposed areas shall have protective coating applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.
• Rubber coated metal clamps shall be used to support wire harnessing and battery cables routed along the chassis frame rails.
• Heat shields shall be used to protect harnessing in areas where high temperatures exist. Harnessing passing near the engine exhaust shall be protected by a heat shield.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 58
• Cab and crew cab harnessing shall not be routed through enclosed metal tubing. Dedicated wire routing channels shall be used to protect harnessing therefore improving the overall integrity of the vehicle electrical system. The design of the cab shall allow for easy routing of additional wiring and easy access to existing wiring.
• All standard wiring entering or exiting the cab shall be routed through sealed bulkhead connectors to protect against water intrusion into the cab.

All 12-volt battery cables and battery cable harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to the following requirements:
• SAE J 1127 - Battery Cable
• SAE J 561 - Electrical terminals, eyelets and spade type • SAE J 562 - Nonmetallic loom
• SAE J 836 A - Automotive metallurgical joining
• SAE J 1292 - Automotive truck, truck-tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring • NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus.

Battery cables and battery cable harnessing shall be installed utilizing the following guidelines:
• Splices shall not be allowed on battery cables or battery cable harnesses. • For ease of identification and simplified use, battery cables shall be color coded. All positive battery cables shall be marked red in color. All negative battery cables shall be black in color. • For ease of identification, all positive battery cable isolated studs throughout the cab and chassis shall be red in color.
• For increased reliability and reduced maintenance, all electrical buss bars located on the exterior of the apparatus shall be coated to prevent corrosion.
• An operational test shall be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

AERIAL BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
QTY: 1
All electrical lines in the body shall be protected by automatic circuit breakers, conveniently located to permit ease of service.

Flashers, heavy-duty solenoids and other major electrical controls shall be located in a central area near the circuit breakers.

All lines shall be color and function coded every 3", easy to identify, oversized for the intended loads and installed in accordance with a detailed diagram.

A complete wiring diagram shall be supplied with the apparatus.

Wiring shall be carefully protected from weather elements and snagging.

Heavy duty loom shall be used for the entire length.

Grommets shall be utilized where wiring passes through panels.

In order to minimize the risk of heat damage, wires run in the engine compartment area shall be carefully installed and suitably protected by the installation of heat resistant shielded loom.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 59
All electrical equipment shall be installed to conform to the latest federal standards as outlined in NFPA1901.

TILLERS, AERIAL DEVICE ELECTRICAL JUNCTION COMPART
QTY: 1
An electric junction compartment shall be provided within the aerial body.

This compartment shall provide an easily accessible enclosure to house all of the aerial device wiring junction points, terminal strips, solenoids, etc.

All wiring for the aerial device including outrigger, diverter valve, and swivel circuits shall be in this compartment.

BODY ELECTRICAL HARNESS - ES-KEY
QTY: 1

POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULES FOR CLASS ONE ES-KEY
QTY: 1
Class 1 Power distribution modules shall be provided in strategic areas of the chassis to allow body harnesses to interface to multiplex system.

The Remote Power Modules (RPM) provide a method of controlling loads on the vehicle, outside the cab, without running individual wires from each switch to the load.

This electronic module distributes and controls power to various devices on the vehicle as commanded by the control system inside the cab.

The RPM is connected to the Electrical System Controller via the J1939 datalink.

Each module receives power from a power cable, protected by a fusible link to the main battery circuit.

The power distribution modules shall be mounted in a location to provide complete access for service or trouble shooting.

BLUE SEA FUSE BLOCK IN BODY COMPARTMENT
QTY: 1
The Blue Sea fuse block(s) installed in the body shall have the power source switched by the chassis disconnect.

BLUE SEA FUSE BLOCK - 6 CIRCUIT FORWARD WALL L1
QTY: 1
A Blue Sea 5025B, 6 circuit fuse block, shall be installed on the upper forward wall of the body L1 compartment interior.

This block has a maximum amperage of 60 Amps per block and 30 Amps per circuit.

BLUE SEA FUSE BLOCK - 6 CIRCUIT FORWARD WALL L2
QTY: 1
A Blue Sea 5025B, 6 circuit fuse block, shall be installed on the upper forward wall of the body L2 compartment interior.

This block has a maximum amperage of 60 Amps per block and 30 Amps per circuit.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 60
BLUE SEA FUSE BLOCK - 6 CIRCUIT FORWARD WALL L3
QTY: 1
A Blue Sea 5025B, 6 circuit fuse block, shall be installed on the upper forward wall of the body L3 compartment interior.

This block has a maximum amperage of 60 Amps per block and 30 Amps per circuit.

BLUE SEA FUSE BLOCK - 6 CIRCUIT FORWARD WALL R1
QTY: 1
A Blue Sea 5025B, 6 circuit fuse block, shall be installed on the upper forward wall of the body R1 compartment interior.

This block has a maximum amperage of 60 Amps per block and 30 Amps per circuit.

BLUE SEA FUSE BLOCK - 6 CIRCUIT FORWARD WALL R2
QTY: 1
A Blue Sea 5025B, 6 circuit fuse block, shall be installed on the upper forward wall of the body R2 compartment interior.

This block has a maximum amperage of 60 Amps per block and 30 Amps per circuit.

BLUE SEA FUSE BLOCK - 6 CIRCUIT FORWARD WALL R3
QTY: 1
A Blue Sea 5025B, 6 circuit fuse block, shall be installed on the upper forward wall of the body R3 compartment interior.

This block has a maximum amperage of 60 Amps per block and 30 Amps per circuit.

DOOR OPEN INDICATOR W/ INTEGRAL AUDIBLE ALARM
QTY: 1
An indicator light with an audible alarm, shall be functionally located in the cab to signal when an unsafe condition is present such as an open cab door or body compartment door, an extended ladder rack, a deployed stabilizer, an extended light tower or any other device which is opened, extended or deployed which may cause damage to the apparatus if it is moved.

This light shall be activated through the parking brake switch to signal when the parking brake is released.

DUNNAGE AREA LIGHTING
QTY: 1
Two (2) stainless steel, TecNiq Eon 3-LED horizontal surface mounted lights shall be provided in the dunnage area to provide adequate illumination of this area.

These lights shall be switched in the same manner as the step lights.

COMPARTMENT LIGHT ACTIVATION
QTY: 1
Compartment lighting shall be switched either from an integral switch as provided by the roll up door manufacturer or a magnetic proximity switch if it is a KME manufactured door.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 61
QTY: 20
Each individual, equipment storage compartment shall be equipped with the AMDOR, Luma Bar, LED light fixture, mounted on each side of the forward (and rear) vertical door frame.

CUST PUMP/TANK/RES BODY LED MARKER LIGHTS
QTY: 1

DOT MARKER LIGHTS FORWARD OF CAB DOOR
QTY: 1
Amber LED DOT marker lights with reflector shall be provided and mounted forward of the front cab door, one (1) each side.

MARKER/TURN LIGHTS @ EA SIDE OF BODY
QTY: 1
Red, LED marker lights with integral reflectors shall be provided at the lower side rear, having one (1) on each side.

Yellow, LED side marker and turn lights shall be provided on the apparatus lower side, forward of rear axle that puts one (1) on each side, if the apparatus is 30' long or longer.

DOT MARKER LIGHTS @ REAR OF BODY
QTY: 1
Red, LED clearance lights shall be provided on the apparatus rear upper having one (1) on each side at the outermost practical location.

Red, LED, 3-lamp identification bar will be provided on the apparatus rear center.

DOT AMBER REFLECTORS @ SIDE OF BODY
QTY: 1
Yellow reflectors shall be provided on the apparatus body lower side, as far forward and low as practical with one (1) on each side if the apparatus is 30' long or longer.

DOT RED REFLECTORS @ REAR OF BODY
QTY: 1
Red reflectors shall be provided on the apparatus rear with one (1) on each side at the outermost practical location.

TECNIQ #L10 LED LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
QTY: 1
One (1) Tecniq model #L10 LED license plate light shall be provided above the mounting position of the license plate. The license plate shall be located on the driver's side rear of body.

The light shall be clear in color and shall have a chrome finish.

BRITAX, 6" ANGLED RUBBER LED LIGHT @ REAR BODY COR
QTY: 1
Two (2) rubber, angled LED marker lights shall be mounted on the rear most corner of the body, one (1) each side.

The lights shall be mounted in a molded flexible rubber shaft that extends away from the body approximately 6".

The lights shall be equipped with an amber lens facing forward and a red lens facing to the rear of the vehicle.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 62
The lights shall be wired to the parking light circuit.

WHELEN #M6 LED BRAKE, REVERSE, & TURN W/ QUAD HOUS
QTY: 1
Two (2) Whelen M6 series, 4-5/16" x 6-3/4", LED red combination tail and stop lights, shall be mounted one each side at the rear of the body.

Two (2) Whelen M6 series, 4-5/16" x 6-3/4", LED amber arrow turn signal lights, shall be mounted one each side, on a vertical plane with the tail/stop lights.

Two (2) Whelen M6 series, 4-5/16" x 6-3/4", LED white back-up lights, shall be mounted, one each side on a vertical plane with the turn/tail/stop signals.

These lights shall activate when the transmission is placed in reverse gear.

Two (2) Whelen M6FCV4 mounting flanges, installed one (1) on each side, shall be provided to mount the lights described above in one common mounting flange.

The fourth opening shall be for the lower rear warning lights.

The lights shall be mounted in order, from top to bottom, as described above.

WHELEN #500 LED THIRD BRAKE LIGHT
QTY: 1
One (1) Whelen # 500 series, 1 5/8" x 5" size, red LED stop light shall be mounted centered on the rear of the body as high as practical.

The light shall be mounted with a chrome flange.

BODY STEP LIGHTS, TECNIQ EON 3 LED, ALL DEVICES
QTY: 2
Polished, stainless steel, TecNiq Eon 3-LED, horizontal surface, mounted body step lights shall be provided and controlled with marker light actuation.

Step lights shall be located to properly illuminate all body access steps and walkway areas and shall include a mounting gasket to provide a watertight seal.

WIRE UPGRADE FOR 12V HIGH AMP LIGHTS - DRIVER SIDE
QTY: 1
FIRETECH WL1000 LED LIGHTS, @ TOP OF BODY
QTY: 1
Two (2) FireTech WL1000, LED flood lights shall be one (1) on each side on top of the body.

The lights shall illuminate the top of the body. The lights shall have a limited, lifetime warranty.

WIRE UPGRADE FOR 12V HIGH AMP LIGHTS - OFFICER SID
QTY: 1
(2) WHELEN PIONEER SURFACE MTD LIGHTS, 150W12V LED
QTY: 1
Two (2) Whelen Pioneer model # PCPSM2C surface mounted flood/spot lights shall be installed, one rearward and one forward on the driver side of the body, each using a chrome plated flange.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 63
Each lamp head shall draw 12 amps and generate 16,000 lumens. (2) WHELEN PIONEER SURFACE MTD LIGHTS, 150W12V LED
QTY: 1
Two (2) Whelen Pioneer model # PCPSM2C surface mounted flood/spot lights shall be installed, one rearward and one forward on the officer side of the body, each using a chrome plated flange.

Each lamp head shall draw 12 amps and generate 16,000 lumens. (2) TREADPLATE ENCLOSURES FOR DS BODY SCENE LIGHTS
QTY: 1
Two (2) formed tread plate enclosures shall be provided for the officer side body scene lights. These enclosures shall mount on the top of the body so as to provide a location to mount the selected scene lighting.
(2) TREADPLATE ENCLOSURES FOR OS BODY SCENE LIGHTS
QTY: 1
Two (2) formed tread plate enclosures shall be provided for the officer side body scene lights. These enclosures shall mount on the top of the body so as to provide a location to mount the selected scene lighting.

HIVIZ GUARDIAN JUNIOR SCENE LIGHTS BEHIND CAB DOOR
QTY: 1
Two (2) Firetech Hiviz Guardian Junior FT-GSMJR, LED scene lights shall be provided, (1) one on each side of the cab, directly behind the front cab entrance door in a chrome plated flange.

Each light shall be 7.5 wide by 5 high by 1.5 deep, draw 3.33 amps, and produce 3,000 lumens.

The scene lights shall be wired through the load management system.

HIVIZ GUARDIAN ELITE SCENE LIGHTS ON REAR OF BODY
QTY: 1
Two (2) Firetech Hiviz Guardian Elite FT-GESM, LED scene lights shall be provided, (1) one on each side of the rear body panel in a chrome plated flange.

Each light shall be 11 wide by 9 high by 3 deep, draw 10 amps, and produce 10,491 lumens.

The scene lights shall be wired through the load management system.

DOCKING LIGHTS IN REAR WHEELWELL
QTY: 1
Two (2) Tecniq E96 LED docking lights shall be provided in the rear wheel well panels, one (1) each side.

The lights shall be surface mounted on the wheel well panel and shall be equipped with a stainless steel housing.

The lights shall be activated by the reverse light circuit when the apparatus is operating as an emergency vehicle (Primary Warning Switch On).

GENERATOR
QTY: 1
One (1) Harrison Hydraulic Driven Generator model number 10.0MAS-16R rated at 10000 watts, 80/40 amps, 120/240VAC, 60 Hz, 1-phase shall be provided.

The system shall be designed and assembled by a company with no less than 10 years experience in the manufacture of hydraulic driven generators. The system shall be tested at the full nameplate load prior to Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 64
shipping and be accompanied with the test report. The test report shall document the generators performance at various loads from no load to full load to ensure reliable power delivery at those loads.

The motor/generator shall be placed in a frame which affords protection to the components and provides a unitized mounting module containing the motor/generator, reservoir, oil cooler, filtration, on/off manifold containing a cross port check valve allowing unit to be started and shut down remotely.

The generator shall be a commercial type with a heavy-duty bearing and of brush less design to ensure low maintenance. No brushes or slip rings shall be allowed. The reservoir shall include an oil level sight gauge, oil temperature gauge; fill cap, oil filter, and a venturi boost unit to provide positive pressure to the pump suction port.

The generator and motor shall be close coupled and aligned using a Morse taper with a through bolt to secure the motor to the generator. No two (2) bearing generators shall be permitted.

The system must be capable of producing the full nameplate power when driven from the vehicle PTO from idle to maximum engine speed.

The generator system must be able to operate on either a Constant Engaged PTO or a Hot Shift PTO.

The generator must be able to be used while vehicle is either stationary or in motion.

The hydraulic motor and pump shall be of axial piston design to provide low internal leakage and a high degree of frequency stability. No gear pumps or motors shall be used. The pump shall match the system with the proper orifice, pressure compensator, and load sense settings to provide stable output regardless of engine rpm or electrical load demands.

The system shall be capable of normal operations using a commonly available ISO 46 hydraulic fluid. All fluid service points shall be in close proximity to the reservoir for ease of scheduled maintenance.

When properly installed, the system shall be warranted for a period of not less than two (2) years or 2000 hours, whichever should come first.

The generator shall be remotely turned on/off by using a 12 VDC switch mounted on the cab dash. 120 & 240 VOLT WIRING METHODS
QTY: 1
Wiring/conduit shall not be attached to any chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components or low voltage wiring.

All wiring shall be installed at a minimum of 12 inches away from any exhaust piping and a minimum of 6 inches from any fuel lines.

All wiring shall be securely clamped within 6 inches of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24 inches of run. All supports shall be of nonmetallic material or corrosion protected metal. All supports shall not cut or abrade conduit or cable and shall be mechanically fastened to the vehicle.

All power supply assembly conductors, including neutral and grounding conductors, shall have an equivalent amperage rating and shall be sized to carry not less than 115% of the main breaker rating.

All Type SO or Type SEO cable not installed in a compartment shall be installed in wire loom. Where Type SO or Type SEO cable penetrates a metal surface, a rubber or plastic grommet or bushing shall be provided.

The installation of all 120/240 wiring shall meet the current NFPA-1901 Standards {No Exceptions}.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 65
120/240 VOLT WIRING IDENTIFICATION
All line voltage conductors located inside the main breaker panel box shall be individually and permanently identified. When pre-wiring for future power wiring installations, the non-terminated ends shall be labeled showing function and wire size.
120/240 VOLT GROUNDING
The neutral conductor of the power source shall be bonded to the vehicle fame only at the power source.

The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) shall be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor shall be colored white or gray.

In addition to the bonding required for the lower voltage return current, each body and driving/crew compartment enclosure shall be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. The conductor shall have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the name plate current rating of the power source specification label.
120/240 VOLT CIRCUIT BREAKER / RECEPTACLE INSTALLATION
The system shall be installed by highly qualified electrical technicians to assure the required level of safety and protection to the fire apparatus operators. When multiple circuit are required, the circuits shall be wired to the breaker panel in a staggered configuration to minimize electrical loads on each breaker or generator (leg) circuit. The wiring, electrical fixtures and components shall be to the highest industry quality standards available on the domestic market. The equipment shall be the type as designed for mobile type installations subject to vibration, moisture and severe continuous usage.

GENERATOR
QTY: 1
The generator shall be equipped with an additional updraft fan.

GENERATOR LOCATION
QTY: 1
The generator shall be mounted between the tractor and the access ladder or compartment.

Locating the generator greater than 144" from the main breaker panel may require the installation of an additional power disconnecting means.

HARRISON HOT SHIFT PTO
QTY: 1
A hot shift PTO shall be provided on the transmission for the Harrison generator.

The PTO shall be controlled from the cab. The control shall include a PTO engagement switch and a PTO engaged indicator light.

DIGITAL QUAD METER FOR HARRISON GENERATORS
QTY: 1
A weatherproof digital Quadra meter containing the volt, amp, and frequency shall be installed near the breaker panel.

BREAKER PANEL
QTY: 1
The generator output line conductors shall be wired from the generator output connections to a Square D, model #QO112L125G breaker panel.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 66
The breaker panel shall be equipped with a properly sized main breaker, using two (2) of the twelve (12) spaces which leaves a total of ten (10) available spaces.

The generator output conductors shall be sized to 115% of the main breaker rating and shall be installed as indicated in the wiring section.

BREAKER PANEL LOCATION
QTY: 1
The breaker panel shall be located on the rear wall of the driver side front compartment.

LINE VOLTAGE BREAKER TYPE
QTY: 1
All line voltage breakers for use with the AC load center shall be non-GFCI and non-AFCI breakers. The included breakers shall be standard thermal-magnetic overcurrent protection devices.

CORD REEL ENCLOSURE
QTY: 2
An aluminum tread plate enclosure shall be provided overtop of the cord reel. The enclosure shall be water proof to prevent water from coming through the dunnage area floor into the lower compartment. An access panel shall be provided on the vertical surface of the cover to access the reel without removing the cover.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #1
QTY: 1
One (1) Hannay Model #ECR-1620-17-18, with 4 conductor collector assembly for 240 volts, with electric rewind cord reel shall be provided and wired to the breaker panel.

The reel shall be securely mounted and equipped with a rewind control adjacent to the reel.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #1 LOCATION
QTY: 1
The cord reel shall be mounted on the top of the driver's side locker compartment.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #1 ROLLER
QTY: 1
A Hannay 4-way stainless steel roller assembly shall be provided. The roller assembly opening shall be the full width of the reel drum.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #1 REWIND
QTY: 1
A reel rewind switch(s) shall be provided on the compartment wall ELECTRIC CORD REEL #1 CABLE
QTY: 1
Two hundred twenty five (225) feet of Type SO black 10/4 heavy duty electric cable, wired for 240 volt, shall be provided on the cord reel.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #1 TERMINATION
QTY: 1
One (1) NEMA L14-20R, 20 amp, four prong twist-lock receptacle shall be provided on the end of the cable.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #1 JUNCTION BOX
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 67
A Circle-D Model #PF51GFCI-5P-L14-20, four (4) outlet junction box(es) with one (1) NEMA 5-20R GFCI rated straight blade receptacle and three (3) NEMA L5-20R twist-lock receptacles with 6" pigtail with a NEMA L14-20P twist-lock plug shall be provided.

The junction box(es) shall be wired such that the four (4) outlets provide 120 VAC.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #1 JUNCTION BOX HOLDER
QTY: 1
A holder(s) constructed from 1/8" tread plate shall be provided for each cord reel(s) junction box. The location of the holder shall be adjacent to the cord reel roller assembly or as directed by the fire department.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #1 CIRCUIT BREAKER
QTY: 1
The circuit breaker used to protect any device attached to the cord reel shall be sized to the smallest electrical connection used.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #1 BALL STOP
QTY: 1
A cable ball stop(s) shall be installed on the cable to keep the end from passing through the roller assembly.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #2
QTY: 1
One (1) Hannay Model #ECR-1620-17-18, with 4 conductor collector assembly for 240 volts, with electric rewind cord reel shall be provided and wired to the breaker panel.

The reel shall be securely mounted and equipped with a rewind control adjacent to the reel.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #2 LOCATION
QTY: 1
The cord reel shall be mounted on the top of the officer's side locker compartment.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #2 ROLLER
QTY: 1
A Hannay 4-way stainless steel roller assembly shall be provided. The roller assembly opening shall be the full width of the reel drum.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #2 REWIND
QTY: 1
A reel rewind switch(s) shall be provided on the compartment wall ELECTRIC CORD REEL #2 CABLE
QTY: 1
Two hundred twenty five (225) feet of Type SO black 10/4 heavy duty electric cable, wired for 240 volt, shall be provided on the cord reel.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #2 TERMINATION
QTY: 1
One (1) NEMA L14-20R, 20 amp, four prong twist-lock receptacle shall be provided on the end of the cable.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #2 JUNCTION BOX
QTY: 1
A Circle-D Model #PF51GFCI-5P-L14-20, four (4) outlet junction box(es) with one (1) NEMA 5-20R GFCI rated straight blade receptacle and three (3) NEMA L5-20R twist-lock receptacles with 6" pigtail with a NEMA L14-20P twist-lock plug shall be provided.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 68
The junction box(es) shall be wired such that the four (4) outlets provide 120 VAC.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #2 JUNCTION BOX HOLDER
QTY: 1
A holder(s) constructed from 1/8" tread plate shall be provided for each cord reel(s) junction box. The location of the holder shall be adjacent to the cord reel roller assembly or as directed by the fire department.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #2 CIRCUIT BREAKER
QTY: 1
The circuit breaker used to protect any device attached to the cord reel shall be sized to the smallest electrical connection used.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL #2 BALL STOP
QTY: 1
A cable ball stop(s) shall be installed on the cable to keep the end from passing through the roller assembly.

DOT HORN
QTY: 1
A single electric horn activated by the steering wheel horn button shall be furnished.

BACK-UP ALARM
QTY: 1
A Preco # 1040, self adjusting 87 thru 112dBA back-up alarm, shall be provided and installed at the rear of the apparatus under the tailboard.

The back-up alarm shall activate and automatically adjust to ambient noise levels when the transmission is placed in reverse gear and the ignition is "on."

SINGLE CHROME AIR HORN - GROVER
QTY: 1
A single Grover chrome plated air horn shall be at the front of the vehicle. The air horn shall be mounted in full compliance with NFPA-1901. The supply line shall be a minimum of 1/4".

SINGLE AIR HORN
QTY: 1
The air horn shall be recessed in the driver side of the front bumper.

AIR HORN CONTROL
QTY: 1
The air horn(s) shall be controlled by a floor mounted, foot switch on the officer's side.

AIR HORN CONTROL
QTY: 1
The air horn(s) shall be controlled by a floor mounted foot switch and steering wheel horn button for the driver.

ELECTRONIC SIREN
QTY: 1
One (1) Whelen # 295HFS2, 100 watt electronic siren shall be provided featuring: flush mount remote control head recessed in center dash panel as space allows, "Si-Test" self diagnostic feature, six (6) function siren, radio repeat, and public address.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 69
The electronic siren and speaker shall meet the NFPA required SAE certification to ensure compatibility between the siren and speaker.

WHELEN SA315P SPEAKER
QTY: 1
One (1) Whelen, model # SA315P composite black siren speaker, shall be provided, recessed in the front bumper and wired to the electronic siren.

POLISHED STEEL ELECTRONIC SIREN SPEAKER GRILL
QTY: 1
A custom electric siren speaker grill shall be provided. This grill shall include the KME company logo cut into the center.

MECHANICAL SIREN
QTY: 1
One (1) Federal Model #Q2B mechanical siren shall be provided to provide audible warning.

SIREN LOCATION
QTY: 1
The Q2B siren shall be semi-recessed into the bumper on the driver's side.

The siren shall be recessed so the front grille portion of the siren is exposed and protruding beyond the bumper.

ELECTRO/MECHANICAL SIREN BRAKE CONTROL
QTY: 1
A dash mounted push button switch shall be provided for the officer to control the brake on the electro/mechanical siren.

ELECTRO/MECHANICAL SIREN BRAKE CONTROL
QTY: 1
A dash mounted push button switch shall be provided for the driver to control the brake on the electro/mechanical siren.

ELECTRO/MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
QTY: 1
A floor mounted foot switch shall be provided for the driver to activate the electro/mechanical siren.

ELECTRO/MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
QTY: 1
A floor mounted foot switch shall be provided for the officer to activate the electro/mechanical siren.

BODY AND COMPARTMENT HEADER
QTY: 1
GENERAL ALUMINUM BODY DESCRIPTION FOR 100' TILLER
QTY: 1
The general body construction shall be a modular body consisting of independent body modules or subassemblies with an independent heavy duty support framework. These specifications outline the minimum standards of construction.

To ensure the customer of sole source manufacturing, the body must be built by the same manufacturer of the entire chassis and aerial device. {No Exceptions} Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 70

COMPARTMENT FABRICATION
Compartment panels and body side sheets shall be a minimum of 1/8" aluminum 5052 alloy. Each side compartment assembly shall be both plug welded and stitch welded to ensure proper weld penetration on all panels while avoiding the distortion caused by a full seam weld. The side compartments shall be welded on a fixture to ensure true door and body dimensions. All compartments shall have a sweep-out style floor.

The floors of each compartment shall be adequately braced to provide maximum loading without undue deflection. All seams shall be caulked prior to finish paint to ensure proper compartment seal.

Compartments that are transverse below the trailer frame rails shall be designed with a bolt-in center section. This design shall provide removable access to the center section of the trailer frame rails for maintenance and aerial testing.

The referenced compartment sizes approximate the extreme outside compartment dimensions without deductions for material thicknesses, flanges, door pans/hardware, or ladder storage compartment headers.

BODY SUBFRAME
The body sub-frame shall be an all-welded configuration utilizing aluminum tubing, channel, and angle. This structure shall be designed to totally support the full length and width of the body and shall be welded to the body side compartments by use of reinforcement plates to incorporate the compartments into an integral part of the body weldment.

FLEX JOINTS
Due to the trailer flexing associated with tractor drawn aerial bodies, the tiller body shall be segregated into separate modules. Each module shall be spaced apart by a flex joint to allow movement between each body module when the vehicle is in road travel or aerial operations.

COATED FASTENERS
All exterior fasteners shall be coated stainless steel screws. Screw threads shall be coated with reusable, self-locking, sealing material to provide vibration resistance. Screw heads shall be coated with a sealing element to prevent galvanic corrosion between dissimilar metals. Non-coated screws shall only be provided as part of vendor supplied component installations.

GENERAL COMPARTMENT
QTY: 1
Compartment tops shall be covered with tread plate plate on both sides of the body. The tread plate shall have a flange downward, over the top of compartments to serve as a drip rail above the compartment doors.

ACCESS PANELS
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 71
Removable access panels shall be provided in the lower running board compartments to access hydraulic components, electrical harnesses, and the rear body mounts. All access panels shall be equipped with the same finish as the compartment interiors.

COMPARTMENT VENTILATION
Ventilation between compartments to atmosphere shall be provided and located in a position that avoids water entry into compartments.

COMPARTMENT DRIP MOLDING
Compartment tops overall side compartments shall be equipped with a flanged edge to provide protection against water run-off. A secondary polished extruded aluminum drip molding shall be provided between lower compartments and auxiliary high side compartments.

BODY TRIM
The body shall be protected and covered with bright finished tread plate plate. The tread plate shall be fastened with stainless steel hardware and shall be coated with rubber type undercoating between the body panel and tread plate to protect from moisture. All edges shall be sealed with silver, rubber caulking.

Tread plate shall be provided in the following areas:
• All surfaces of the compartments or on top of the body where personnel may walk or mount equipment
• Front of body
• Below aerial turntable decking
• Top of the pump enclosure (if applicable)
• Cover over the water tank (if applicable)
• Cover over hydraulic tank
• Top of mid-ship compartment (if applicable)

FENDER WITH STORAGE OPTIONS (CUSTOM)
QTY: 1

DRIVER FORWARD FENDER - NO STORAGE SELECTED
QTY: 1
No storage compartment has been specified for this position.

OFFICER FORWARD FENDER - NO STORAGE SELECTED
QTY: 1
No storage compartment has been specified for this position.

ALUMINUM WHEEL LINERS TILLER TRAILER
QTY: 1
Fully removable, bolt-in, 1/8" aluminum fender liners shall be provided. The wheel well liners shall extend from the outer wheel well body panel, into the truck frame. The completely washable fender liners shall be designed to protect the front and rear compartments and the main body supports from road salts, dirt accumulation and corrosion.

TILLER TRACTOR, REAR WHEEL WELLS & FENDERS - ROLLE
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 72
The tractor shall be equipped with a rolled tread plate wheel well and fender step assembly. The fenders shall be two (2) separate sections that shall be attached to the tractor frame rails for adequate strength to support a fire fighter.

TRACTOR DRAWN AERIAL BODY WITH WATERWAY
QTY: 1

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
One (1) full height full depth compartment to the rear of the outrigger, measuring approx 25" Wide x 58" High x 28" Deep.

One (1) full height full depth compartment to the rear of the outrigger, measuring 54" Wide x 58" High x 28" Deep. As ground ladder storage allows the upper 39" of the compartment shall be transverse.

One (1) full height full depth compartment to the rear of the outrigger, measuring approx 54" Wide x 58" High x 28" Deep. As ground ladder storage allows the upper 39" of the compartment shall be transverse.

One (1) full height full depth compartment to the rear of the outrigger, measuring approx 59" Wide x 58" High x 28" Deep.

One (1) split depth running board compartment forward of the trailer axle, measuring 48" Wide x 32" High x 28" Deep.

One (1) split depth running board compartment rearward of the trailer axle, measuring 48" Wide x 45" High x 28" Deep.

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
One (1) full height full depth compartment to the rear of the outrigger, measuring approx 25" Wide x 58" High x 28" Deep.

One (1) full height full depth compartment to the rear of the outrigger, measuring approx 59" Wide x 58" High x 28" Deep.

One (1) split depth running board compartment forward of the trailer axle, measuring 48" Wide x 32" High x 28" Deep.

One (1) split depth running board compartment rearward of the trailer axle, measuring 48" Wide x 45" High x 28" Deep.

AERIAL SUPPLY HOSE STORAGE
QTY: 1
The aerial waterway hose storage box shall have a hinged tread plate door with a gas shock to hold it closed and open. A one (1) inch lip shall be provided around the area on the back side of the box to provide strength. A roller shall be provided on the vertical edges on each side of the back of the box at the opening. Four (4) drain holes shall be applied, one in each corner of the storage module to allow for excess water to drain properly. Dry deck material shall be provided on the floor in the box and the lid shall open to about 75 degrees and not impact the slide out radio tray on the cab roof. The lid will be adequately reinforced to prevent oil canning when walked on. The compartment will have a Amdor Luma Bar LED light that will illuminate automatically when the door is opened.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 73
TRACTOR LOCKER COMPARTMENT 30.5"W X 50"H X 24"D
QTY: 1
A locker compartment shall be provided, one (1) each side to the rear of the tractor cab, measuring 30.5" wide x 50" high x 24" deep with a door opening of 26" wide x 47" high. The compartment shall be mounted to the chassis frame rails at the front and rear of the compartment. Each compartment shall be equipped with an access panel located on the rear wall to provided access to the area behind the locker compartment.

The area between the lockers shall provide a location for the hydraulic tank, optional generator and various hydraulic components.
2" THICK COMPARTMENT DOORS - FLAT DOORS
QTY: 1
The compartment doors shall be flat type having the outer skin fabricated from 3/16" (5052 H32) aluminum. The door skin shall have a formed a mounting flange on one (1) side as a hinge. The door skin shall have reinforcing channels welded internally to accommodate the inner door pan mounting. The 2" thick compartment doors shall reduce the overall specified compartment depth by 2-1/2”. All horizontally hinged doors shall be 1" thick to provide additional compartment storage area. The 1" thick horizontal hinged doors shall reduce the overall specified compartment depth by 1-1/4".

ROLL-UP DOORS
QTY: 1
Roll-up doors shall be provided on all compartments.

The roll-up doors shall be constructed from aluminum extruded slats which shall have a flexible seal between each slat for proper sealing of the door.

A synthetic rubber seal shall be provided at each side, top and bottom edge of the door to prevent entry of dirt into the compartment.

The door shall be equipped with a lift bar style latch mechanism which shall latch at the bottom of the door mounting extrusion.

The roll-up door assembly shall be furnished with a spring-loaded, counter balance assembly to assist in door actuation.

All running board and high side compartments shall be equipped with roll-up doors.

ROBINSON ROLL-UP DOORS, PAINTED FINISH, ANY TILLER
QTY: 1
The roll-up doors shall be made of Robinson (ROM) brand. The doors shall be painted to match the required color of the fire department.

ROBINSON ROLL-UP DOORS, PAINTED FINISH
QTY: 14
The roll-up doors shall be made of Robinson (ROM) brand. The doors shall be painted to match the required color of the fire department.

PROTECTION PANELS FOR ROLL-UP DOORS
QTY: 14
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 74
A protection panels shall be provided at the top of the body exterior compartments fitted with roll-up doors.

The panels shall be installed below the roll-up area to prevent possible damage to the roll-up door by misplaced equipment.

Each protection panel shall be as offered from the door manufacturer.

KEYED DOOR LOCKS, HINGED OR ROLL-UP DOORS
QTY: 14
A compartment door(s) shall be equipped with keyed locking door latches.

Two keys shall be furnished for each lock and shall be labeled to indicate the correct match.

COMPARTMENT FLOORS
QTY: 1
Compartment floors shall be welded to the compartment walls and have a sweep out design for easy cleaning.

TREAD PLATE OVERLAY, FRONT OF SIDE COMP'TS (NON-WR
QTY: 1
The front face of the side compartments, next to the driver and officer pump panels shall be overlaid with full height tread plate protection panels.

The overlays shall cover the front face of the compartments only, they shall not wrap around to the door opening.

PAINTED REAR BODY PANEL, TILLERS
QTY: 1
The entire rear of the body shall be equipped with a painted finish, which shall extend the full width between body side compartments. The paint color shall match the body job color. The rear of the body shall have an opening to access the ground ladder storage area. The opening shall be equipped with a door as specified in the ground ladder storage section.

STAINLESS STEEL OUTRIGGER COVER PANEL, TILLER DEVI
QTY: 1
Each outrigger opening shall be covered by a panel mounted to the outrigger beam. The panels shall be fabricated from 14 gauge #8 finished stainless steel. Each panel shall be adjustable up and down to help match the panel to the body lines.

BODY RUB RAILS, C-CHANNEL - ALUMINUM EXTRUSION
QTY: 1
Sacrificial extruded aluminum C-Channel style, rub rails shall be mounted at the base of the body, extending outward from the body. The rub rails shall extend the full length of the main body.

TILLER, TILLER CAB ACCESS LADDERS
QTY: 1
Two (2) access areas, one on each side, shall be provided at the rear of the trailer in a step or ladder style configuration. The steps shall be configured to climb from the ground to the tiller cab with spacing not to exceed NFPA 1901 step distances. The steps shall be fabricated from "Grip-Strut" anti-slip material, providing a non-slip surface on each step. The steps shall provide access or egress to and from the top of the aerial body and tiller cab.

POLISHED ALUMINUM FENDERETTES, TILLER TRAILER AXLE
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 75
The trailer rear fenders shall be equipped with easily replaceable, polished extruded aluminum fenderettes.

The fenderettes shall be equipped with a rubber gasket molding between the body panel and the fenderette.

TILLER TRACTOR, POLISHED ALUMINUM FENDERETTES
QTY: 1
The rear fenders on the tractor shall be equipped with easily replaceable, polished extruded aluminum fenderettes. The fenderettes shall be equipped with a rubber gasket molding between the body panel and the fenderette.

Fenderettes that are integrally welded to the wheel well panels shall not be acceptable.

REAR MUD FLAPS, TILLER ONLY
QTY: 1
Heavy duty mud flaps shall be provided behind the rear wheels on the tractor and the rear steer axle on the trailer.

TILLER, BODY HANDRAILS
QTY: 1
All non aerial device handrails are to be 1-1/4" diameter ribbed aluminum extruded tubing or stainless steel, with chrome plated end brackets.

Locations shall be as follows:
• One full length rail attached to the rear edge of each tiller cab access ladder.

GRAB RAILS, HANSEN KNURLED STAINLESS STEEL TYPE
QTY: 1
All hand rails shall be Hansen 1-1/4" outer diameter, knurled stainless steel, designed to meet NFPA 1901 requirements.

Molded gaskets shall be installed between the handrail stanchion castings and body surfaces to prevent electrolytic reaction between dissimilar metals and to protect paint.

Grab rails shall be provided at the following specified locations.

Additional grab rails shall be provided adjacent to any additional steps specified to comply with NFPA 1901.

PAINTED REAR TOW EYES, THROUGH REAR SHEET
QTY: 1
Two (2) painted tow eyes shall be furnished on the rear of the vehicle, extending through the rear body panel. The tow eyes shall be made from plate steel and bolted directly to the chassis frame rails with grade 8 bolts. The tow eyes shall be smooth and free from sharp edges. They will have a minimum eyelet hole of 2-1/2". The tow eyes shall be painted.

CENTER LADDER STORAGE, 101' LADDER, TILLER
QTY: 1
All ground ladders (except as noted) shall be stored in the center rear of the aerial body. The ladders stored in the center of the body, the ladder tunnel shall extend from the rear of the body forward as a cage structure attached to the trailer frame rails. The tunnel will be semi-enclosed with the top and sides of the tunnel being provided by the inner walls of the body compartment modules as described elsewhere in these specifications. Guides will be provided for the specified ladder complement.

HINGED PAINTED ALUM DOOR, LADDER STORAGE, RM ONLY
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 76
QTY: 1
A horizontally hinged, painted flat aluminum door shall be provided for the ladders at the rear of the vehicle. The compartment door shall be flat overlapping type doors. The outer door the skin shall be fabricated from 3/16" (5052 -H32) aluminum. The door frame shall be constructed from 2" x 1" x 1/4" "C" channel or 1" x 5" x 1/8" channel.

The inner pan shall be constructed from 1/8" aluminum material, which shall be provided with a brushed finish. The inner door pan on running board compartments shall enclose the latch and reinforcements completely. The pan shall be easily removable to access the enclosed latch mechanism.

Two (2) gas shock door holders shall be provided on each door. The doors shall latch with a "D" ring handle.

STAINLESS STEEL LADDER LOCK SYSTEM
QTY: 1
A stainless plate with a two bend flange and a stainless steel hinge shall be provided to secure the aerial ladder complement. The plate assembly shall be mounted to the bottom of the entrance of the torque box ladder storage area. The plate shall be equipped with a spring loaded release to allow it to be hinged open.

When the plate is vertical, it shall secure the ladders and prevent them from migrating to the rear of the apparatus. When the plate is down and not securing the ladders, the roll‐ up door can not close, which shall activate the "Open Door Indicator Light" within the cab. The roll‐ up door together with hinge friction shall secure the plate in place during driving operations.

ALACO LADDER COMPANY COMPLIMENT PER QUOTE 4633
QTY: 1
1, p/n 2300-35, Wood, 2 section extension ladder for Fire Service, 35' 0" L 1, p/n 2300-28, Wood, 2 section extension ladder for Fire Service, 28' 0" L 1, p/n 2300-24, Wood, 2 section extension ladder for Fire Service, 24' 0" L 1, p/n 2300-20, Wood, 2 section extension ladder for Fire Service, 20' 0" L 1, p/n 2302-24, Wood, single section wall ladder for fire service, 24' 0" L 1, p/n 2302-20, Wood, single section wall ladder for fire service, 20' 0" L 1, p/n 2302-16, Wood, single section wall ladder for fire service, 16' 0" L 1, p/n 2304-20, Wood, roof ladder with hooks for fire service, 20' 0" L 1, p/n 2304-16, Wood, roof ladder with hooks for fire service, 16' 0" L 1, p/n 2304-14, Wood, roof ladder with hooks for fire service, 14' 0" L 1, p/n 2304-12, Wood, roof ladder with hooks for fire service, 12' 0" L 1, p/n 2304-10, Wood, roof ladder with hooks for fire service, 10' 0" L Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 77
1, p/n Wood, Baby Bangor, 2 section push up extension for fire service, 14'0" L 1, p/n 1600F-12, Wood, combination A extension for fire service 12' 0" L 1, p/n 1600F-10, Wood, combination A extension for fire service 10' 0" L 1, p/n 2305-10, Wood, folding attic ladder for fire service 10' 0" L

PIKE POLE TUBE(S) AERIALS
QTY: 8
A pike pole tube(s) shall be provided. Each shall be an individual tube type holder, mounted in the ladder storage area (if space allows). Each pike pole holder shall be labeled to indicate the pike pole length. 8' NUPLA FIBERGLASS PIKE POLE
QTY: 2
A 8' Nupla fiberglass pike pole shall be provided.

NUPLA 10' PIKE POLE
QTY: 2
Two (2) Nupla YPD-10, 10' fiberglass handled pike pole(s) shall be provided. 6' NUPLA TRASH HOOK W/D-HANDLE
QTY: 1
A 6' Nupla model RH-6D Classis Nuplaglas Roof Hook with D-handle shall be provided.

NUPLA RUBBISH HOOK
QTY: 1
The following rubbish hook pike pole from Nupla will be provided.

One (1) RH-6DA 6' Rubbish Hook
Storage location will be inside ladder box.
12' NUPLA FIBERGLASS PIKE POLE
QTY: 2
A 12' Nupla fiberglass handled pike pole(s) shall be provided.

ADJUSTABLE SHELF DESCRIPTION - RESCUE
QTY: 1
Compartment shelving shall be constructed of 3/16” brush finish aluminum with a 2” upward bend at front and rear, and side supports. Shelving shall be vertically adjustable with spring nuts in aluminum strut channel.

Adjustable shelves shall be located as indicated at each compartment description.

ADJUSTABLE SHELF(S) LOCATED L-1
QTY: 2
Located in the left side compartment #1
ADJUSTABLE SHELF(S) LOCATED L-2
QTY: 1
Located in the left side compartment #2
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 78
ADJUSTABLE SHELF(S) LOCATED L-5
QTY: 1
Located in the left side compartment #5
ADJUSTABLE SHELF(S) LOCATED R-1
QTY: 2
Located in the right side compartment #1
ADJUSTABLE SHELF(S) LOCATED R-3
QTY: 1
Located in the right side compartment #3
ADJUSTABLE SHELF(S) LOCATED R-5
QTY: 1
Located in the right side compartment #5

ADJUSTABLE SHELF(S) LOCATED REAR COMPARTMENT
QTY: 1
Located in the rear compartment
250#, 1/2 DEPTH FLOOR MOUNTED, ROLLOUT TRAY DESC.

QTY: 1
Half depth slide out floor mount compartment shelving shall be constructed of 3/16” brush finish aluminum with a 2" upward bend at front and rear, and side supports attached to #250 rated slides. The half depth slide out floor mount shelving shall have gas shocks to hold the tray in and out.

Half depth slide out floor mount shelving shall be as indicated at each compartment description. 1/2 DEPTH ROLLOUT TRAY, LOCATED L-2
QTY: 1
Located in the left side compartment #2
600# SM 1/2 DEPTH FLOOR MOUNTED, ROLLOUT TRAY
QTY: 1
Half depth floor mounted roll-out trays shall consist of heavy duty, roller bearing slide tracks with a load rating of 600 pounds, securely fastened to the compartment floor. The slide shall have a pull type latch to secure the slide in the desired position. The slide tracks shall have a 100% extension.

The tray shall be fabricated from 3/16" brushed aluminum with a minimum 2" high flange on each of the four sides to assist in retaining the equipment stored on each tray.

The 600 pound, half depth, floor mounted roll out trays shall be as indicated at each compartment description.
600# SLIDEMASTER ROLLOUT TRAY, LOCATED L-1
QTY: 1
Located in the left side compartment #1
600#, FLOOR MOUNTED, ROLLOUT TRAY DESC. 100%
QTY: 1
Floor mounted roll-out trays shall consist of heavy duty, roller bearing slide tracks with a load rating of 600 pounds, securely fastened to the compartment floor. The slide shall have a pull type latch to secure the slide in the desired position. The slide tracks shall have a 100% extension.

The tray shall be fabricated from 3/16" brushed aluminum with a minimum 2" high flange on each of the four sides to assist in retaining the equipment stored on each tray.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 79
The 600 pound floor mounted roll out trays shall be as indicated at each compartment description. 600# SLIDEMASTER ROLLOUT TRAY, LOCATED L-3 - 100%
QTY: 1
Located in the left side compartment #3
600# SLIDEMASTER ROLLOUT TRAY, LOCATED L-4 - 100%
QTY: 2
Located in the left side compartment #4
600# SLIDEMASTER ROLLOUT TRAY, LOCATED L-5 - 100%
QTY: 1
Located in the left side compartment #5
600# SLIDEMASTER ROLLOUT TRAY, LOCATED R-2 - 100%
QTY: 2
Located in the right side compartment #2
600# SLIDEMASTER ROLLOUT TRAY, LOCATED R-3 - 100%
QTY: 1
Located in the right side compartment #3
600# SLIDEMASTER ROLLOUT TRAY, LOCATED R-4 - 100%
QTY: 1
Located in the right side compartment #4
600# SLIDEMASTER ROLLOUT TRAY, LOCATED R-5 - 100%
QTY: 1
Located in the right side compartment #5

FLOOR EXTENSION DESCRIPTION - RESCUE
QTY: 1
Floor extensions constructed of 3/16” aluminum shall be provided to extend the transverse floor area above the frame rails to the door opening. Installed immediately below, shall be a bottom reinforcement to prevent distortion from accessories mounted on the extension.

Floor extensions shall be as indicated at each compartment description.

FLOOR EXTENSION, LOCATED L-2
QTY: 1
One (1) in the left side compartment #2
FLOOR EXTENSION, LOCATED L-3
QTY: 1
One (1) in the left side compartment #3
FLOOR EXTENSION, LOCATED R-2
QTY: 1
One (1) in the right side compartment #2
FLOOR EXTENSION, LOCATED R-3
QTY: 1
One (1) in the right side compartment #3

STOKES BASKET MODULE
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 80
A storage module shall be provided for the noted quantity of stokes basket(s). The module shall be constructed from 1/8" aluminum. The stokes basket storage area shall be transverse above the front body compartment as shown in proposal drawing. The storage module shall be designed with a clear storage area of 25" wide x 8" high x 87" long.

One (1) amdor luma bar will be added to each side of the stokes basket module to illuminate the interior of the module.

TURTLE TILE MATERIAL ON ALL COMPARTMENT FLOOR
QTY: 1
Turtle Tile brand floor material shall be installed on all compartment floors.

The Turtle Tile shall be custom installed to provide full floor coverage.

FLOORING MATERIAL ON SHELF(S) OR TR
QTY: 20
Floor matting material shall be provided on the noted quantity of specified shelves or roll-out trays.

FLOORING MATERIAL COLOR (BLACK IS DEFAULT)
QTY: 1
The compartment flooring color shall be black.

ADJUSTABLE ROLLOUT TRAY DESCRIPTION - RESCUE
QTY: 1

ADJUSTABLE ROLL-OUT TRAYS
Roll out adjustable compartment shelving shall be constructed of 3/16” brush finish aluminum with a 2” upward bend at front and rear, and side supports attached to 250# rated slides. Slide out adjustable shelving shall be vertically adjustable with spring nuts in aluminum strut channel. Slide out adjustable shelving shall have gas springs to hold in and out.

The adjustable roll-out trays shall be as indicated at each compartment description.

ADJUSTABLE ROLLOUT TRAY, LOCATED L-2
QTY: 1
Located in the left side compartment #2
ADJUSTABLE ROLLOUT TRAY, LOCATED L-3
QTY: 2
Located in the left side compartment #3
ADJUSTABLE ROLLOUT TRAY, LOCATED R-2
QTY: 1
Located in the right side compartment #2
ADJUSTABLE ROLLOUT TRAY, LOCATED R-3
QTY: 1
Located in the right side compartment #3
ADJUSTABLE ROLLOUT TRAY, LOCATED R-4
QTY: 2
Located in the right side compartment #4

ROLL-OUT/ DROP DOWN ADJUSTABLE TRAY
QTY: 1
The roll out/tilt tray shall consist of a 3/16” brushed aluminum finished aluminum tray with a minimum 2” lip on all four sides. Heavy duty aluminum Unistrut "C" channel tracking material shall be utilized to securely fasten the slide tracks to the compartment walls, while allowing height adjustment.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 81
The rear of the tip down tray shall be mounted on a slider with an integral pivot plate. This slider and pivot plate shall be mounted inside an aluminum rail for maximum strength. The tray shall be released from the stowed position with the use of a push button and shall be capable of auto latching to the stowed position. The front handle/latch shall be designed with a double hand hold to control the tray when deployed or stowed.

Roll out/Tilt trays be as indicated at each compartment description.

ROLLOUT DROP DOWN TRAY, LOCATED L-2
QTY: 1
Located in the left side compartment #2
ROLLOUT DROP DOWN TRAY, LOCATED L-3
QTY: 1
Located in the left side compartment #3
ROLLOUT DROP DOWN TRAY, LOCATED R-3
QTY: 1
Located in the right side compartment #3

FIXED VERTICAL DIVIDERS DESCRIPTION - RESCUE
QTY: 1
Full height, fixed mounted, vertical compartment dividers shall be fabricated from 3/16" brushed aluminum material. The dividers shall extend the full depth of the specified compartment from the floor to the compartment ceiling.

Full height, vertical dividers shall be as indicated at each compartment description.

FIXED VERTICAL DIVIDER, LOCATED R-3
QTY: 1
Located in the right side compartment #3
TILLER TRAILER FRAME ASSEMBLY, 101 LADDER
QTY: 1
The trailer frame shall be of welded steel construction and gooseneck design.

The gooseneck area shall be constructed using tube and plate.

This area of the trailer frame shall have a section modulus of 1172.6 in3 and a resistance to bending moment of 8,375,714 in-lb.

The rearward portion of the trailer frame shall be constructed, using "C" channel and plate.

The section of frame from the gooseneck to the axle shall have a section modulus of 376.3 in3 and a resistance to bending moment of 4,038,366 in-lb.

The tube and plate gooseneck area shall be 48" wide and 14" deep.

The "C" channel and plate portion of the frame shall be 34" wide and 11-1/4" deep.

TILLER TRAILER WHEELBASE - 360"
QTY: 1
The trailer shall be designed to provide maximum compartment space and shortest possible overall length utilizing a trailer wheelbase of 360".

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 82
TRAILER, STEERING AXLE, STEERTEK 23,000 LB.

QTY: 1
The Steertek NXT trailer axle beam shall be rated to carry 23,000 lbs. and consist of a fabricated box cross section construction with 100ksi plate and a continuous beam architecture to minimize stress points for added durability.

The axle shall incorporate a removable kingpin feature for ease of kingpin serviceability. The knuckles shall allow for compatibility with disc brakes mounted at the 12 o’clock position and with drum brakes, and allow for increased wheel cut. They shall also utilize premium kingpin bushings and seals to provide enhanced protection from the elements to improve bushing life. Oil seals with viewing window shall be provided.

The suspension shall consist of multi-leaf parabolic springs rated at 23,000 lbs with double wrapped front eye that are packaged within an integrated clamp group that allows for ease of OEM assembly on to the axle beam and reduced part count. The clamp group bolts are tightened on the top of the clamp group opposed to the traditional U-bolt on the bottom making it easier to access with a torque wrench for servicing. The spring shall also include a lower shock attachment with an upturned eye. The springs will contain threaded pin bushings to allow simplification of spring alignment as well as long service life and improved ride quality. The suspension and spring geometry will be optimized to provide improved bump steer and Ackermann. Two ZF Sachs twin-tube shocks shall be provided with the front suspension assembly. The shocks shall be specially developed for parabolic leaf springs with a digressive characteristic curve using a patented piston system. The shocks shall feature multi-stage piston and base valves. The combination of valves shall achieve the desired damping characteristics that are ideal for the application.

Meritor EX-225 H, 17" disc brakes shall be provided for the trailer axle.

The front brakes shall be full air actuated with automatic, slack adjustment.

TILLER TRAILER, STEERING AXLE POLISHED ALUMINUM WH
QTY: 1
The trailer wheels shall be 22.50 x 13", hub piloted polished aluminum disc.

The wheels shall have an 11-1/2" diameter bolt circle with ten (10) holes.

Chrome plated hub and nut covers shall be provided on each trailer wheel.

TILLER TRACTOR, TURNTABLE ACCESS LADDER FORWARD OF
QTY: 1
A turntable access ladder shall be located forward of the fender assembly, on each side. The ladders shall be constructed from tread plate side rails with open grate, anti-slip steps.

TILLER TRACTOR, STEP COMPARTMENT FORWARD OF FENDER
QTY: 1
The fenders shall incorporate an tread plate compartment, one (1) each side forward of the wheel well, which shall also serve as step. The compartment will measure approximately 18" high x 14" deep x 26" wide. Depending on the type of rear suspension, the rear way of this compartment may be notch to accommodate the suspension mounts. The compartment shall be equipped with an tread plate door that shall be equipped with a stainless steel hinge and "D" ring automotive latch.

TILLER TRAILER, OIL SEAL FOR TRAILER STEERING AXLE
QTY: 1
Premium oil seals with viewer glass shall be provided on the trailer steering axle.

TILLER TRAILER, MICHELIN XZY-3 TIRES 425/65R X 22.

QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 83
The trailer tires shall be Michelin 425/65R22.5 "L" tubeless radial XZY-3 traction tread.

Tires shall be rated at 24,400 lbs.

TPMS - LED VALVE STEM CAPS - TDA TIRES
QTY: 1
Each tire shall be equipped with an air pressure indicator cap on the valve stem.

Each cap shall have a visual indicator to show if the tire is correctly inflated.

TILLER TRAILER, STEERING SYSTEM, TRW TAS-85
QTY: 1
The trailer steering gear shall be TRW TAS 85 integral power steering gear box.

Steering wheel shall be vinyl padded, minimum 18" diameter. Steering column shall have tilting and telescoping capabilities.

TILLER TRAILER, STEERING PUMP - PIGGYBACK ON MAIN
QTY: 1
The trailer hydraulic steering pump shall be a Parker gear pump that shall be piggybacked on the main aerial hydraulic pump.

The steering pump shall be plumbed to the aerial hydraulic reservoir.

TILLER TRAILER, 100 AND 101 LADDER, FIFTH WHEEL PI
QTY: 1
The fifth wheel shall be a monorace bearing, 3.38 x 40.8 diameter, with the mounting plate bolted to the chassis. The longitudinal pivot point mounting shall utilize two (2) 2-3/4" diameter steel pins. Grease fittings shall be provided in two (2) locations on the bearing.

Due to the high load and wear on the trailer pivot points, the pin journals in the trailer gooseneck shall be designed to provide bearing surfaces utilizing ToughMet® 3 AT110 Temper Plate high strength alloy bearing material. The journals shall have minimum yield strength of 110,000 psi.

Both upper and lower surfaces mated to the bearing shall be milled to provide a true bearing plate. There will be no exceptions.

To reduce flexing between the tractor and trailer during aerial operation, a trailer lock-out system shall be provided. The lock out system shall consist of four (4) stainless steel pins that are lowered into position by the operator during the aerial outrigger setup.

TILLER CAB, GENERAL DESCRIPTION
QTY: 1
A permanently mounted tiller cab shall be provided on top of the trailer, to the rear of the aerial ladder.

The minimum width of the cab shall be 42" to provided adequate room and improve visibility for the tiller driver.

The tiller cab shall be constructed from a combination of 3/16" and 1/8" 5052 and 6063 aluminum.

The tiller cab shall be designed and tested to meet NFPA 1901 roof loading standards.

TILLER CAB, INTERIOR
QTY: 1
The floor of the tiller cab compartment shall be covered with tread plate.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 84
The dash and headliner shall be padded and upholstered to reduce noise level.

TILLERMAN SEAT, BOSTROM SIERRA LBRX /5 HD-R, LOW B
QTY: 1
The Tillerman seat shall be a H.O. Bostrom Sierra LBRX/5 HD, low back bucket seat.

The seat shall have a tapered and padded seat cushion with lumbar support.

The seat shall have an optional five (5) inch fore and aft adjustment and a reclining seat back.

BOSTROM TORSION MDEL #380 SUSPENSION SEAT BASE
QTY: 1
A Bostrom Torsion 380 seat base will be included, Model # 9401-1003.

BOSTROM SEATING MATERIAL, BLACK DURAWEAR
QTY: 1
The seats shall be upholstered with heavy duty black Durawear material.

TILLER CAB SEAT - FORE & AFT ADJUSTMENT
QTY: 1
The Tillerman seat shall be equipped with a locking slide to provide fore and aft adjustment.

TILLER CAB SEAT, RED LAP SEAT BELT
QTY: 1
A lap seat belt shall be provided for the Tillerman seating position.

The seat belt assembly shall be mounted to the seat frame and the tiller cab framework.

The color of the seat belt shall be red.

TILLER CAB WIND/GLASS, "NO POST VISION", SLIDING D
QTY: 1
The front windshield of the tiller cab shall be a 740 in². flat, single piece of tinted automotive industry approved safety glass.

The front windshield shall be designed with a "No Post Vision" seamless joint between the front and side viewing windows, requiring no corner post which shall obstruct the visibility of the driver.

One (1) horizontally split sliding rear window assembly shall be provided on the back of the tiller cab.

TILLER CAB, WINDSHIELD WIPERS, SINGLE PANOGRAPHIC
QTY: 1
A single electrically operated, pantographic, wet arm, self-parking windshield wiper shall be installed on the front center of the tiller cab.

The Tillerman shall be able to control wiper state (ON/OFF), speed (LOW /HI), and intermittent delay time (DLY) as well as washer pump (ON) from clearly labeled switches on the control panel.

A 3/4 gallon washer fluid reservoir shall be readily accessible in the tiller cab.

There shall be a removable panel on the front face of the cab for access to the wiper motor assembly.

There will be no exceptions.

TILLER CAB, STEERING WHEEL/COLUMN
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 85
QTY: 1
The tiller steering wheel shall be vinyl padded, minimum 18" diameter, with a center hub mounted horn button.

There shall be a self-canceling, directional signal lever and a traffic hazard switch on the steering column.

The steering column shall have tilting and telescoping capability to provide increase comfort and visibility for the Tillerman.

TILLER CAB, STEERING WHEEL POSITION INDICATOR
QTY: 1
The tiller steering wheel shall have a rudder position indicator to confirm orientation of the trailer steering position.

The gauge shall be located in the tiller cab dash panel.

TILLER CAB, PADDED SUNVISOR
QTY: 1
A 19.5" x 7.5" vinyl covered, padded sun visor shall be provided for the front windshield.

The visor shall be double hinged for a wider range of sun screening.

TILLER CAB, TWO (2) SALEM SERIES MANUAL VENTS, FRO
QTY: 1
Two (2) Salem series, two-way, hinge less air vents shall be provided on the front of the tiller cab, one (1) each side.

The vents shall be flush mounted below the windshield and painted to match the color of the tiller cab.

TILLER CAB, TWO (2) SALEM SERIES MANUAL VENTS, REA
QTY: 1
Two (2) Salem series, two-way, hinge less air vents shall be provided on the rear of the tiller cab, one (1) each side.

The vents shall be flush mounted below the window and painted to match the color of the tiller cab.

TILLER CAB, ALUMINUM KNURLED GRAB RAILS, EACH SIDE
QTY: 1
Two (2) 1-1/4" diameter x full height, knurled, bright anodized aluminum grab rails shall be provided, located one (1) at each tiller cab door entrance.

Grab rail stanchions shall be chrome plated and of an offset design, when necessary, to prevent "handpinching" when opening or closing the doors.

Formed rubber gaskets shall be provided between each stanchion base and the cab surface.

TILLER CAB, VELVAC 6-1/2" X 6" CONVEX
QTY: 1
Two (2) Velvac 6 ½” x 6" convex mirrors shall be provided and mounted on the exterior of the cab.

The mirrors shall be attached to adjustable arms mounted on the front corner of the tiller cab.

TILLER CAB, GROTE 6" CONVEX MIRROR ON BODY FORWARD
QTY: 1
Two (2) Grote #28043, 6" convex mirrors shall be provided and mounted on the top body edge forward of the tiller cab.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 86
The mirrors shall be attached to adjustable arms mounted to the body panels.

TILLER CAB, SLIDING DOORS
QTY: 1
The tiller cab shall be equipped with sliding doors for access to the cab. The tiller cab door opening shall be a minimum of 36-3/4" W x 47-5/8" H. The slides for the doors shall be a heavy duty ball bearing design.

The tiller cab doors shall have drop down (vertically) sliding type windows to provide greater ventilation of the tiller cab. Each window shall be 37-7/8" H x 28" W.

The doors shall be capable of being latched in the open and closed positions.

The tiller cab doors shall be wired to the "Door Open Indicator" of the tractor cab with an override switch for training.

TILLER CAB, INSTRUMENT & SWITCH PANEL
QTY: 1
A switch panel shall be installed in the Tillerman cab forward of the steering wheel.

The switch panel shall be provided with illuminated rocker switches to enable the Tillerman to turn on/off the under body lights, the step lights and any other specified lights.

TILLER CAB, TURNSIGNAL INDICATORS, WELDON #9186-15
QTY: 1
Two (2) Weldon, model #9186-1500-20, amber LED, left and right turn signal indicator lights shall be mounted on cab dash frame on each side of the steering column.

The lights shall alert the tillerman of the tractor driver's intent.

TILLER CAB, WHELEN 6" ROUND WHITE/RED LED INTERIOR
QTY: 1
A 6" round combination red/white LED dome light shall be furnished in the tiller cab.

The light shall be Whelen model # 60CREGCS.

The dome light shall have an integral selector switch.

The dome light shall also activate when the either tiller cab door is opened.

TILLER CAB, RED INTERIOR LIGHT UNDER DASH
QTY: 1
A red courtesy light mounted under the tiller cab dash shall be controlled by a rocker switch mounted on the control panel.

TILLER CAB, SUNNEX MODEL #HS762, MAP LIGHT ON OVE
QTY: 1
Sunnex model # HS762-00 12 volt - 20 watt halogen light designed for direct connection shall be furnished and located at the overhead.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 87
The light shall have a rectangular base with an on/off rocker switch and feature a swivel joint with 360 degree axial rotation and 90 degree angular adjustment.

TILLER CAB, PARK BRAKE INTERLOCK WARNING - CENTER
QTY: 1
A safety system shall be provided between the tractor cab and the tiller cab.

A warning indicator in the driving compartment shall activate when the parking brake is released and the tiller operator is not signaling his presence.

A momentary contact button shall be located in the steering wheel hub.

TILLER CAB, BUZZER - LINEMASTER #491-S FOOT SWITCH
QTY: 1
A buzzer warning system shall be provided between the tractor and tiller cabs.

Two (2) Linemaster #491-S foot switches shall be provided, one (1) push button in the tractor cab and one (1) foot switch in the tiller cab.

The buzzer controls shall be labeled: 1-Stop, 2-Go, 3-Backup.

TILLER CAB, HEATER - 12VDC - 1100 BTU
QTY: 1
A 12 VDC, 1100 BTU, 450 cfm, electric controlled combination heater/defroster shall be furnished for the tiller cab.

The heater shall be mounted under the dash with an outlet vent on each side of the dash.

Controls shall will be provided on the tiller cab dash panel.

TILLER CAB, TWO (2) ACC CLIMATE CONTROL 12-VOLT DE
QTY: 1
Two (2), six (6) inch climate control defogger fans shall be provided for the tiller cab windshield.

They shall be located with one (1) at each forward corner of the cab overhead. 101' TILLER LADDER
QTY: 1

INTENT & DESIGN STANDARDS
QTY: 1
The aerial ladder assembly shall be a four (4) section telescoping ladder constructed from high strength steel alloy, pre-piped waterway (if applicable), steel turntable, and outriggers.

The intent of these specifications is to describe a telescoping elevating ladder.

It shall consist of the true steel truss ladder type.

The aerial ladder consists of four (4) steel ladder sections, a steel turntable, and two (2) outriggers.

The height of the unit is 101' and the horizontal reach is 94'.

The device shall meet all the requirements of the National Fire Protection Association's (NFPA) 1901 standard, in effect at time of purchase.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 88
This is a fire service proven piece of apparatus that shall be manufactured in the U.S.A.

Ladders attached to booms, whether solid or lattice, or articulating arms shall not be considered as meeting these specifications or the intent of these specifications.

The design criteria of the unit shall be to create a structure and system that emphasizes safety, product reliability, and ease of operation.

These criteria are:

The hydraulic system shall be designed so that if a failure of any component or assembly within the system occurs, a single point failure of the entire system shall not occur.

The minimum ultimate design condition at the ladder base shall be 6.8 million inch pounds.

All structure load supporting elements of the aerial ladder that are made of a ductile material, shall have a design stress of not more than 50 % of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live load and the dead load.

This 2.5:1 structural safety factor meets the current National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 901 standard.

Design verification shall be accomplished with comprehensive Finite Element Analysis (FEA) and verified with extensive strain gage testing.

An independent engineering firm employing a Registered Professional Engineer shall verify the aerial safety factor.

The aerial device shall be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-half times it's rated tip load capacity (live load), in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm and level surface.

The aerial device shall be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-third times it's rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial devices can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning.

All welds in the aerial device shall be designed per the static and fatigue criteria of the American Welding Society No. D1.1.

All aluminum welds shall be designed per the static and fatigue criteria of the American Welding Society Standard No. D1.2.

To optimize strength versus weight, high strength steel shall be utilized for the construction of the aerial device
The aerial device shall be capable of operating with a rated tip load in the following conditions:

Conditions of high wind up to 50 mph.

Conditions of icing, up to a coating of 1/4" over the entire aerial structure.

All of the design criteria will be supported by the following information:

Strain gauge testing of the complete aerial device.

Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 89
Accelerometer test to determine dynamic response during ladder operation.

Accelerometer test to determine dynamic response during road travel.

Hydraulic component operating and burst strength testing.

MOUNTING OF AERIAL
QTY: 1
The elevating aerial ladder turntable shall be tiller mounted thus providing the following vehicle benefits:
• Improved mobility vs. rear and mid ship mounted units. • Greater positioning cability of the turntable for optimum reach at fire ground operations. • Increased compartmentation and ladder storage.

HEIGHT AND REACH
QTY: 1
The height of the unit shall be a minimum of 101' as measured by NFPA-1901 requirements, Section

19.2.2, which states, "The rated vertical height of an aerial ladder shall be at least 50 ft and shall be measured in a vertical plane with the ladder at maximum elevation and extension from the outermost rung of the outermost fly section to the ground."
The horizontal reach of the unit shall be a minimum of 94' as measured by NFPA-1901 requirements, Section 19.2.3, which states, "The rated horizontal reach of an aerial ladder shall be measured in a horizontal plane from the centerline of the turntable rotation to the outermost rung on the outermost fly section with the aerial ladder extended to its maximum horizontal reach."

MATERIAL STANDARDS, ALL DEVICES
QTY: 1
The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device. Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material. Materials that are certified or recertified by vendors other than the mill shall not be accepted. Material testing that is performed after the mill test shall be only for verification and not with the intent of "paper changing" the material classification.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
QTY: 1
The hydraulic system shall provide power to the entire aerial device as efficiently as possible without the use of a hydraulic cooler. There will be no exceptions. A hydraulic system relief valve as well as individual circuit relief valves shall be provided to prevent damage to any function or circuit.

The relief valve shall have a stainless steel relief spring to ensure proper function and product reliability.

PARKER HOSE KIT
QTY: 1
All hydraulic steel tubing, hydraulic rubber covered wire braided hoses, and hydraulic fittings/adapters shall have a minimum burst pressure rating of four times the operating pressure. Hoses and tubing shall be properly sized to minimize heat buildup during extended periods of operation. Hoses and tubing shall be properly sized to minimize flow restrictions.

All hydraulic hose shall have a tube and cover constructed of synthetic rubber and shall have a braided/spiral wire reinforcement capable of maintaining a 4:1 safety factor in all areas of the hydraulic system. The hose shall meet the appropriate SAE performance specifications: 100R2, 100R19, J517, J1942, ISO 3862-1, USCG HF, DNV,ABS or 100R12.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 90
The connector system was jointly designed by engineers from both the manufacturer and Parker Hannifin and incorporate the following design upgrades and advantages:
• All hydraulic ports (manifolds, pumps, tank, etc) to elastomeric sealing technology. • No pipe threads in the hydraulic system.
• Sealing to be done by O-rings with the mechanical holding power of straight threads. • All tube and hose connections to Parker Seal-Lok, O-ring face seal technology. • Sealing to be done by o-ring with the mechanical holding power of straight thread. • Fittings rated up to 6000 psi.
• Drop-in design of Seal-Lok connectors to allow easier maintenance and assembly. • Fitting resist 200% over torque, with optimum vibration resistance. • Shaped fittings machined from forged bodies for compact design and strength. • Fittings meet/exceed the performance and dimensional requirements of SAE J1453 and J1926. • Minimized unnecessary fittings and adapters, streamlining the system. • Increased connector accessibility, making assembly and maintenance easier. • Standardized the connector system on the aerial unit. • Incorporated pressure diagnostic system with Parker PD diagnostic test points into the connector design.
• All fluid connector assemblers have been trained and certified in Dry Technology.

HYDRAULIC PUMP
QTY: 1
A load sense pressure compensated hydraulic axial piston pump shall be provided which shall be capable of operating under any rated platform load condition and aerial device position at normal engine idle or governor controlled fast idle.

The hydraulic pump shall be capable of generating sufficient flows to allow multiple aerial functions without significant loss of speed.

HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR
QTY: 1
A hydraulic oil reservoir shall be provided to supply the needs of the hydraulic system.

A 2" gated suction line shall be provided between the oil reservoir and the hydraulic pump.

The tank fill shall be provided with a strainer screen and vent cap.

Located near the fill cap shall be a dip-stick for checking fluid levels.

The tank shall be mounted in behind the cab on the tractor.

Before adding fluid the tank must be cleaned and free from all contaminants.

Suction and return ports will be designed to SAE Straight Thread O-ring Specifications. These ports will incorporate an o-ring seal rather than pipe threads.

HYDRAULIC OIL
QTY: 1
The hydraulic oil reservoir shall be filled with A/W 46 grade Hydraulic Oil.

This oil provides superior anti wear properties, and is specially formulated with improved thermally stable additives.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 91
These oils offer outstanding resistance to sludge formation, are chemically stable and exhibit excellent anti wear protection.

MAGNETIC DISC IN BOTTOM OF HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR
QTY: 1
A six (6) disc type magnetic drains shall also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants.

DIVERTER VALVE
QTY: 1
There shall be an automatic electric over hydraulic three (3) position diverter valve located at the left side of the apparatus. This diverter valve shall divert hydraulic fluid to either the aerial ladder controls or the outrigger controls. To prevent accidental operation of the ladder prior to the outriggers being properly set, the diverter valve shall only allow hydraulic fluid to the outriggers until the outriggers are set properly.

To prevent accidental operation of the outrigger system during the aerial ladder operation the diverter valve shall only allow hydraulic fluid to the ladder controls, when the aerial device is raised from the aerial travel support. In the event of electrical failure the operator shall be able to manually move the diverter valve to the ladder or outrigger position for continuous uninterrupted operation.

NOTE: All safety controls are displaced when vehicle is in manual mode of operation.

MANUAL OUTRIGGER HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE - TDA
QTY: 1
The outrigger cylinder system shall be controlled by a pressure compensated control valve that is designed for parallel hydraulic circuit operations.

This valve shall be modular in design so that individual sections can be replaced in the field, rather than complete valve assemblies, thus reducing maintenance costs.

The valve housings shall bemade of high tensile cast iron for durability and the individual spools shall be hard, chrome plated for long life and resistance to corrosion.

Each valve shall be equipped with mechanical handles of ease in override operations.

The mechanical handles shall be equipped with large knobs with integral labels inside each knob indicating the function of the handle.

TURNTABLE HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE
QTY: 1
The lift, extension, and rotation systems shall be controlled by a pressure compensated, proportional control valve.

This valve shall be of a modular construction that simplifies troubleshooting, minimizes downtime, and simplifies field service.

The main control valve shall be positioned at the turntable control console for direct manual control of each aerial function.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 92
Use of electrical controls at the main turntable control console shall not be acceptable.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FILTRATION
QTY: 1
The pressure filter shall be made of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The pressure filter shall have a bypass circuit protected by a check valve, which shall be installed around the pressure filter.

The pressure line filter shall be required even if a suction line filter is provided in the reservoir due to the suction line filter's inability to trap contaminates entering the system. The pressure filter cartridge shall have a sensor, which shall indicate the condition of the filter and provide an output for a warning light or message if the pressure filter is blocked or in the bypass mode.

The pressure filter shall have an absolute rating of five (5) microns.

The return filter shall be made of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The return filter shall have a bypass circuit protected by a check valve, which shall be installed around the return filter.

The return filter shall have a bypass circuit protected by a check valve, which shall be installed around the return filter. The return filter cartridge shall have a sensor, which shall indicate the condition of the filter and provide an output for a warning light or message if the return filter is blocked or in the bypass mode.

The return filter shall have an absolute rating of five (5) microns.

EMERGENCY HYDRAULIC PUMP
QTY: 1
In the event of failure of the main hydraulic pump or vehicle engine, the unit shall be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump which shall be plumbed into the hydraulic system and be electrically driven from the chassis batteries. The emergency pump system shall be capable of limited functions of the ladder and outriggers to stow the unit. The pump shall be controlled from both the outrigger control box and turntable control stations with spring loaded momentary contact switches.

The pump shall have a separate hydraulic oil supply line, from the main supply line attached directly to the hydraulic oil reservoir. A shutoff valve for each line shall be provided and check valve shall be incorporated on the pressure side of the pump to ensure that one shall continue to operate the ladder in the event the other fails.

The pump shall have high tensile steel shafts and gears with the shafts supported by needle bearings.

The cylinder plate and gears shall be ground as a set to ensure exacting tolerances. Clearance shall be maintained by a Mylar shim.

HOT SHIFT PTO W/CONTROLS IN CAB
QTY: 1
The apparatus shall be equipped with a PTO driven by the chassis transmission. A PTO switch with indicator light shall be located in the cab to show when the PTO is engaged. The PTO shall be engaged at all times to allow for the trailer steering pump to be activated.

The PTO shall be a heavy duty pressure lubricated and cooled unit for extended operations.

A master 12 volt "Ladder Power" switch shall be provided adjacent to the PTO switch for control of all ladder 12 volt power, with the exception of the emergency pump circuits.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 93
The hour meter shall be wired to the aerial PTO circuit to record the amount of hours the PTO is activated.

The hour meter shall aid in scheduling preventative maintenance as outlined in the operator's manual.

FAST IDLE CONTROL
QTY: 1
The fast idle actuator shall be used to raise the engine RPM to a preset level for proper aerial operation.

The fast idle switches shall be located at the main outrigger control station and the aerial control station/s.

For the safety of personnel and equipment, the fast idle system shall not activate unless the transmission is in neutral. There will be no exceptions.

TRACTOR DRAWN LADDER, NON "IQAN" - MANUAL CONTROL
QTY: 1

OUTRIGGER CONTROLS
QTY: 1
Two (2) illuminated manual outrigger control stations shall be provided on the forward section of the body to the rear of the gooseneck area, one (1) on each side of the turntable. The control handles shall be enclosed with slots for each control handle in an aluminum door. The controls shall be located such that the operator can see the outrigger he is operating.

Out and down outrigger control functions for the outriggers shall be operated independently, so that vehicle may be set up in restricted areas or on uneven terrain. The diverter valve override control shall be mounted behind the left side control panel.

A hinged outrigger control panel shall be provided at the left side of the trailer gooseneck area. The panel shall be equipped with a stainless steel hinged, which shall allow the operator to access the diverter valve manual override control and manual override controls.

The main outrigger control station shall incorporate the following:

Four (4) outrigger set indicator lights
One (1) ladder power indicator light
Fast idle switch
Emergency pump control button with red indicator light
Warning decals
"Hydraulic Filter By-Pass" indicator light
Hydraulic test ports

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE GAUGE NEAR OUTRIGGER VALVE
QTY: 1
A Hydraulic pressure gauge shall be located near the outrigger hydraulic valve.

TORQUE BOX
QTY: 1
The torque box shall be steel side tubes which shall be welded together within the gooseneck of the tiller trailer.

The gooseneck shall be an integral design housing the fifth wheel bearing plate, turntable lower bearing plate and the outrigger housings creating a torque box weldment that shall transfer all aerial loads to the outrigger.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 94
The torque box assembly shall be equipped with two (2) integral "H" type, out and down outriggers.

There shall be a 44-1/4" x 44-1/4" welded structural steel pedestal plate to support the turntable, secure the outriggers trailer gooseneck and torque box as one integral unit.

The torque box structure shall transfer all aerial loads into the outriggers, thus preventing damage to the chassis frame, trailer frame and body.

IQAN - OUTRIGGER STRING POTENTIOMETER
QTY: 1
An extension string potentiometer shall be provided on each outrigger to measure the relative extension of the outrigger
The potentiometer shall sense and provide a signal for full outrigger extension.

AERIAL TRAVEL SUPPORT
QTY: 1
A heavy duty rest shall be provided to support the aerial in the travel position.

Stainless steel bedding plates shall be attached to the aerial base section to protect the aerial when the unit is in the travel position.

OUTRIGGERS NOT STOWED INDICATOR ON DASH
QTY: 1
"Outrigger(s) Extended" indicator light

OUTRIGGERS
QTY: 1
Two (2) double box beam "H" type out and down outriggers shall be located below the turntable to provide vehicle stability during aerial tower operation.

The outriggers shall be equipped with a 14' jack spread. There will be no exceptions.

The horizontal outrigger beam shall be fabricated from 3/8" steel tube and 3/4" steel top and bottom plates.

Each outrigger assembly shall have 2 Nylatron slide pads with a total square area of 24 sq. in. to provide smooth operation and to extend the life of the outrigger.

The vertical jack cylinder rods shall be fully enclosed by a telescopic inner steel jack box that shall do the following:
• Protect the cylinder rods against damage which may occur while on the fire ground. • Add lateral stability to the outrigger structure.

OUTRIGGERS HORIZONTAL CYLINDERS
QTY: 1
The extension of the horizontal outrigger beam shall be accomplished by a hydraulic cylinder which shall have a 3" bore and 2" rod and 38" stroke.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 95
This cylinder shall have cushion porting to reduce shocks in stopping the cylinder at full extension and retraction.

OUTRIGGERS VERTICAL CYLINDERS
QTY: 1
Each jack cylinder shall have a 5" bore with a 3-3/4" rod and a 33" stroke.

The jack cylinders shall be equipped with integral (on the cylinder) holding valves, which shall hold the jack cylinder in either the stowed position or the deployed position should a hydraulic line be severed at any point within the hydraulic system.

Each jack cylinder shall also have a thermal relief system that shall prevent the cylinder fluid pressure from rising due to fluid temperature increase.

OUTRIGGER/JACK FOOT PADS
QTY: 1
A permanently attached self-centering steel foot pad, 1/2" x 20.5" x 22.5" shall be provided on each vertical jack beam.

Each foot pad shall swivel longitudinal and require no adjustment during outrigger set-up.

The outrigger pad shall be attached without the use of a bearing type swivel due to maintenance required on this design.

OUTRIGGER INTERLOCK SYSTEM & ALARM
QTY: 1
An interlock system shall be provided between the outriggers and ladder that prevents the operation of the ladder until the operator places all jacks in the load supporting configuration. Each outrigger shall be equipped with a pressure sensitive switch that closes only when the jack is firmly in contact with the ground. Until all jack switches close, electrical power shall not be transmitted to the turntable (hence preventing ladder operation).

A momentary override switch shall be provided at the central outrigger control station for emergency override of the interlock system. A green indicator light shall be provided on the outrigger control panel to indicate the position of the foot pad. Illumination of the indicator light indicates firm ground contact.

An outrigger deployment warning device shall be provided to warn personnel in the vicinity of the apparatus that the outriggers are in motion. Whenever an outrigger control is utilized, the device shall produce a pulsing tone, separate and distinctive from that of other audible warning systems provided on the apparatus. When the outrigger control is released to its neutral position, the signal shall cease.

OUTRIGGER SCOTCHLITE
QTY: 1
Red/Yellow ScotchLite material in a Chevron pattern shall be furnished on both sides of the horizontal and vertical beams of the rear outriggers.

OUTRIGGER LEVEL FORE & AFT
QTY: 1
In addition to the side to side level, a bubble type leveling device shall be provided at the rear of the apparatus to assist in fore and aft leveling of the device.

This device shall be mounted on the side of the turntable access ladder at the rear of the body and shall be at eye level to the operator.

OUTRIGGER LEVEL
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 96
One (1) bubble type side to side leveling device shall be provided at each outrigger control location to assist the operator aerial device setup.

These leveling devices shall be mounted on the front face of the body panel and shall be at eye level to the operator.

The leveling devices shall be color coded indicating the following conditions:
• Green Safe operating zone
• Yellow Caution operating zone.

Since use of this leveling device is of a critical nature, it shall have a serialized number from its manufacturer to indicate documented quality control.

AKRON LED OUTRIGGER LAMPS, 2-OUTRIGGERS
QTY: 1
One (1) Akron model #9186-2366-10 double faced, 4" diameter, red flashing LED light mounted on the inside surface of each outrigger.

LED OUTRIGGER GROUND LIGHTS - GROTE WHITELIGHT, 2-
QTY: 1
One (1) adjustable, Grote 63611 WhiteLight, LED ground flood light mounted under the body, to illuminate each outrigger foot pad area.

Both the flashing lights and the foot pad illumination lights shall be energized by the ladder power circuit.

TURNTABLE
QTY: 1
The turntable shall be a fabricated steel weldment designed for the rotation and elevation of the ladder sections.

It shall consist of the following:
• A 44.25" x 48.00" x 1" machined steel bearing plate and matching top plate that shall be machined to insure proper fit to the rotation bearing. There will be no exceptions.

TURNTABLE DECK
QTY: 1
The turntable deck shall cover the entire turntable frame, providing a safe walking surface around the ladder.

It shall have a 1.5" downward flange on all sides.

The deck shall be constructed from tread plate to provide an anti-slip walking surface.

TDA NOTICE!!! TURNTABLE DECK
QTY: 1
Special attention is required for the size and position of the turntable deck to provide adequate clearance for the trailer break over angles.

Proper clearance shall be designed into any components located forward of the trailer gooseneck and trailer fifth wheel.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 97

HEEL PIN STEP
QTY: 1
A two (2) step tread plate access step shall be mounted near the heel of the ladder to provide easy access to the ladder from the turntable deck. The step shall cover the rotation motor and brake assembly and shall easily removable for access to the drive assembly.

TURNTABLE HANDRAILS
QTY: 1
Turntable safety handrails shall be mounted at the rear and sides of the turntable.

The handrails shall be formed or welded 1.25" steel pipe. The assembly shall be coated with black LineX material.

All rails shall be a minimum of 42" high.

HEEL PINS
QTY: 1
The turntable and ladder shall be designed with dual heel pins at the turntable/ladder pivot point.

The pins shall be solid steel extending the full width of the turntable vertical supports.

The heel pins shall be a minimum of 3" in diameter and is to be equipped with large pin journals in the ladder and turntable supports, which will reduce wear and distribute loads.

Due to the high load and wear on the ladder pivot points, the pin journals in the ladder base rail shall be designed to provide bearing surfaces utilizing ToughMet® 3 AT110 Temper Plate high strength alloy bearing material.

The journals shall have minimum yield strength of 110,000 psi.

Grease fittings shall be provided in bearing at the rear of the ladder section.

CRADLE ALIGNMENT ARROWS
QTY: 1
An alignment arrows and wond shall be provided on the turntable surface in view of the operator when standing at the turntable control station.

The indicator shall assist the operator in indicating the alignment of the aerial ladder with the ladder travel cradle.

The indicators shall be overlaid with ScotchLite material.

SAFETY CHAINS BETWEEN TURNTABLE HANDRAIL
QTY: 1
Each turntable handrail opening shall be equipped with safety chains at the rear of the turntable.

TURNTABLE SWIVEL
QTY: 1
Hydraulic power to the turntable hydraulic circuits shall be provided through a multi-port, high pressure, hydraulic swivel that permits 360 degrees of continuous turntable rotation.

Electrical power to the turntable electric circuits shall be provided by a collector ring assembly.

The collector rings shall be used for electrical ground, ladder control functions, and a 120 volt A.C. system during 360 degrees of continuous turntable rotation.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 98
The collector ring assembly shall have a minimum of 32 circuits.

Water shall be transferred to the aerial waterway by means of a four (4) inch water swivel enabling 360 degree continuous rotation of the turntable (if applicable).

LADDER CONSTRUCTION
QTY: 1
The elevating ladder shall consist of four (4) steel ladder sections referred to as the base section, lower mid section, upper mid section and fly section.

Each section will be fabricated from 100,000 psi yield ultra high strength steel. • The design and construction criteria for these ladder sections shall be:
• Each section shall be fabricated using high strength steel, welded together to form a structural unit. • All welding shall be done by welders that have been certified in accordance with the American Welding Society Standard specifications #D1.1.
• Each ladder section shall be constructed in an assembly fixture to ensure uniformity and interchangeability.
• K-bracing at each rung shall be utilized to minimize side deflection of the ladder. • All rungs shall be 1-1/8" in diameter, spaced at 14" centers. Rungs will be round. {No Exceptions} • All rungs, K-braces, and diagonals shall be positioned so that they are continuously welded to the ladder section.
• All side rails shall be protected from interior corrosion by coating the interior of the rail with a corrosion preventative film.
• Ladder handrails and diagonal material are to be constructed from square or rectangular tubing, which provide a larger welding surface area where the materials are attached to each other.

LADDER DIMENSIONS
QTY: 1
The aerial device shall be constructed with the following section dimensions:

Handrail
Height
Handrail
Width
Base Section
28-3/8"
41"
Lower Mid Section
25-5/8"
34-1/2"
Upper Mid Section
23-7/16"
29"
Fly Section
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 99
21-5/16"
23-1/2"
Overlap surfaces between sections:

Base to Mid Section
78"
Lower Mid to Upper Mid Section
78"
Upper Mid to Fly Section
78"

RUNG COVERS - PHOTOLUMINESCENT
QTY: 1
Each rung shall be covered with a secure, heavy-duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, non-slip coating. The rung covers shall be secured to each rung utilizing a Silyl Modified Polymer (SMP) based adhesive and shall be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged.

Each rung shall have a minimum of 4" of photo luminescent coating in the center of the rung, two (2) 5” black sections on each side of the center photo luminescent and additional photo luminescent sections on the outside edge of each cover. The covers shall provide an aggressive, non-slip coating and assist in providing a light source for each rung during low light conditions. The photo luminescent coating shall remain visible for up to 20 hours after exposure to light.

The rung covers shall be covered by a ten (10) year warranty. A copy of the written warranty shall be provided. There will be no exceptions.

LADDER, CABLE/HOSE/WIRE ROUTING
QTY: 1
All lines to the ladder tip shall be enclosed and protected from the turntable to the ladder tip.

All lines shall be routed through extrusions and high flex energy chain systems.

CHAINSAW SCABBARD ON FLY SECTION
QTY: 1
A scabbard style bracket will be provided for securing a chain saw, and be located in the aerial fly section angled towards the ladder tip.

The chainsaw scabbard will be mounted even with trolley when stowed and will be manufactured from aluminum tread plate.

The inside of scabbard will be lined with nylatron material.

The chain saw shall be secured in place with adjustable straps.

The chain saw shall not be carried in the bracket when the apparatus is in transit.

This bracket shall provide storage for a chain saw to be used when the aerial is in use.

STAINLESS STEEL EGRESS W/TIP SKID GUARDS
QTY: 1
The tip of the fly section be equipped with a bolt-on egress section. The egress shall extend from the end of the fly and be constructed of 1.25" round knurled stainless steel. The knurled construction shall allow for easy grip during exit and entry off and on the ladder tip. The egress shall be designed to fully support Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 100
the rated capacity of the ladder. Each end of the egress base rail shall be designed with rounded “Ladder Tip Skid Guard” to prevent ladder tip hang up if the ladder slides on a building surface.

SINGLE PAIR FOLDING STEPS @ LADDER TIP
QTY: 1
A set of cast folding steps shall be conveniently located at the end portion of the fly section.

These shall be used for one person to place his feet so that he is positioned parallel to the ladder.

The steps shall fold into proper position for usage and fold toward the sides of the ladder when not in use to provide adequate clearance when the ladder is being climbed.

The steps shall be placed approximately 56" from the center of the last rung toward the base of the aerial.

RED SCOTCHLITE MATERIAL ON LAST 6'
QTY: 1
To assist in positioning of the ladder tip, the last six (6) feet of the fly section shall be equipped with red ScotchLite material on the ladder handrails, diagonal braces and ladder base rail. 6' FIRE HOOKS UNLIMITED PIKE POLE MOUNTED IN FLY
QTY: 1
There shall be a 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited pike pole with fiberglass handle furnished and mounted in the ladder fly section.

The mounts shall include an aluminum tube for the pole and a mechanical pin to secure the hook end of the pole.

PIKE POLE MOUNTED ON RIGHT SIDE OF FLY SECTION
QTY: 1
The specified pike pole shall be mounted on the the right side of the fly section.

ROOF LADDER MOUNT WITHIN FLY SECTION
QTY: 1
There shall be a mount furnished in the fly section of the aerial ladder.

The mounts shall include an aluminum receptacle box for the heel end of the ladder and a mechanical pin lock for the roof hook end of the ladder.

ROOF LADDER PROVIDED - FLY
QTY: 1
Alco-Lite model PRL-10; 10', aluminum, straight roof ladder shall be provided to be mounted in the roof ladder mount in the fly section.

SPECIFIED ROOF LADDER MOUNTED ON LEFT SIDE OF FLY
QTY: 1
The specified roof ladder shall be mounted on the left side of the fly section.

RESCUE ROPE PULLEY SYSTEM
QTY: 1
A removable bracket shall be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket shall provide rope tie off and/or guide points spaced 5.75” apart, centered between the rear handrails. The bracket shall be designed to be easily removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section. The removable bracket shall be stored in a tread plate enclosure on the outside of the aerial base section. The rope rescue pulley system is rated at 500 pounds.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 101
A rescue lifting attachment shall be provided. The lifting attachment will mount to the aerial egress and will consist of a pair of nylatron pulleys mounted to a stainless steel shaft. The pulleys will be adjustable from side to side and will have a total lifting capacity of 500 pounds, regardless of whether one (1) or both pulleys are being utilized.

RESCUE EYELET ON LAST RUNG OF LADDER TIP
QTY: 1
A lifting eye shall be provided at the end of the ladder fly section. The lifting eye shall give the fire department the capabilities to tie off or lift from the ladder fly section.

The lifting eye shall be third party tested and certified with the device for a minimum capacity of 250 pounds. The rating shall include a 2:1 safety factor.

LADDER LEVEL INDICATOR (BASE SECTION) - LIGHTED
QTY: 1
One (1) Rieker 12 volt lighted, ladder angle indicator shall be provided on the base section of the ladder, near the turntable control console. The integrated light shall be activated with ladder power.

ELEVATION SYSTEM
QTY: 1
Two (2) double acting lift cylinders shall be attached between the turntable and the base section near the midpoint of the base section thus creating a better lifting geometry resulting in lower hydraulic operating pressures and improved load distribution on the base ladder section.

The cylinders shall function only to elevate the aerial device and not as a structural member to stabilize the ladder sideways.

The lift cylinder rods shall be attached to the base section with self aligning swivel bearings which prevent side loading on the lift cylinders resulting in longer cylinder seal life. They shall provide smooth precise elevation from -7 degrees below horizontal to +80 degrees above horizontal.

The lift cylinders shall have a 5-1/2" internal bore, a 3" diameter rod and 29-13/16" stroke.

The lift cylinders shall be equipped with integral (on the cylinder) holding valves which prevents the ladder from lowering should a hydraulic line be ruptured at any point within the hydraulic system.

They shall also have a manifold line with velocity fuses between the cylinders to prevent uneven cylinder lift.

They shall have both rod and piston hydraulic cushions. These cushions shall decelerate the cylinder near the end of its stroke creating a smooth stop at full stroke.

A limit switch at the aerial travel support shall be provided to prevent operation of the outriggers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position. This system will prevent operation of the outriggers once the ladder has been elevated from the nested position.

ROTATION SYSTEM
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 102
A 41" diameter external tooth monorace bearing shall be provided for 360 degree continuous rotation of the aerial device.

The bearing shall be bolted to the turntable and bolted to the pedestal bearing plate using forty (40) 3/4" diameter SAE Grade 8 bolts to secure the bearing to the turntable and thirty three (33) 3/4" diameter SAE Grade 8 bolts to secure the bearing to the pedestal bearing plate.

Both upper and lower bearing surfaces shall be milled to ensure a true mounting surface for the rotation bearing.

ROTATION MOTOR AND BRAKE
QTY: 1
A hydraulic driven planetary swing drive system shall provide smooth and precise rotation. A spring applied, hydraulically released, disc type brake shall be furnished on each gear box to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly against reactionary forces such as water and gravity.

SWING DRIVE ADJUSTMENT
QTY: 1
The swing drive shall be designed with an adjustable mount. This shall allow the back lash to be set at assembly and provide the ability to re-adjust as components wear. This shall prevent the need to replace rotation components that may exceed manufacturer’s allowable back lash in later aerial inspections. Units that do not allow adjustment shall not be acceptable.

EXTENSION/RETRACTION SYSTEM
QTY: 1
A full hydraulic powered extension and retraction system of the ladder shall be provided through dual hydraulic cylinders and cables, each capable of operating the ladder in the event of failure of one of the systems.

The extension cylinders shall have a 3.00" internal bore with a 2.00" rod. Both cylinders shall be equipped with two integral holding valves to protect both extension and retraction movement during water tower operations or to prevent the ladder from falling should a line be severed at any point within the hydraulic system.

Cables attached to the base and mid ladder sections shall be routed over sheave wheels on the base section and cylinder sheave mount. This cable arrangement shall act as a stroke multiplier to provide full ladder extension and retraction. The sheave wheel bearings shall be maintenance free and not require external lubrication. Extension and retraction cables shall have a minimum safety factor of 5 :1 and shall be .50" diameter from the base to mid section cable and be .375" from the base to the fly section.. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope to the sheave used shall be 1:12.

EXTENSION CYLINDERS PAINTED LADDER PAINT COLOR
QTY: 1
The extension cylinders shall be painted to match the color of the ladder.

LADDER SLIDE PADS
QTY: 1
Nylatron slide pads with a sliding coefficient of friction of .15 shall be used between the telescoping ladder sections.

Slides are required because of greater surface area for load transfer between the telescoping sections.

Slide pads shall also be used to control side play between the ladder sections.

The rear slide pads shall be held into place by a machined receiver, which is welded into the base rail of the extending sections.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 103
Each slide pad shall be held in place with an easily removable keeper, allowing the pad to be removed from the rear of the ladder section.

To control movement side to side the receiver shall allow for adjustment of each pad.

LADDER EXTENSION NUMBERS, ALL DEVICES
QTY: 1
ScotchLite numerals shall be furnished on the inside and outside of each ladder base section handrail to help the operator determine the distance the ladder is extended. The numbers shall read in five foot increments.

LADDER, 120 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
QTY: 1
Two (2) 120 volt 20 amp electrical circuits utilizing 12 gauge five strand electrical cable shall be provided to the tip.

Circuits shall be wired from the tip to the turntable through the collector ring assembly.

LADDER, 120 VOLT NEMA L5-20 AMP RECEPTACLE
QTY: 1
One (1) 120 volt weatherproof outlet, Nema L5-20R, twist lock type and an environmental cover shall be furnished near the end of the fly section.

LADDER TIP LIGHTING
QTY: 1
One (1) Fire Research "Focus" model #FCA210-S75, 750 watt, 120 volt quartz light shall be recessed into a cast aluminum housing that shall be attached to an integral bracket between the ladder base rails and the last rung of the ladder.

The light shall be switched near the ladder tip.

The lighting circuit for one (1) 750 watt quartz light shall require one (1) 120V, 10 amp circuit breaker.

CRADLE ILLUMINATION LIGHTS
QTY: 1
Two (2) 12 volt FireTech P500 LED flood lights shall be mounted near the ladder travel support to illuminate this area during night time operation.

The lights shall be wired and activated by the ladder power circuit.

The lights shall have a limited lifetime warranty.

HEEL PIN STEP LIGHTS
QTY: 1
Seven (7) polished stainless steel, TecNiq Eon 3-LED horizontal surface mounted lights shall be provided and installed with a gasket at the base of the ladder in the turntable heel pin step area.

TURNTABLE CONSOLE STEP LIGHT
QTY: 1
A sealed 12" Amdor Lumabar LED H20 light shall be used to illuminate the turntable control console.

The light shall be mounted across the top of the control panel to assure proper illumination of all controls.

The light shall be wired to the ladder power circuit.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 104

TURNTABLE CONSOLE STEP LIGHT
QTY: 1
One (1) polished stainless steel, TecNiq Eon 3-LED horizontal surface mounted lights shall be provided and installed with a gasket at the front face of the turntable console facing the operator, to illuminate the step area in front of the control console. The light shall be mounted no lower than 18" from the step deck.

LADDER WORK LIGHTING
QTY: 1
Two (2) Whelen #MPPB*S Pioneer Micro super LED work lights shall be mounted at the rear of the base ladder section, one on each handrail.

Each light shall have twelve (12) LED’s, pedestal mount and chrome rear cover.

Built in On/Off Switch.

LADDER WORK LIGHTING
QTY: 1
One (1) Whelen model #PFP2P1, 150 watt, 12 volt led flood light shall be mounted at the tip of the ladder using a Whelen model #PBAPEDD pedestal mount swivel bracket. The light shall be switched at the light head.

WHELEN L31, BLUE LED BEACON ON LEFT SIDE OF LADDER
QTY: 1
One (1) Whelen, L31H*F self contained super LED beacon shall be provided on the left side of the ladder tip.

The light shall give the operator at the turntable a visual indication of the ladder tip location, when the ladder is in smoke or steam and shall be activated by the ladder power circuit.

The light shall have blue LEDs and a colored lens.

LADDER WALKWAY ILLUMINATION LIGHTS
QTY: 1
The ladder sections shall be equipped with the Luma Bar Pathfinder™ aerial illumination system.

This system shall illuminate the rungs of the ladder to support night time operations.

The Luma Bar Pathfinder™ system shall consist of a continuous path of SMD LED lights spaced every ¾” which shall offer a minimum viewing angle of 120 degrees.

The assembly shall be encapsulated within an enclosure which is resistant to UV and ozone and shall be terminated using sealed end caps with RTV silicone.

The complete assembly shall offer a minimum water proof rating of IP68.

This sealed enclosure shall be mounted within a clear anodized aluminum C-channel on the inside of the rung base rail, on each ladder section.

The Luma Bar Pathfinder™ assembly shall incorporate a UV stabilized high impact polycarbonate shield which is integral to the supplied aluminum C-channel.

The Luma Bar Pathfinder™ system shall be wired to the ladder power circuit with a disabling switch at the turntable control console.

RED - LADDER ILLUMINATION LIGHTS
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 105
QTY: 1
The color of the ladder illumination light shall be RED.

LADDER WORK LIGHTING
QTY: 1
Two (2) Whelen #MPPB*S Pioneer Micro super LED work lights shall be mounted at the rear of the base ladder section, one on each handrail.

Each light shall have twelve (12) LED’s, pedestal mount and chrome rear cover.

The lights shall be equipped with a built in on/off switch.

A switch shall be provided at the lower control console for the 12 volt tracking lights.

The switch shall be wired to the light circuit to give the operator the capability to shut down the lights if the switch on the light head is in the on position.

LADDER, CONTROL STATION
QTY: 1
There shall be a control station at the turntable.

All elevation, extension and rotation operational controls shall operate from this position.

These controls shall be arranged to permit the operator to regulate the speed of these operations within the safe limits as determined by the manufacturer.

Load instruction plates shall be located at the control station to show the recommended safe load of the ladder.

The control devices shall be clearly marked and suitably lighted.

CONSOLE LOCATION
QTY: 1
The turntable control station shall be located on the left side of the turntable such that the operator can easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls.

PAINTED ALUMINUM TURNTABLE CONSOLE - MATCH LADDER
QTY: 1
The control console shall be manufactured from aluminum material and designed to support the components mounted in and on the console.

The console shall be painted to match the ladder structure.

TURNTABLE CONTROL STATION
QTY: 1
The lower part of the console shall be angled away from the operator, to provide as much foot room as possible for the operator.

An access door shall be provided on the front of the console to provide complete access to the electrical and hydraulic components mounted inside the console.

The console shall be illuminated for night operations, and shall have the following controls/indicators:

The following items shall be clearly marked:

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 106
• Three (3) ladder control levers
• A foot operated "dead man switch"
• Master electrical power switch with emergency shutdown capabilities • Rung alignment indicator light for ladder climbing operations • Cradle alignment indicator light
• Engine fast idle control switch
• Emergency pump power switch
• 5,000 psi hydraulic oil pressure gauge (Liquid filled) • Intercom controls
• Illuminated load chart on front of console
• Electric Monitor Controls
AERIAL HOURMETER @ TURNTABLE CONTROL CONSOLE
QTY: 1
Aerial Hour meter

TURNTABLE CONSOLE COVER - PAINTED
QTY: 1
The turntable control console shall be designed with an aluminum cover to match the console.

The cover shall be designed with a rectacngle shape that pivots over the top of the control panel and does not obstruct viability for the operator when the ladder is operated at low angles.

COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
QTY: 1
A Fire Research "ACT" communication system shall be furnished between the ladder tip and the rear operator's position.

A master control at the turntable operator's console shall be provided, with a push-to-talk button and a volume control.

COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
QTY: 1
A self-contained, hands-free speaker microphone shall be located at the ladder tip.

No operator action shall be required to transmit or receive messages at this speaker microphone.

AKRON #14950002 LADDER CLAMP-ON MONITOR SPECIAL ON
QTY: 1
An Akron #14950002 LA County aluminum ladder pipe monitor assembly, ladder pipe, stream straightener, three (3) smooth bore tips and remote halyards shall be provided.

The Akron clamp on monitor shall be equipped with 3" NST threads.

The monitor will be stored on the trailer deck directly in front of the tiller cab utilizing an Akron #497 ladder-pipe mounting fixture.The fittings on the valve for the ladder pipe shall be 2.5 inch NST fittings.

The nozzle for the ladder pipe shall be an Akron 2499 stack tip nozzle.

A shut off valve will not be provided.

LADDER CAPACITIES,
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 107
The following ladder tip load capacities shall be established with the truck level, the outriggers fully extended and lowered to relieve the chassis weight from the axles. Capacities are based upon full extension and 360 degree rotation.

LADDER CAPACITIES IN POUNDS
(50 MPH WIND and 1/4" ICE BUILD UP CONDITIONS / UNCHARGED WATERWAY)

DEGREES OF ELEVATION
-7 to 1011 to 2021 to 3031 to 4041 to 5051 to 6061 to 7071 to 80 Base Section 250 250 500 500 500 500 500 500
Lower Mid 250 250 250 250 250 500 500 500
Upper Mid --- --- --- --- 250 250 500 500
Fly Section --- --- --- --- --- --- 250 500
Fly Tip 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
The ladder and water system shall be designed to permit the following flows:
• 1500 GPM at 90 degrees to ladder centerline either side. • 1500 GPM parallel to ladder centerline and as far below horizontal as nozzle design allows. • 1500 GPM above ladder centerline as far as deck gun design allows.

Note: Tip capacity is reduced to 250 lbs when flowing water with the nozzle above the waterway centerline.

LADDER CAPACITIES IN POUNDS
(50 MPH WIND and 1/4" ICE BUILD UP CONDITIONS / CHARGED WATERWAY)

DEGREES OF ELEVATION
-7 to 1011 to 2021 to 3031 to 4041 to 5051 to 6061 to 7071 to 80 Base Section --- --- 250 250 500 500 500 500
Lower Mid --- --- --- --- 250 250 500 500
Upper Mid --- --- --- --- --- 250 250 500
Fly Section --- --- --- --- --- --- 250 250
Fly Tip 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
The aerial unit can be operated in any plane up to 3.5 degrees out of level at full capacities. Operation beyond this limit shall be at operator's discretion.

AERIAL LADDER, MANUALS, TWO (2) SETS
QTY: 1
The aerial manufacturer shall provide the following manuals pertaining to the aerial device:
• Two (2) Operator's manuals
• Two (2) Parts manuals
• Two (2) Complete Electrical and Hydraulic Diagrams

F D AERIAL FAMILIARIZATION - PROVIDED BY FACTORY
QTY: 1
An on-site program for familiarization of Fire Department personnel shall be provided.

This program shall be designed to assure complete understanding of all aspects of the aerial device in the operating environment.

The familiarization shall cover all applicable required items in NFPA 1901 code, and be performed by a qualified person per the code.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 108
The familiarization program shall be designed to instruct the individual who has never utilized an aerial device of this type before.

The individual shall receive thorough instructions on operation of the device including hands-on operations for personnel.

The training shall include at a minimum:

Location and operation of all gauges and indicators, as well as fluid level checks.

How to tilt the cab (if a tilt cab is provided), or how to locate all required maintenance areas.

Explanation of all cab controls, instruments, mirrors, safety devices or alarms, brake operations, transmission control, pump controls (if equipped), exhaust regeneration (if provided), seat adjustments, warning light engagement, and other operational equipment.

Familiarization of the aerial device engagement, operations, emergency overrides, safety devices, and maintenance systems.

If the unit is equipped with a fire pump, familiarization of the complete pumping system components, engagement, operations, etc.

If the unit is equipped with a generator, familiarization of the generator system engagement and operations.

If the unit is equipped with a foam system, familiarization of the foam system engagement and operations.

FACTORY FAMILIARIZATION - THREE (3) DAYS
QTY: 1
After the unit has been accepted, a factory qualified person shall be provided for a minimum of three (3) days of familiarization.

AERIAL SERVICE, ALL DEVICES
QTY: 1
Due to the importance of keeping this vital piece of firefighting apparatus in service with a minimum of downtime, the bidder maintains a network of service centers with factory trained personnel.

The bidder shall have a separate facility for service of units so they do not conflict with production units.

The service facility carries an inventory of parts, separate from production parts.

WARNING DECALS, ALL DEVICES
QTY: 1
Warning decals shall be provided in appropriate locations to alert the operator of potential hazards and operating instructions.

All warning labels shall be in general compliance with ANSI Z34.1 recommendations.

CERTIFICATION & TESTING
QTY: 1
The aerial device shall be tested in compliance with the National Fire Protection Association's Standard #1901 (latest edition).

Ongoing structural and physical property testing during construction shall also be done.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 109
The following tests shall be conducted by personnel holding a Level II certification to detect defects and improperly secured components:

Magnetic particle inspection shall be conducted on all ferrous welds to assure the integrity of the weldments and also detect any flaws or weaknesses. These tests shall be performed prior to paint or assembly.

Dye penetrant testing be conducted on all structural aluminum welds.

Ultrasonic inspection shall be used to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components. The bolts shall be tested after any torqueing to ensure the bolt was not damaged.

All extension/retraction cables shall be proof load tested, serialized, and certified by the cable vendor.

All cable ends shall be dye penetrant tested to find any cracks, imperfections, etc.

Functional tests, load tests, stability tests and visual structural examination shall be performed.

These tests shall determine any unusual deflection, vibration, or instability characteristic of the unit.

Hydraulic oil sample test prior to delivery.

Additionally, a waterway pressure test shall be performed.

Upon completion of the preceding inspections, the independent testing company shall issue a Certificate of Inspection indicating that all specified standards have been satisfied.

Aerial manufacturers not utilizing third party, independent testing companies shall not be acceptable.

The following test shall be conducted to the aerial device prior to delivery.

The manufacturer of the aerial device is required to provide a written statement signed by the Chief Engineer certifying the aerial's ability to perform the following tests:
1-1/2:1 DYNAMIC STABILITY AND LIFT TEST -A test of the apparatus shall be performed that the ladder sections are so designed and powered to support a load representing 150% of the manufacturer's rated tip load capacity at maximum horizontal reach on level ground. Since this is a dynamic test, the load will be raised, lowered and rotated without evidence of instability. Specifically, 750 pounds at the ladder tip with the ladder fully extended at zero degrees shall be rotated 360°. 1-1/3:1 DYNAMIC STABILITY AND LIFT TEST -A test of the apparatus shall be performed that the tip and ladder sections are so designed and powered to support a load representing 133% of the manufacturer's rated tip load capacity at maximum horizontal reach on a five (5) degree slope. Since this is a dynamic test, the load will be raised, lowered and rotated without evidence of instability. Specifically, 666 pounds at the ladder tip with the ladder fully extended at zero degrees shall be rotated 360°.

TIME TEST - A test of the apparatus shall be performed to raise the ladder from a bedded position extended to full height and rotated through a 90° turn smoothly and without undue vibration in not over 120 seconds.

WATER TOWER TEST #1 -A test of the apparatus shall be performed to test its ability to discharge 1000 gallons per minute parallel to the ladder with the unit at full extension and zero degree elevation and Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 110
through a 360° rotation. The unit shall be capable of performing this test with a rated tip load of 250 pounds at the ladder tip.

WATER TOWER TEST #2 -A test of the apparatus shall be performed to test the ability to discharge 1000 gallons per minute, 90° to the ladder with the ladder at full extension, zero degree elevation and through 360° of rotation. The unit shall be capable of performing this test with a rated tip load of 250 pounds at the ladder tip.

WATER TEST #3 -A test of the apparatus shall be performed to test the ability to discharge 1000 GPM above the ladder centerline and as many degrees above 0° as the deck gun design allows. This test shall also be performed with the ladder fully extended at 0° elevation and through 360° of rotation with a rated tip load of 250 pounds.

Bidders must state their ability to comply with all of the above tests. Failure to do so shall be grounds for rejection of their bid.

GENERAL PAINT DESCRIPTION
QTY: 1
The apparatus body shall be painted with Sikkens paint product. The paint process shall meet or exceed current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control shall include measures to protect the atmosphere, water, and soil. Contractor shall, upon demand, provide evidence that the manufacturing facility is in compliance with State EPA rules and regulations.

The exterior shall have no mounted components prior to painting to assure full coverage of metal treatments and paint to the exterior surfaces of the body. Any vertically or horizontally hinged smoothplate compartment doors shall be painted separately to assure proper paint coverage on body, door jambs and door edges.

Paint process shall feature Sikkens high solid LV products and be performed in the following steps:
• Corrosion Prevention - all aluminum surfaces shall be pre-treated with the Alodine 5700 conversion coating to provide superior corrosion resistance and excellent adhesion of the base coat. • Sikkens Sealer/Primer LV - acrylic urethane sealer/primer shall be applied to guarantee excellent gloss hold-out, chip resistance and a uniform base color. • Sikkens High Solid LVBT650 (Base coat) - a lead-free, chromate-free high solid acrylic urethane base coat shall be applied, providing excellent coverage and durability. A minimum of two (2) coats shall be applied.
• Sikkens High Solid LVBT650 (Clear coat) - high solid LV clear coat shall be applied as the final step in order to ensure full gloss and color retention and durability. A minimum of two (2) coats shall be applied.

Any location where the material is penetrated after painting, for the purpose of mounting steps, hand rails, doors, lights, or other specified components shall be treated at the point of penetration with a corrosion inhibiting pre-treatment (ECK Corrosion Control). The pre-treatment shall be applied to the aluminum sheet metal or aluminum extrusions in all locations where the aluminum has been penetrated. All hardware used in mounting steps, hand rails, doors, lights, or other specified components shall be individually treated with the corrosion inhibiting pre-treatment.

After the paint process is complete, the gloss rating of the unit shall be tested with a 20 degree gloss meter. Coating thickness shall be measured with a digital MIL gauge and the orange peel with a digital wave scan device.

GENERAL PRIMER & PREP DESCRIPTION
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 111
QTY: 1
All exposed welds shall be ground smooth for final finishing of areas to be painted. The compartments and doors are totally degreased and phosphatized. After final body work is completed, grinding (36 and 80 grit), and finish sanding shall be used in preparation for priming.

GENERAL PRIMER & PREP DESCRIPTION
QTY: 1
The body shall be finish sanded and prepared for final paint. Upon completion of final preparation, the body shall be painted utilizing the highest quality, state of the art, low V.O.C., polyurethane base paint.

Finish paint shall be applied in multiple coats to ensure proper paint coverage with a high gloss finish.

FINISH PAINT & PREP
QTY: 1
The applicable areas of the cab shall be finish sanded and prepared for final paint.

Upon completion of final preparation, the cab shall be painted utilizing the highest quality, state of the art, low V.O.C., polyurethane base paint.

Finish paint shall be applied in multiple coats to ensure proper paint coverage with a high gloss finish.

CAB PRIMER & PREP
QTY: 1
The cab primer shall be a two (2) stage process.

First stage shall be a coating with a two part component, self etching, and corrosion resistant primer to chemically bond the surface of the metal for increased adhesion.

Second stage shall be multiple coats of a catalyzed, two component, polyurethane primer applied for leveling of small imperfections and top coat sealing.

CAB UNDERSIDE PAINT - JOB COLOR
QTY: 1
The exposed areas under the cab shall be painted job color to match the exterior cab.

On two tone cabs, this shall match the primary color.

CAB BUFFING & FINISH
QTY: 1
The exposed exterior finish of the cab shall be buffed and detailed.

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
QTY: 1
The interior metal surfaces of the cab shall be finish painted the same color as the main exterior color.

BODY BUFFING & FINISH
QTY: 1
The visable and exposed areas of the body shall be buffed and detailed.

INSIDE/UNDERSIDE BODY PAINT
QTY: 1
The inside and underside of the complete body assembly shall be painted job color using a Sikkens paint system, prior to installation of the body on the chassis or torque box.

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR FINISH
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 112
The interior of the compartments shall be finish painted job color with a scuff resistant webbing type paint of a contrasting color applied over the painted surfaces.

FENDER COMPARTMENT INTERIOR
QTY: 1
The interior of the fender storage compartments (if fender compartments are specified) shall be finish painted job color.

CAB PAINT SCHEME
QTY: 1
The cab exterior shall be finish painted with Sikkens paint system, single color, to match purchaser's furnished paint code.

SINGLE COLOR BODY PAINT SCHEME
QTY: 1
The body paint finish shall be Sikkens paint system in a single color, to match customer furnished paint codes and requirements.

LADDER RUST INHIBITOR
QTY: 1
All internal surfaces of the ladder exposed to the atmosphere, i.e., inside base, mid and fly section side rails shall be undercoated prior to ladder assembly using Procyon Corrosion Inhibitor to prevent internal corrosion. The corrosion inhibitor will meet the Boeing BMS-3-29 specification and meet a 1500-hour salt spray test. Manufacturers that do not rustproof the interiors of the ladder sections shall not be considered. (No Exceptions)

PINT OF TOUCH-UP PAINT
QTY: 1
One (1) pint of each exterior color paint for touch-up purposes shall be supplied when the apparatus is delivered to the end user.

FINALIZATION & DETAILING
QTY: 1
Prior to delivery of the vehicle, the interior and exterior be cleaned and detailed. The finalization process detailing shall include installation of NFPA required labels, checking fluid levels, sealing and caulking required areas of the cab and body, rust proofing, paint touch-up, etc.

FRAME RAIL FINISH
QTY: 1
The chassis frame rails, suspension, axles, and drivelines (with the exception of any PTO drivelines which shall be safety yellow) shall be painted black with a polyurethane base paint prior to installation of any air lines or electric systems to ensure proper serviceability.

LADDER PAINT
QTY: 1
Prior to any painting, all weldment's such as the outrigger beams, torque box, turntable, and ladder sections shall be sand blasted, cleaned and inspected to insure the removal of any surface imperfections and to insure superior paint adhesion to the metal.

The entire painting system shall utilize a single manufacturer's paint for compatibility between primers and finished coats. All painting shall be done in atmosphere controlled spray booths. The weldments shall then be primed with Sikkens primer. All seams between adjoining pieces that are not continuously welded shall be caulked to inhibit corrosion.

Before assembly, in preparation for final painting, the aerial unit shall be thoroughly cleaned, conforming to good painting practices.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 113
The aerial components shall then be sprayed with Sikkens primer sealer. Finished paint used on the turntable, lift cylinder, and ladder sections shall be painted Sikkens FLNA41527 white.

EXTENSION CYLINDERS PAINT
QTY: 1
The extension cylinders shall be painted to match the color of the ladder.

TORQUEBOX PAINT
QTY: 1
The torque box shall be painted to match job color or the base color of the body, allowing easy touch-up after extended use.

OUTRIGGER PAINT
QTY: 1
The outrigger beams shall be painted job color, allowing easy touch-up after extended use.

TURNTABLE PAINT
QTY: 1
The turntable shall be painted to match the base color of the ladder, allowing easy touch-up after extended use.

TURNTABLE CONSOLE PAINT
QTY: 1
The turntable console shall be painted to match the base color of the ladder, allowing easy touch-up after extended use.

LIFT CYLINDERS PAINT
QTY: 1
The aerial lift cylinders shall be painted to match the base color of the ladder, allowing easy touch-up after extended use.

TILLER CAB, INTERIOR PAINT - JOB COLOR
QTY: 1
The structure and interior surfaces of the cab shall be painted to match the color of the fire body.

SCOTCH-LITE STRIPE
QTY: 1
A four (4) inch high "Scotch-Lite" stripe shall be provided. The stripe shall be applied on a minimum of 60 percent of each side of the unit, 60 percent on the rear of the unit and 40 percent on the front of the unit.

The Scotch-Lite stripe layout shall be determined by the Fire Department.

GOLD SCOTCH LITE
QTY: 1
The Scotch-Lite shall be gold in color.

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
QTY: 1

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING

ENTIRE REAR
QTY: 1
The entire rear of the truck shall be covered with alternating strips of reflective striping. 6" FULL REAR ORALITE CHEVRON STRIPING
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 114
The striping shall be 6" Oralite reflective striping.

RED & YELLOW ORALITE V98
QTY: 1
The Oralite V98 reflective tape shall be #12 red and #18 yellow in color.

MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
QTY: 1
The following equipment shall be mounted as specified or as loose equipment provided with the completed apparatus at the time of delivery:

ROAD SAFETY KITS
QTY: 1
A road safety kit shall be furnished with the following equipment:
• 2 1/2 lb. B-C fire extinguisher
• Triangle safety reflectors.

WHEEL CHOCKS
QTY: 1
Two (2) ZICO #SAC-44 folding wheel chocks shall be mounted one (1) on each side forward of the rear wheels below the side running board compartments.

KME WARRANTY, STARTING ON IN-SERVICE DATE
QTY: 1
Warranty coverage by KME will begin when the customer places the unit in service. This date may not exceed 60 days from the date of delivery to the customer.

The Customer must email [email protected] within 60 days of delivery, or the warranty start date will default to the original delivery date.

GENERAL ONE (1) YEAR WARRANTY
QTY: 1
Purchaser shall receive a General One (1) Year or 24,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0001. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request.

REGULATED EMISSIONS SYSTEMS FIVE (5) YEARS OR CARB
QTY: 1
Purchaser shall receive a Regulated Emissions Systems Five (5) Years or CARB Mileage limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0140. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request.

ELECTRICAL ONE (1) YEAR WARRANTY
QTY: 1
Purchaser shall receive a Electrical One (1) Year or 18,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0201. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request.

FRAME ASSEMBLY STRUCTURAL TWENTY (20) YEAR WTY
QTY: 1
Purchaser shall receive a Frame Assembly Structural Twenty (20) Years or 100,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0304. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 115

AERIAL LADDER STRUCTURE
QTY: 1
Purchaser shall receive a Aerial Ladder Structure Twenty (20) Years or 100,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0403. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request.

AERIAL TORQUE BOX STRUCTURE TEN (10) YEAR WARRANTY
QTY: 1
Purchaser shall receive a Aerial Torque Box Structure Ten (10) Years or 50,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0411. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request.

AERIAL LEAK-FREE HYDRAULICS THREE (3) YEAR WARRANT
QTY: 1
Purchaser shall receive a Aerial Leak-Free Hydraulics Three (3) Years or 48,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0421. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request.

BODY STRUCTURE (ALUMINUM) TEN (10) YEAR WARRANTY
QTY: 1
Purchaser shall receive a Body Structure (Aluminum) Ten (10) Years or 100,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0502. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request.

CAB STRUCTURE (ALUMINUM) FIFTEEN (15) YEAR WTY
QTY: 1
Purchaser shall receive a Cab Structure (Aluminum) Fifteen (15) Years or 100,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0603. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request.

PAINT AND FINISH (EXTERIOR CLEAR COATED) WARRANTY
QTY: 1
Purchaser shall receive a Paint and Finish (Exterior Clear coated) Seven (7) Years limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0707. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request.

PLUMBING AND PIPING (STAINLESS STEEL) WARRANTY
QTY: 1
Purchaser shall receive a Plumbing and Piping (Stainless Steel) Ten (10) Years or 100,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0800. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request.

PLUMBING AND PIPING CORROSION-FREE WARRANTY
QTY: 1
Purchaser shall receive a Plumbing and Piping Corrosion-Free (Stainless Steel) Ten (10) Years or 100,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0801. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request.

AERIAL WATERWAY TEN (10) YEAR WARRANTY
QTY: 1
Purchaser shall receive a Aerial Waterway Ten (10) Years or 100,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0810. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request. 5 YEAR CUMMINS BASE WARRANTY
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 116
QTY: 1
The proposed unit will be equipped with a Fire Service rated engine, which will come furnished with a five (5) year Engine Manufacturer's warranty. A copy of the manufacturer's warranty will be supplied to define additional details of the warranty provisions.
5 YEAR ALLISON EVS TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
QTY: 1
The proposed Allison transmission will be provided with a five (5) year warranty. A copy of the Allison transmission warranty will be supplied to the purchaser to define additional details of the warranty provisions.
3 YEAR COOLING SYSTEM WARRANTY - CUSTOM
QTY: 1
Kovatch Mobile Equipment (KME) warrants all Cooling System Equipment components used in the construction of KME Fire Apparatus against defects and workmanship provided the apparatus is used in a normal and reasonable manner. This warranty is extended only to the original user-purchaser for a period of three (3) years from the date of delivery/acceptance to the original user-purchaser, whichever occurs first.

This warranty applies to both purchased and fabricated, manufacturer supplied coolant system components and is not provided in lieu of any Vendor provided warranties. All coolant system components provided by the engine manufacturer are covered by the engine manufacturer’s warranty only.

SHEPPARD STEERING GEAR STANDARD - WARRANTY
QTY: 1
The proposed Sheppard steering gear will be warranted for a period of three (3) years from the first date of service or 150,000 miles (241,401 kilometers), whichever occurs first. The product will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use in applications approved in advance by Sheppard. 5 YEAR MERITOR 180 SERIES TANDEM AXLE REAR
QTY: 1
The Meritor axle/s shall be provided with a five (5) year warranty. The first two (2) years shall be parts and labor; the remaining three (3) years shall be parts only. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings shall be covered for one year. A copy of Meritor's warranty shall be supplied to define additional details of the warranty provisions. Vehicles that operate full or part-time outside the United States and Canada shall have a one (1) year, parts only warranty.

PAINT FINISH WARRANTY, TEN (10) YEAR
QTY: 1
The proposed paint finish will be warranted for a period of ten (10) years from the date of acceptance of the unit. Details of warranty coverage, limitations and exclusions are included in the specific warranty document.
5 YEAR LETTERING WARRANTY
QTY: 1
The apparatus manufacturer will provide a five (5) year warranty against defects in material and workmanship for all graphics processes. Any valid claims must be made in writing within 15 days of the determination of any defects to the manufacturer's fire apparatus. The manufacturer will at its option make any necessary repairs either at a local authorized service center or at the factory if required. The manufacturer will make the final decision as to where the repairs are to be made and any transportation cost is the owner's responsibility. The manufacturer will at its option, repair or replace any verified defects in workmanship or materials at no cost to the owner provided all the requirements of this warranty have been met.

Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 117
The manufacturer will not be liable to the original purchaser or anyone else for consequential, incidental, special or direct damages, including, but not limited to, any claims for loss of profits, downtime, loss of use or inconvenience. THE COMPANY MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OF IMPLIED,

AND SPECIFICALLY, DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY INCLUDING THE WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY.

The manufacturer continually strives to improve its products and therefore, reserves the right to make improvements or changes without incurring any obligations to make such changes or additions to equipment previously sold.
1 YEAR BRIGHTWORK WARRANTY
QTY: 1
KME Fire Apparatus (KME) warrants all bright finish components used in the construction of KME Fire Apparatus against defects and workmanship provided the apparatus is used in a normal and reasonable manner. This warranty is extended only to the original user-purchaser for a period of one (1) year from the date of delivery/acceptance to the original user-purchaser, whichever occurs first.

The expressed warranty excludes corrosion or degradation of bright finished components caused by damage to the component.

FRONT SUSPENSION - STEERTEK - 5 YEAR WARRANTY
QTY: 1
The Hendrickson Steertek NXT front axle shall be provided with a five (5) year parts and labor warranty and shall include the axle and kingpin assembly, the steering arm assembly, and the upper and lower steering knuckle assembly.

The warranty for the integrated suspension components shall be two (2) years or two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) miles, whichever occurs first.

The integrated suspension components covered under this two year warranty are limited to:
• Front Frame Hanger Assemblies
• Rear Shackle Assemblies
• Jounce Stop Assemblies
• Rear Frame Hanger Assemblies
• Shock Absorbers
• Shock Absorber Brackets
• Leaf Spring Assemblies
A copy of the Hendrickson Steertek NXT Warranty shall be provided to define additional details of the warranty provisions.

HENDRICKSON AIR RIDE - SGL AXLE -THREE YEAR
QTY: 1
Hendrickson warrants suspension products manufactured by it to be free from defects in material and workmanship which occur under normal use and service for a period of three(3) years (base year + 2 years).

This warranty will not apply and no warranty of any kind will exist as to any product which has been subject to abuse, misuse, neglect, misapplication or accident of any type or cause or which has been repaired, replaced, substituted or used with parts other than genuine Hendrickson parts or altered by anyone.

CLASS 1 - ELECTRICAL PRODUCT WARRANTY
QTY: 1
Quote # QUO0000007376 (Rev 1) March 2, 2022 Page 118
Class 1 warrants that any equipment of our own manufacture (or manufactured for us pursuant to our specifications) found to have defects in material or workmanship during normal use and service, will be repaired or replaced (at our option) free of charge, provided that written notice of such defect is received by us within two years (three for liquid-filled gauges) after initial shipment.

All equipment requiring repair or replacement under this warranty will be returned prepaid to Class 1.

Such returned equipment will be examined by us and, if found to be defective as a result of materials failure or workmanship, will be repaired or replaced at no charge.

BOSTROM SEATING 5 YEAR WARRANTY
QTY: 1
H.O. Bostrom will warrant each new seat manufactured, to be free from defects in materials and workmanship when delivered to the original purchaser for a period of five (5) years.

Labor to remove or reinstall and transportation of defective items will not be covered by, or any allowance made for the said cost under this warranty.

CORROSION TREATMENT
QTY: 1
Upon apparatus completion, underside of the apparatus, from the pump enclosure-back, shall have anti corrosion film applied to help inhibit rust and the corrosion process. The semi-firm wax film shall be applied by air spray method. The film shall be applied as a minimum to the following areas: body substructure, underside of all body compartments, running board supports and rear step supports. No film shall be applied directly to the exhaust system or wheel wells.

NOTE: The film shall remain semi-firm to promote self-sealing. The film may leave a light tinted color to those areas treated.

ADDITIONAL ITEMS SHIPPED WITH VEHICLE
QTY: 1
• 1 - Bag of assorted stainless steel nuts and bolts
• 1 - Complete set of hydraulic filters for the pressure filter and the return line filter VEHICLE CLASS TIER 0
QTY: 1
NONE ONE INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX - NESQUEHONING, PA 18240 SCALE DRAWN BY DATE APPROVED BY DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE & MAY VARY DUE TO BUILD ADJUSTMENTS KME B DWG SIZE FRONT VIEW OFFICERS SIDE VIEW TOP VIEW DRIVERS SIDE VIEW 48" 33" REAR VIEW 48" 25" 54" 54" 59" 59" 54" 54" 25" F J BEHLER 28FEB22 101' TRACTOR DRAWN AERIAL MONTEBELLO, CA Q07376-0 Proposal Date:

Equipment Description:

Commencement Date:

Equipment Cost:

Amount Financed:

Lease Term:

First Payment Date:

Payment Frequency:

Lease Rate:

Payment Amount:

Payment Factor:

Qualifications:

Financing by: Leasing 2, Inc.

Contact: Rick Carney
Phone: 813-258-9888 x16
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.leasing2.com
10/10/2023
c) Fixed Rates: Rates for ten (10) years and under are fixed for the entire term. Terms over ten years have a one time rate adjustment after ten (10) years to the then current interest rates for the remaining term.

1. Pricing: This is a lease proposal for the payment stream(s) indicated above. If any of the information identified above are not correct, please advise us so that we can determine if a new proposal is required. Other important elements of this proposal are:

March 15, 2022

2. Type of Lease: This is a lease-purchase type of financing. After all the lease payments are made, Lessee will own the equipment without further cost.

2.68%
Annual
10 Years

0.11687
Option 1

LEASE FINANCING PROPOSAL
Brandon Gomez
Requested by
Presented To (As Lessee)
Representing
City of Montebello, CA
$1,926,843.86
$1,926,843.86
$225,198.11
1- KME Tractor Drawn Aerial and Equipment
April 10, 2022

5. Credit Approval and Documentation: This is a proposal only, and does not represent a commitment to lease. This financing is subject to credit review and approval and execution of mutually acceptable documentation, including the opinion of lessee's counsel opining that the agreement is legal, valid and binding, obligation of Lessee.

3. Financial Reporting: All city, county and tax districts (including fire districts) will be expected to provide GAAP audited financial reports. All non-for profit corporations (vfd's) will be expected to provide IRS 990 federal tax returns. If you do not maintain these types of financial reports, please contact us to discuss. b) Closing Costs: There will be no up-front costs of any kind charged by Lessor including closing costs, points, administrative costs, etc. Your attorney may charge you to review the lease documents and complete the opinion letter required with our lease documentation.

4. Vendor Payable / Escrow Account (where applicable): In the event that the truck(s) and/or equipment are not ready to be delivered, proceeds of this lease will be held in a vendor payable account until delivery/acceptance. This is a non-interest bearing account to Lessee. a) Rate Expiration: Signing this proposal does not in itself lock in your rate. This lease must be credit approved, contracts properly signed, and the lease funded by Leasing 2 within thirty days from the date of this proposal to protect the rates quoted.

ATTACHMENT B
REQUEST TO PROCEED:

Proposal date: Option Chosen: _________ (where applicable) Upcoming Governing Body meeting date for lease approval: ____________________________________

Name of Lessee
_____________________________________ ____________________________ Authorized Signature Date
_____________________________________ ____________________________ Printed Name Of Authorized Signature Title
_____________________________________ ____________________________ Contact Name (If Different Than Contact Phone
Authorized Signature)
_____________________________________ Last month of your budget year?_______________________ Contact E-Mail Address
Fire and EMS Station Financing
Note that on the date of this proposal, rates were trending up. If your final decision is more than two weeks from the date of this proposal we suggest you contact us before your decision meeting for an updated quote.

Rates Trending Up
If you have a new fire/ems station or a renovation of a current station planned, keep Leasing 2 in mind for financing needs. We offer aggressive long term rates and our experience financing stations will make the process efficient. ** Important: A Resolution will be required with the lease contract ** In the event that you require board action to sign this proposal, please call us so that we may forward the preferred form for the meeting.

March 15, 2022
City of Montebello, CA
Please complete the above information and fax or email all pages of the proposal to 813-258-9333 / [email protected]
When you are ready to proceed with Leasing 2 towards finalizing this lease financing arrangement, please indicate so by signing below and completing the requested information. We will immediately email you our application. Thank you for your confidence and consideration.

ATTACHMENT C
RESOLUTION NO. 22-17

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF

MONTEBELLO APPROVING A LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT WITH
LEASING 2, INC. TO FINANCE THE PURCHASE OF A TRACTOR

DRAWN AERIAL FIRE TRUCK AND ASSOCIATED NECESSARY

EQUIPMENT FROM KOVATCH MOBILE EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
WHEREAS, the City of Montebello administers a full-service Fire Department, which has served the Montebello community for one hundred years, and which conducts suppression and related life safety operations from three different fire stations plus an administrative headquarters; and
WHEREAS, the City of Montebello Fire Department provides emergency and related fire services to the community by utilizing various apparatus and associated equipment, which includes fire engines, fire trucks and related support vehicles; and WHEREAS, the Montebello Fire Department owns and maintains two aerial ladder fire trucks, with one unit utilized for active duty daily emergency response and one unit held in reserve; and
WHEREAS, the useful life has been exceeded for both of the City’s two aerial ladder fire trucks and they do not comply with several National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) guidelines and requirements, making it necessary to acquire a new tractor drawn aerial fire truck and equipment in order to replace one of the two obsolete aerial ladder fire trucks in use and be in compliance with NFPA guidelines; WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Montebello (Lessee) has determined that a true and very real need exists for the acquisition of the Equipment described in the Lease-Purchase Agreement by and between Lessee and Leasing 2, Inc., and has further determined that the Equipment will be used solely for essential governmental functions and not for private business use; and
WHEREAS, the City of Montebello (Lessee) has taken the necessary steps, including, without limitation to compliance with legal bidding requirements, under applicable law to arrange for the acquisition of such Equipment.

NOW THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF MONTEBELLO HEREBY FINDS, DECLARES AND RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. The City Manager is authorized to enter into a Ten (10) Year Lease Purchase Agreement with Leasing 2, Inc. to finance the purchase of a Kovatch Mobile Equipment (KME) Tractor Drawn Aerial Fire Truck and Necessary Equipment in the estimated amount of approximately one million nine hundred twenty-six thousand eight RESOLUTION NO. 22-17

Page 2 of 3 ends

Montebello City CouncilApril 13, 2022

Montebello City Council
April 13, 2022